*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 48108 ***

                               *INSURGENT
                                MEXICO*


                                   BY

                              *JOHN REED*



                          NEW YORK AND LONDON
                        D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
                                  1914




                          COPYRIGHT, 1914, BY
                        D. APPLETON AND COMPANY

            EPISODES IN THIS BOOK ARE ALSO PROTECTED BY THE
                          FOLLOWING COPYRIGHT:
         COPYRIGHT, 1914, BY THE METROPOLITAN MAGAZINE COMPANY



                PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA




                                  _To
                  PROFESSOR CHARLES TOWNSEND COPELAND
                                   of
                          HARVARD UNIVERSITY_


_Dear Copey:_

_I remember you thought it strange that my first trip abroad didn’t make
me want to write about what I saw there.  But since then I have visited
a country which stimulated me to express it in words.  And as I wrote
these impressions of Mexico I couldn’t help but think that I never would
have seen what I did see had it not been for your teaching me._

_I can only add my word to what so many who are writing already have
told you: That to listen to you is to learn how to see the hidden beauty
of the visible world; that to be your friend is to try to be
intellectually honest._

_So I dedicate this book to you with the understanding that you shall
take as your own the parts that please you, and forgive me the rest._

_As ever,_
       _Jack._

_New York,_
       _July 3, 1914._




                               *CONTENTS*


On the Border


                           PART I. DESERT WAR

      I. Urbina’s Country
     II. The Lion of Durango at Home
    III. The General Goes to War
     IV. La Tropa on the March
      V. White Nights at Zarca
     VI. "Quien Vive?"
    VII. An Outpost of the Revolution
   VIII. The Five Musketeers
     IX. The Last Night
      X. The Coming of the Colorados
     XI. Meester’s Flight
    XII. Elizabetta


                        PART II. FRANCISCO VILLA

      I. Villa Accepts a Medal
     II. The Rise of a Bandit
    III. A Peon in Politics
     IV. The Human Side
      V. The Funeral of Abram Gonzales
     VI. Villa and Carranza
    VII. The Rules of War
   VIII. The Dream of Pancho Villa


                   PART III. JIMINEZ AND POINTS WEST

      I. Doña Luisa’s Hotel
     II. Duello a la Frigada
    III. Saved by a Wrist-Watch
     IV. Symbols of Mexico


                       PART IV. A PEOPLE IN ARMS

      I. "On to Torreon!"
     II. The Army at Yermo
    III. First Blood
     IV. On the Cannon Car
      V. At the Gates of Gomez
     VI. The Compañeros Reappear
    VII. The Bloody Dawn
   VIII. The Artillery Comes Up
     IX. Battle
      X. Between Attacks
     XI. An Outpost in Action
    XII. Contreras’ Men Assault
   XIII. A Night Attack
    XIV. The Fall of Gomez Palacio


                     PART V. CARRANZA—AN IMPRESSION

Carranza—An Impression


                        PART VI. MEXICAN NIGHTS

      I. El Cosmopolita
     II. Happy Valley
    III. Los Pastores




                           *INSURGENT MEXICO*



                            *ON THE BORDER*


Mercado’s Federal army, after its dramatic and terrible retreat four
hundred miles across the desert when Chihuahua was abandoned, lay three
months at Ojinaga on the Rio Grande.

At Presidio, on the American side of the river, one could climb to the
flat mud roof of the Post Office and look across the mile or so of low
scrub growing in the sand to the shallow, yellow stream; and beyond to
the low _mesa_, where the town was, sticking sharply up out of a
scorched desert, ringed round with bare, savage mountains.

One could see the square, gray adobe houses of Ojinaga, with here and
there the Oriental cupola of an old Spanish church.  It was a desolate
land, without trees.  You expected minarets.  By day, Federal soldiers
in shabby white uniforms swarmed about the place desultorily digging
trenches, for Villa and his victorious Constitutionalists were rumored
to be on the way. You got sudden glints, where the sun flashed on field
guns; strange, thick clouds of smoke rose straight in the still air.

Toward evening, when the sun went down with the flare of a blast
furnace, patrols of cavalry rode sharply across the skyline to the night
outposts.  And after dark, mysterious fires burned in the town.

There were thirty-five hundred men in Ojinaga.  This was all that
remained of Mercado’s army of ten thousand and the five thousand which
Pascual Orozco had marched north from Mexico City to reinforce him.  Of
this thirty-five hundred, forty-five were majors, twenty-one colonels,
and eleven generals.

I wanted to interview General Mercado; but one of the newspapers had
printed something displeasing to General Salazar, and he had forbidden
the reporters the town.  I sent a polite request to General Mercado.
The note was intercepted by General Orozco, who sent back the following
reply:


ESTEEMED AND HONORED SIR: If you set foot inside of Ojinaga, I will
stand you sideways against a wall, and with my own hand take great
pleasure in shooting furrows in your back.


But after all I waded the river one day and went up into the town.
Luckily, I did not meet General Orozco. No one seemed to object to my
entrance.  All the sentries I saw were taking a siesta on the shady side
of adobe walls.  But almost immediately I encountered a courteous
officer named Hernandez, to whom I explained that I wished to see
General Mercado.

Without inquiring as to my identity, he scowled, folded his arms, and
burst out:

"I am General Orozco’s chief of staff, and I will not take you to see
General Mercado!"

I said nothing.  In a few minutes he explained:

"General Orozco hates General Mercado!  He does not deign to go to
General Mercado’s cuartel, and General Mercado does not dare to come to
General Orozco’s cuartel!  He is a coward.  He ran away from Tierra
Blanca, and then he ran away from Chihuahua!"

"What other Generals don’t you like?" I asked.

He caught himself and slanted an angry look at me, and then grinned:

"_Quien sabe....?_"

I saw General Mercado, a fat, pathetic, worried, undecided little man,
who blubbered and blustered a long tale about how the United States army
had come across the river and helped Villa to win the battle of Tierra
Blanca.

The white, dusty streets of the town, piled high with filth and fodder,
the ancient windowless church with its three enormous Spanish bells
hanging on a rack outside and a cloud of blue incense crawling out of
the black doorway, where the women camp followers of the army prayed for
victory day and night, lay in hot, breathless sun.  Five times had
Ojinaga been lost and taken. Hardly a house that had a roof, and all the
walls gaped with cannon-shot.  In these bare, gutted rooms lived the
soldiers, their women, their horses, their chickens and pigs, raided
from the surrounding country.  Guns were stacked in the corners, saddles
piled in the dust. The soldiers were in rags; scarcely one possessed a
complete uniform.  They squatted around little fires in their doorways,
boiling corn-husks and dried meat. They were almost starving.

Along the main street passed an unbroken procession of sick, exhausted,
starving people, driven from the interior by fear of the approaching
rebels, a journey of eight days over the most terrible desert in the
world.  They were stopped by a hundred soldiers along the street, and
robbed of every possession that took the Federals’ fancy.  Then they
passed on to the river, and on the American side they had to run the
gantlet of the United States customs and immigration officials and the
Army Border Patrol, who searched them for arms.

Hundreds of refugees poured across the river, some on horseback driving
cattle before them, some in wagons, and others on foot.  The inspectors
were not very gentle.

"Come down off that wagon!" one would shout to a Mexican woman with a
bundle in her arm.

"But, señor, for what reason?..." she would begin.

"Come down there or I’ll pull you down!" he would yell.

They made an unnecessarily careful and brutal search of the men and of
the women, too.

As I stood there, a woman waded across the ford, her skirts lifted
unconcernedly to her thighs.  She wore a voluminous shawl, which was
humped up in front as if she were carrying something in it.

"Hi, there!" shouted a customs man.  "What have you got under your
shawl?"

She slowly opened the front of her dress, and answered placidly:

"I don’t know, señor.  It may be a girl, or it may be a boy."


These were metropolitan days for Presidio, a straggling and
indescribably desolate village of about fifteen adobe houses, scattered
without much plan in the deep sand and cotton-wood scrub along the river
bottom.  Old Kleinmann, the German store-keeper, made a fortune a day
outfitting refugees and supplying the Federal army across the river with
provisions. He had three beautiful adolescent daughters whom he kept
locked up in the attic of the store, because a flock of amorous Mexicans
and ardent cow-punchers prowled around like dogs, drawn from many miles
away by the fame of these damsels.  Half the time he spent working
furiously in the store, stripped to the waist; and the remainder,
rushing around with a large gun strapped to his waist, warning off the
suitors.

At all times of the day and night, throngs of unarmed Federal soldiers
from across the river swarmed in the store and the pool hall.  Among
them circulated dark, ominous persons with an important air, secret
agents of the Rebels and the Federals.  Around in the brush camped
hundreds of destitute refugees, and you could not walk around a corner
at night without stumbling over a plot or a counterplot.  There were
Texas rangers, and United States troopers, and agents of American
corporations trying to get secret instructions to their employees in the
interior.

One MacKenzie stamped about the Post Office in a high dudgeon.  It
appeared that he had important letters for the American Smelting and
Refining Company mines in Santa Eulalia.

"Old Mercado insists on opening and reading all letters that pass
through his lines," he shouted indignantly.

"But," I said, "he will let them pass, won’t he?"

"Certainly," he answered.  "But do you think the American Smelting and
Refining Company will submit to having its letters opened and read by a
damned greaser?  It’s an outrage when an American corporation can’t send
a private letter to its employees!  If this don’t bring Intervention,"
he finished, darkly, "I don’t know what will!"

There were all sorts of drummers for arms and ammunition companies,
smugglers and _contrabandistas_; also a small, bantam man, the salesman
for a portrait company, which made crayon enlargements from photographs
at $5 apiece.  He was scurrying around among the Mexicans, getting
thousands of orders for pictures which were to be paid for upon
delivery, and which; of course, could never be delivered.  It was his
first experience among Mexicans, and he was highly gratified by the
hundreds of orders he had received.  You see, a Mexican would just as
soon order a portrait, or a piano, or an automobile as not, so long as
he does not have to pay for it.  It gives him a sense of wealth.

The little agent for crayon enlargements made one comment on the Mexican
revolution.  He said that General Huerta must be a fine man, because he
understood he was distantly connected, on his mother’s side, with the
distinguished Carey family of Virginia!

The American bank of the river was patroled twice a day by details of
cavalry, conscientiously paralleled on the Mexican side by companies of
horsemen.  Both parties watched each other narrowly across the Border.
Every once in a while a Mexican, unable to restrain his nervousness,
took a pot-shot at the Americans, and a small battle ensued as both
parties scattered into the brush.  A little way above Presidio were
stationed two troops of the Negro Ninth Cavalry.  One colored trooper,
watering his horse on the bank of the river, was accosted by an
English-speaking Mexican squatting on the opposite shore:

"Hey, coon!" he shouted, derisively, "when are you damned Gringos going
to cross that line?"

"Chile!" responded the Negro.  "We ain’t agoin’ to cross that line at
all.  We’re just goin’ to pick up that line an’ carry it right down to
the Big Ditch!"

Sometimes a rich refugee, with a good deal of gold sewed in his
saddle-blankets, would get across the river without the Federals
discovering it.  There were six big, high-power automobiles in Presidio
waiting for just such a victim.  They would soak him one hundred dollars
gold to make a trip to the railroad; and on the way, somewhere in the
desolate wastes south of Marfa, he was almost sure to be held up by
masked men and everything taken away from him.  Upon these occasions the
High Sheriff of Presidio County would bluster into town on a small pinto
horse,—a figure true to the best tradition of "The Girl of the Golden
West." He had read all Owen Wister’s novels, and knew what a Western
sheriff ought to look like: two revolvers on the hip, one slung under
his arm, a large knife in his left boot, and an enormous shotgun over
his saddle.  His conversation was larded with the most fearful oaths,
and he never caught any criminal.  He spent all of his time enforcing
the Presidio County law against carrying firearms and playing poker; and
at night, after the day’s work was done, you could always find him
sitting in at a quiet game in the back of Kleinmann’s store.

War and rumors of war kept Presidio at a fever heat. We all knew that
sooner or later the Constitutionalist army would come overland from
Chihuahua and attack Ojinaga.  In fact, the major in command of the
Border Patrol had already been approached by the Federal generals in a
body to make arrangements for the retreat of the Federal army from
Ojinaga under such circumstances.  They said that when the rebels
attacked they would want to resist for a respectable length of time,—say
two hours,—and that then they would like permission to come across the
river.

We knew that some twenty-five miles southward, at La Mula Pass, five
hundred rebel volunteers guarded the only road from Ojinaga through the
mountains. One day a courier sneaked through the Federal lines and
across the river with important news.  He said that the military band of
the Federal army had been marching around the country practicing their
music, and had been captured by the Constitutionalists, who stood them
up in the market-place with rifles pointed at their heads, and made them
play twelve hours at a stretch.  "Thus," continued the message, "the
hardships of life in the desert have been somewhat alleviated."  We
could never discover just how it was that the band happened to be
practicing all alone twenty-two miles from Ojinaga in the desert.


For a month longer the Federals remained at Ojinaga, and Presidio
throve.  Then Villa, at the head of his army, appeared over a rise of
the desert.  The Federals resisted a respectable length of time—just two
hours, or, to be exact, until Villa himself at the head of a battery
galloped right up to the muzzles of the guns,—and then poured across the
river in wild rout, were herded in a vast corral by the American
soldiers, and afterward imprisoned in a barbed-wire stockade at Fort
Bliss, Texas.

But by that time I was already far down in Mexico, riding across the
desert with a hundred ragged Constitutionalist troopers on my way to the
front.




                               *PART ONE*

                              *DESERT WAR*



                              *CHAPTER I*

                           *URBINA’S COUNTRY*


A peddler from Parral came into town with a mule-load of _macuche_,—you
smoke _macuche_ when you can’t get tobacco,—and we strolled down with
the rest of the population to get the news. This was in Magistral, a
Durango mountain village three days’ ride from the railroad.  Somebody
bought a little _macuche_, the rest of us borrowed from him, and we sent
a boy for some corn-shucks.  Everybody lit up, squatting around the
peddler three deep; for it was weeks since the town had heard of the
Revolution.  He was full of the most alarming rumors: that the Federals
had broken out of Torreon and were headed this way, burning ranches and
murdering _pacificos_; that the United States troops had crossed the Rio
Grande; that Huerta had resigned; that Huerta was coming north to take
charge of the Federal troops in person; that Pascual Orozco had been
shot at Ojinaga; that Pascual Orozco was coming south with ten thousand
_colorados_.  He retailed these reports with a wealth of dramatic
gesture, stamping around until his heavy brown-and-gold sombrero wabbled
on his head, tossing his faded blue blanket over his shoulder, firing
imaginary rifles and drawing imaginary swords, while his audience
murmured: "_Ma!_" and "_Adio!_"  But the most interesting rumor was that
General Urbina would leave for the front in two days.

A hostile Arab named Antonio Swayfeta happened to be driving to Parral
in a two-wheeled gig the next morning, and allowed me to go with him as
far as Las Nieves, where the General lives.  By afternoon we had climbed
out of the mountains to the great upland plain of Northern Durango, and
were jogging down the mile-long waves of yellow prairie, stretching away
so far that the grazing cattle dwindled into dots and finally
disappeared at the base of the wrinkled purple mountains that seemed
close enough to hit with a thrown stone.  The Arab’s hostility had
thawed, and he poured out his life’s story, not one word of which I
could understand.  But the drift of it, I gathered, was largely
commercial.  He had once been to El Paso and regarded it as the world’s
most beautiful city.  But business was better in Mexico.  They say that
there are few Jews in Mexico because they cannot stand the competition
of the Arabs.


We passed only one human being all that day—a ragged old man astride a
burro, wrapped in a red-and-black checked serape, though without
trousers, and hugging the broken stock of a rifle.  Spitting, he
volunteered that he was a soldier; that after three years of
deliberation he had finally decided to join the Revolution and fight for
Libertad.  But at his first battle a cannon had been fired, the first he
had ever heard; he had immediately started for his home in El Oro, where
he intended to descend into a gold-mine and stay there until the war was
over....

We fell silent, Antonio and I.  Occasionally he addressed the mule in
faultless Castilian.  Once he informed me that that mule was "all heart"
(_pura corazon_).  The sun hung for a moment on the crest of the red
porphyry mountains, and dropped behind them; the turquoise cup of sky
held an orange powder of clouds.  Then all the rolling leagues of desert
glowed and came near in the soft light.  Ahead suddenly reared the solid
fortress of a big rancho, such as one comes on once a day in that vast
land,—a mighty square of blank walls, with loop-holed towers at the
corners, and an iron-studded gate.  It stood grim and forbidding upon a
little bare hill, like any castle, its adobe corrals around it; and
below, in what had been a dry arroyo all day, the sunken river came to
the surface in a pool, and disappeared again in the sand.  Thin lines of
smoke from within rose straight into the high last sunshine.  From the
river to the gate moved the tiny black figures of women with water-jars
on their heads: and two wild horsemen galloped some cattle toward the
corrals.  Now the western mountains were blue velvet, and the pale sky a
blood-stained canopy of watered silk.  But by the time we reached the
great gate of the rancho, above was only a shower of stars.

Antonio called for Don Jesus.  It is always safe to call for Don Jesus
at a rancho, for that is invariably the _administrador’s_ name.  He
finally appeared, a magnificently tall man in tight trousers, purple
silk undershirt, and a gray sombrero heavily loaded with silver braid;
and invited us in.  The inside of the wall consisted of houses, running
all the way around.  Along the walls and over the doors hung festoons of
jerked meat, and strings of peppers, and drying clothes. Three young
girls crossed the square in single file, balancing _ollas_ of water on
their heads, shouting to each other in the raucous voices of Mexican
women. At one house a woman crouched, nursing her baby; next door
another kneeled to the interminable labor of grinding corn-meal in a
stone trough.  The men-folk squatted before little corn-husk fires,
bundled in their faded serapes, smoking their _hojas_ as they watched
the women work.  As we unharnessed they rose and gathered around, with
soft-voiced "_Bueno noches_," curious and friendly.  Where did we come
from?  Where going?  What did we have of news? Had the Maderistas taken
Ojinaga yet?  Was it true that Orozco was coming to kill the
_pacificos_?  Did we know Panfilo Silveyra?  He was a _sergento_, one of
Urbina’s men.  He came from that house, was the cousin of this man.  Ah,
there was too much war!

Antonio departed to bargain for corn for the mule. "A _tanito_—just a
little corn," he whined.  "Surely Don Jesus wouldn’t charge him
anything....  Just so much corn as a mule could eat...!"  At one of the
houses I negotiated for dinner.  The woman spread out both her hands.
"We are all so poor now," she said.  "A little water, some
beans—_tortillas_....  It is all we eat in this house...."  Milk?  No.
Eggs? No.  Meat?  No.  Coffee?  _Valgame Dios_, no!  I ventured that
with this money they might be purchased at one of the other houses.
"_Quien sabe?_" replied she dreamily.  At this moment arrived the
husband and upbraided her for her lack of hospitality.  "My house is at
your orders," he said magnificently, and begged a cigarette.  Then he
squatted down while she brought forward the two family chairs and bade
us seat ourselves.  The room was of good proportions, with a dirt floor
and a ceiling of heavy beams, the adobe showing through.  Walls and
ceiling were whitewashed, and, to the naked eye, spotlessly clean.  In
one corner was a big iron bed, and in the other a Singer sewing machine,
as in every other house I saw in Mexico.  There was also a
spindle-legged table, upon which stood a picture-postcard of Our Lady of
Guadelupe, with a candle burning before it.  Above this, on the wall,
hung an indecent illustration clipped from the pages of _Le Rire_, in a
silver-gilt frame—evidently an object of the highest veneration.

Arrived now various uncles, cousins, and _compadres_, wondering casually
if we dragged any cigarros.  At her husband’s command, the woman brought
a live coal in her fingers.  We smoked.  It grew late.  There developed
a lively argument as to who would go and buy provisions for our dinner.
Finally they compromised on the woman; and soon Antonio and I sat in the
kitchen, while she crouched upon the altar-like adobe platform in the
corner, cooking over the open fire.  The smoke enveloped up, pouring out
the door. Occasionally a pig or a few hens would wander in from the
outside, or a sheep would make a dash for the _tortilla_ meal, until the
angry voice of the master of the house reminded the woman that she was
not doing five or six things at once.  And she would rise wearily and
belabor the animal with a flaming brand.

All through our supper—jerked meat fiery with _chile_, fried eggs,
_tortillas_, _frijoles_, and bitter black coffee,—the entire male
population of the rancho bore us company, in the room and out.  It
seemed that some were especially prejudiced against the Church. "Priests
without shame," cried one, "who come when we are so poor and take away a
tenth of what we have!"

"And us paying a quarter to the Government for this cursed war!" ...

"Shut your mouth!" shrilled the woman.  "It is for God!  God must eat,
the same as we...."

Her husband smiled a superior smile.  He had once been to Jimenez and
was considered a man of the world.

"God does not eat," he remarked with finality. "The _curas_ grow fat on
us."

"Why do you give it?" I asked.

"It is the law," said several at once.

And not one would believe that that law was repealed in Mexico in the
year 1857!

I asked them about General Urbina.  "A good man, all heart."  And
another: "He is very brave.  The bullets bound off him like rain from a
sombrero...."  "He is the cousin of my woman’s first husband’s sister."
"He is _bueno para los negocios del campo_" (that is to say, he is a
highly successful bandit and highwayman).  And finally one said proudly:
"A few years ago he was just a peon like us; and now he is a General and
a rich man."

But I shall not soon forget the hunger-pinched body and bare feet of an
old man with the face of a saint, who said slowly: "The Revolucion is
good.  When it is done we shall starve never, never, never, if God is
served.  But it is long, and we have no food to eat, or clothes to wear.
For the master has gone away from the hacienda, and we have no tools or
animals to do our work with, and the soldiers take all our corn and
drive away the cattle...."

"Why don’t the _pacificos_ fight?"

He shrugged his shoulders.  "Now they do not need us.  They have no
rifles for us, or horses.  They are winning.  And who shall feed them if
we do not plant corn?  No, señor.  But if the Revolucion loses, then
there will be no more _pacificos_.  Then we will rise, with our knives
and our horsewhips.... The Revolucion will not lose...."

As Antonio and I rolled up in our blankets on the floor of the granary,
they were singing.  One of the young bucks had procured a guitar
somewhere, and two voices, clinging to each other in that peculiar
strident Mexican "barber-shop" harmony, were whining loudly something
about a "_trista historia d’amor_."...


The rancho was one of many belonging to the Hacienda of El Canotillo,
and all next day we drove through its wide lands, which covered more
than two million acres, I was told.  The _hacendado_, a wealthy
Spaniard, had fled the country two years before.

"Who is owner now?"

"General Urbina," said Antonio.  And it was so, as I soon saw.  The
great haciendas of Northern Durango, an area greater than the State of
New Jersey, had been confiscated for the Constitutionalist government by
the General, who ruled them with his own agents, and, it was said,
divided fifty-fifty with the Revolution.

We drove steadily all day, only stopping long enough to eat a few
_tortillas_.  And along about sundown we saw the brown mud wall that
hemmed El Canotillo round, with its city of little houses, and the
ancient pink tower of its church among the alamo trees,—miles away at
the foot of the mountains.  The village of Las Nieves, a straggling
collection of adobes the exact color of the earth of which they are
built, lay before us, like some strange growth of the desert.  A
flashing river, without a trace of green along its banks to contrast it
with the scorched plain, made a semi-circle around the town.  And as we
splashed across the ford, between the women kneeling there at their
washing, the sun suddenly went behind the western mountains.
Immediately a deluge of yellow light, thick as water, drowned the earth,
and a golden mist rose from the ground, in which the cattle floated
legless.

I knew that the price for such a journey as Antonio had carried me was
at least ten pesos, and he was an Arab to boot.  But when I offered him
money, he threw his arms around me and burst into tears....  God bless
you, excellent Arab!  You are right; business is better in Mexico.




                              *CHAPTER II*

                     *THE LION OF DURANGO AT HOME*


At General Urbina’s door sat an old peon with four cartridge-belts
around him, engaged in the genial occupation of filling corrugated iron
bombs with gunpowder.  He jerked his thumb toward the patio.  The
General’s house, corrals and storerooms ran around all four sides of a
space as big as a city block, swarming with pigs, chickens and
half-naked children.  Two goats and three magnificent peacocks gazed
pensively down from the roof.  In and out of the sitting-room, whence
came the phonographic strains of the "Dollar Princess," stalked a train
of hens.  An old woman came from the kitchen and dumped a bucket of
garbage on the ground; all the pigs made a squealing rush for it.  In a
corner of the house-wall sat the General’s baby daughter, chewing on a
cartridge.  A group of men stood or sprawled on the ground around a well
in the center of the patio.  The General himself sat in their midst, in
a broken wicker arm-chair, feeding _tortillas_ to a tame deer and a lame
black sheep.  Before him kneeled a peon, pouring from a canvas sack some
hundreds of Mauser cartridges.

To my explanations the General returned no answer.  He gave me a limp
hand, immediately withdrawing it, but did not rise.  A broad,
medium-sized man of dark mahogany complexion, with a sparse black beard
up to his cheek-bones, that didn’t hide the wide, thin, expressionless
mouth, the gaping nostrils, the shiny, small, humorous, animal eyes.
For a good five minutes he never took them from mine.  I produced my
papers.

"I don’t know how to read," said the General suddenly, motioning to his
secretary.  "So you want to go with me to battle?" he shot at me in the
coarsest Spanish.  "Many bullets!"  I said nothing.  "_Muy bien_!  But I
don’t know when I shall go.  Maybe in five days.  Now eat!"

"Thanks, my general, I’ve already eaten."

"Go and eat," he repeated calmly.  "_Andale!_"

A dirty little man they all called Doctor escorted me to the
dining-room.  He had once been an apothecary in Parral, but was now a
Major.  We were to sleep together that night, he said.  But before we
reached the dining-room there was a shout of "Doctor!"  A wounded man
had arrived, a peasant with his sombrero in his hand, and a
blood-clotted handkerchief around his head.  The little doctor became
all efficiency.  He dispatched a boy for the family scissors, another
for a bucket of water from the well.  He sharpened with his knife a
stick he picked up from the ground. Seating the man on a box, he took
off the bandage, revealing a cut about two inches long, caked with dirt
and dried blood.  First he cut off the hair around the wound, jabbing
the points of the scissors carelessly into it.  The man drew in his
breath sharply, but did not move.  Then the doctor slowly _cut the
clotted blood away from the top_, whistling cheerfully to himself.
"Yes," he remarked, "it is an interesting life, the doctor’s."  He
peered closely at the vomiting blood; the peasant sat like a sick stone.
"And it is a life full of nobility," continued the doctor.  "Alleviating
the sufferings of others."  Here he picked up the sharpened stick,
thrust it deep in, _and slowly worked it the entire length of the cut_!

"Pah!  The animal has fainted!" said the doctor. "Here, hold him up
while I wash it!"  With that he lifted the bucket and poured its
contents over the head of the patient, the water and blood dribbling
down over his clothes.  "These ignorant peons," said the doctor, binding
up the wound in its original bandage, "have no courage.  It is the
intelligence that makes the soul, eh?" ...

When the peasant came to, I asked: "Are you a soldier?"  The man smiled
a sweet, deprecating smile.

"No, señor, I am only a _pacifico_," he said.  "I live in the Canotillo,
where my house is at your orders...."

Some time later—a good deal—we all sat down to supper.  There was
Lieutenant-Colonel Pablo Seañes, a frank, engaging youth of twenty-six,
with five bullets in him to pay for the three years’ fighting.  His
conversation was sprinkled with soldierly curses, and his pronunciation
was a little indistinct, the result of a bullet on the jaw-bone and a
tongue almost cut in two by a sword.  He was a demon in the field, they
said, and a killer (_muy matador_) after it.  At the first taking of
Torreon, Pablo and two other officers, Major Fierro and Captain Borunda,
had executed alone eighty unarmed prisoners, each man shooting them down
with his revolver until his hand got tired pulling the trigger.

"_Oiga_!*" Pablo said.  "Where is the best institute for the study of
hypnotism in the United States? ... As soon as this cursed war is over I
am going to study to become a hypnotist...."  With that he turned and
began to make passes at Lieutenant Borrega, who was called derisively
"The Lion of the Sierras," because of his prodigious boasting.  The
latter jerked out his revolver: "I want no business with the devil!" he
screamed, amid the uproarious laughter of the others.

Then there was Captain Fernando, a grizzled giant of a man in tight
trousers, who had fought twenty-one battles.  He took the keenest
delight in my fragmentary Spanish, and every word I spoke sent him into
bellows of laughter that shook down the adobe from the ceiling.  He had
never been out of Durango, and declared that there was a great sea
between the United States and Mexico, and that he believed all the rest
of the earth to be water.  Next to him sat Longinos Güereca, with a row
of decayed teeth across his round, gentle face every time he smiled, and
a record for simple bravery that was famous throughout the army. He was
twenty-one, and already First Captain.  He told me that last night his
own men had tried to kill him....  Then came Patricio, the best rider of
wild horses in the State, and Fidencio next to him, a pure-blooded
Indian seven feet tall, who always fought standing up.  And last Raphael
Zalarzo, a tiny hunchback that Urbina carried in his train to amuse him,
like any medieval Italian duke.

When we had burned our throats with the last enchilada, and scooped up
our last _frijole_ with a _tortilla_,—forks and spoons being
unknown,—the gentlemen each took a mouthful of water, gargled it, and
spat it on the floor.  As I came out into the patio, I saw the figure of
the General emerge from his bedroom door, staggering slightly.  In his
hand he carried a revolver.  He stood for a moment in the light of
another door, then suddenly went in, banging it behind him.

I was already in bed when the doctor came into the room.  In the other
bed reposed the Lion of the Sierras and his momentary mistress, now
loudly snoring.

"Yes," said the Doctor, "there has been some little trouble.  The
General has not been able to walk for two months from rheumatism....
And sometimes he is in great pain, and comforts himself with
_aguardiente_.... To-night he tried to shoot his mother.  He always
tries to shoot his mother .... because he loves her very much."  The
Doctor peeped at himself in the mirror, and twisted his mustache.  "This
Revolucion. Do not mistake.  It is a fight of the poor against the rich.
I was very poor before the Revolucion and now I am very rich."  He
pondered a moment, and then began removing his clothes.  Through his
filthy undershirt the Doctor honored me with his one English sentence:
"I have mooch lices," he said, with a proud smile....

I went out at dawn and walked around Las Nieves. The town belongs to
General Urbina, people, houses, animals and immortal souls.  At Las
Nieves he and he alone wields the high justice and the low.  The town’s
only store is in his house, and I bought some cigarettes from the Lion
of the Sierras, who was detailed store-clerk for the day.  In the patio
the General was talking with his mistress, a beautiful,
aristocratic-looking woman, with a voice like a hand-saw. When he
noticed me he came up and shook hands, saying that he’d like to have me
take some pictures of him.  I said that that was my purpose in life, and
asked him if he thought he would leave soon for the front.  "In about
ten days, I think," he answered.  I began to get uncomfortable.

"I appreciate your hospitality, my General," I told him, "but my work
demands that I be where I can see the actual advance upon Torreon.  If
it is convenient, I should like to go back to Chihuahua and join General
Villa, who will soon go south."  Urbina’s expression didn’t change, but
he shot at me: "What is it that you don’t like here?  You are in your
own house!  Do you want cigarettes?  Do you want _aguardiente_; or
_sotol_, or cognac?  Do you want a woman to warm your bed at night?
Everything you want I can give you!  Do you want a pistol?  A horse?  Do
you want money?"  He jerked a handful of silver dollars from his pocket
and threw them jingling on the ground at my feet.

I said: "Nowhere in Mexico am I so happy and contented as in this
house."  And I was prepared to go further.

For the next hour I took photographs of General Urbina: General Urbina
on foot, with and without sword; General Urbina on three different
horses; General Urbina with and without his family; General Urbina’s
three children, on horseback and off; General Urbina’s mother, and his
mistress; the entire family, armed with swords and revolvers, including
the phonograph, produced for the purpose, one of the children holding a
placard upon which was inked: "General Tomas Urbina R."




                             *CHAPTER III*

                       *THE GENERAL GOES TO WAR*


We had finished breakfast and I was resigning myself to the ten days in
Las Nieves, when the General suddenly changed his mind.  He came out of
his room, roaring orders.  In five minutes the house was all bustle and
confusion,—officers rushing to pack their serapes, _mozos_ and troopers
saddling horses, peons with armfuls of rifles rushing to and fro.
Patricio harnessed five mules to the great coach,—an exact copy of the
Deadwood Stage.  A courier rode out on the run to summon the Tropa,
which was quartered at the Canotillo.  Rafaelito loaded the General’s
baggage into the coach; it consisted of a typewriter, four swords, one
of them bearing the emblem of the Knights of Pythias, three uniforms,
the General’s branding-iron, and a twelve-gallon demijohn of _sotol_.

And there came the Tropa, a ragged smoke of brown dust miles along the
road.  Ahead flew a little, squat, black figure, with the Mexican flag
streaming over him; he wore a floppy sombrero loaded with five pounds of
tarnished gold braid,—once probably the pride of some imperial
_hacendado_.  Following him closely were Manuel Paredes, with riding
boots up to his hips, fastened with silver buckles the size of dollars,
beating his mount with the flat of a saber; Isidro Amayo, making his
horse buck by flapping a hat in his eyes; José Valiente, ringing his
immense silver spurs inlaid with turquoises; Jesus Mancilla, his
flashing brass chain around his neck; Julian Reyes, with colored
pictures of Christ and the Virgin fastened to the front of his sombrero;
a struggling tangle of six behind, with Antonio Guzman trying to lasso
them, the coils of his horsehair rope soaring out of the dust.  They
came on the dead run, all Indian shouts and cracking revolvers, until
they were only a hundred feet away, then jerked their little cow-ponies
cruelly to a staggering halt with bleeding mouths, a whirling confusion
of men, horses and dust.

This was the Tropa when I first saw them.  About a hundred, they were,
in all stages of picturesque raggedness; some wore overalls, others the
charro jackets of peons, while one or two sported tight vaquero
trousers.  A few had shoes, most of them only cowhide sandals, and the
rest were barefooted.  Sabas Gutierrez was garbed in an ancient
frockcoat, split up the back for riding.  Rifles slung at their saddles,
four or five cartridge-belts crossed over their chests, high, flapping
sombreros, immense spurs chiming as they rode, bright-colored serapes
strapped on behind—this was their uniform.

The General was with his mother.  Outside the door crouched his
mistress, weeping, her three children around her.  For almost an hour we
waited, then Urbina suddenly burst out of the door.  With scarcely a
look at his family, he leaped on his great, gray charger, and spurred
furiously into the street.  Juan Sanchez blew a blast on his cracked
bugle, and the Tropa, with the General at its head, took the Canotillo
road.

In the meanwhile Patricio and I loaded three cases of dynamite and a
case of bombs into the boot of the coach.  I got up beside Patricio, the
peons let go of the mules’ heads, and the long whip curled around their
bellies.  Galloping, we whirled out of the village, and took the steep
bank of the river at twenty miles an hour.  Away on the other side, the
Tropa trotted along a more direct road.  The Canotillo we passed without
stopping.

"_Arré mulas!  Putas!  Hijas de la Ho——!_" yelled Patricio, the whip
hissing.  The _Camino Real_ was a mere track on uneven ground; every
time we took a little arroyo the dynamite came down with a sickening
crash.  Suddenly a rope broke, and one case bounced off the coach and
fell upon rocks.  It was a cool morning, however, and we strapped it on
again safely....

Almost every hundred yards along the road were little heaps of stones,
surmounted by wooden crosses,—each one the memorial of a murder.  And
occasionally a tall, whitewashed cross uprose in the middle of a
side-road, to protect some little desert rancho from the visits of the
devil.  Black shiny chaparral, the height of a mule’s back, scraped the
side of the coach; Spanish bayonet and the great barrel-cactus watched
us like sentinels from the skyline of the desert.  And always the mighty
Mexican vultures circled over us, as if they knew we were going to war.

Late in the afternoon the stone wall which bounds the million acres of
the Hacienda of Torreon de Cañas swung into sight on our left, marching
across deserts and mountains like the Great Wall of China, for more than
thirty miles; and, soon afterward, the hacienda itself.  The Tropa had
dismounted around the Big House.  They said that General Urbina had
suddenly been taken violently sick, and would probably be unable to
leave his bed for a week.

The Casa Grande, a magnificent porticoed palace but one story high,
covered the entire top of a desert rise. From its doorway one could see
fifteen miles of yellow, rolling plain, and, beyond, the interminable
ranges of bare mountains piled upon each other.  Back of it lay the
great corrals and stables, where the Tropa’s evening fires already sent
up myriad columns of yellow smoke.  Below, in the hollow, more than a
hundred peons’ houses made a vast open square, where children and
animals romped together, and the women kneeled at their eternal grinding
of corn.  Out on the desert a troop of _vaqueros_ rode slowly home; and
from the river, a mile away, the endless chain of black-shawled women
carried water on their heads....  It is impossible to imagine how close
to nature the peons live on these great haciendas.  Their very houses
are built of the earth upon which they stand, baked by the sun.  Their
food is the corn they grow; their drink the water from the dwindled
river, carried painfully upon their heads; the clothes they wear are
spun from the wool, and their sandals cut from the hide of a newly
slaughtered steer.  The animals are their constant companions, familiars
of their houses.  Light and darkness are their day and night.  When a
man and a woman fall in love they fly to each other without the
formalities of a courtship,—and when they are tired of each other they
simply part.  Marriage is very costly (six pesos to the priest), and is
considered a very swagger extra; but it is no more binding than the most
casual attachment.  And of course jealousy is a stabbing matter.

We dined in one of the lofty, barren _salas_ of the Casa Grande; a room
with a ceiling eighteen feet high, and walls of noble proportions,
covered with cheap American wallpaper.  A gigantic mahogany sideboard
occupied one side of the place, but we had no knives and forks.  There
was a tiny fireplace, in which a fire was never lighted, yet the chill
of death abode there day and night.  The room next door was hung with
heavy, spotted brocade, though there was no rug on the concrete floor.
No pipes and no plumbing in all the house,—you went to the well or the
river for water. And candles the only light!  Of course the _dueño_ had
long fled the country; but the hacienda in its prime must have been as
splendid and as uncomfortable as a medieval castle.

The _cura_ or priest of the hacienda church presided at dinner.  To him
were brought the choicest viands, which he sometimes passed to his
favorites after helping himself.  We drank _sotol_ and _aguamiel_, while
the _cura_ made away with a whole bottle of looted anisette. Exhilarated
by this, His Reverence descanted upon the virtues of the confessional,
especially where young girls were concerned.  He also made us understand
that he possessed certain feudal rights over new brides. "The girls,
here," he said, "are very passionate...."

I noticed that the rest didn’t laugh much at this, though they were
outwardly respectful.  After we were out of the room, José Valiente
hissed, shaking so that he could hardly speak: "I know the dirty ——! And
my sister...!  The Revolucion will have something to say about these
_curas_!"  Two high Constitutionalist officers afterward hinted at a
little-known program to drive the priests out of Mexico; and Villa’s
hostility to the _curas_ is well known.

Patricio was harnessing the coach when I came out in the morning, and
the Tropa were saddling up.  The doctor, who was remaining with the
General, strolled up to my friend, Trooper Juan Vallejo.

"That’s a pretty horse you’ve got there," he said, "and a nice rifle.
Lend them to me."

"But I haven’t any other——" began Juan.

"I am your superior officer," returned the doctor. And that was the last
we ever saw of doctor, horse and rifle.

I said farewell to the General, who was lying in torture in bed, sending
bulletins to his mother by telephone every fifteen minutes.  "May you
journey happily," he said.  "Write the truth.  I commend you to
Pablito."




                              *CHAPTER IV*

                        *LA TROPA ON THE MARCH*


And so I got inside the coach, with Rafaelito, Pablo Seañes, and his
mistress.  She was a strange creature.  Young, slender, and beautiful,
she was poison and a stone to everybody but Pablo.  I never saw her
smile and never heard her say a gentle word.  Sometimes she treated us
with dull ferocity; sometimes with bestial indifference.  But Pablo she
cradled like a baby.  When he lay across the seat with his head in her
lap, she would hug it fiercely to her breast, making noises like a
tigress with her young.

Patricio handed down his guitar from the box, where he kept it, and to
Rafael’s accompaniment the Lieutenant-Colonel sang love-ballads in a
cracked voice.  Every Mexican knows hundreds of these.  They are not
written down, but often composed extemporaneously, and handed along by
word of mouth.  Some of them are very beautiful, some grotesque, and
others as satirical as any French popular song.  He sang:

    _"Exiled I wandered through the world—_
    _Exiled by the government._
    _I came back at the end of the year,_
    _Drawn by the fondness of love._
    _I went away with the purpose_
    _Of staying away forever._
    _And the love of a woman was the only thing_
    _That made me come back."_


And then "_Los Hijos de la Noche_":

    _"I am of the children of the night_
    _Who wander aimlessly in the darkness._
    _The beautiful moon with its golden rays_
    _Is the companion of my sorrows._

    _"I am going to lose myself from thee,_
    _Exhausted with weeping;_
    _I am going sailing, sailing,_
    _By the shores of the sea._

    _"You will see at the time of our parting_
    _I will not allow you to love another._
    _For if so it should be, I would ruin your face._
    _And many blows we would give one another._

    _"So I am going to become an American._
    _Go with God, Antonia._
    _Say farewell to my friends._
    _O may the Americans allow me to pass_
    _And open a saloon_
    _On the other side of the River!"_


The Hacienda of El Centro turned out to give us lunch.  And there
Fidencio offered me his horse to ride for the afternoon.

The Tropa had already ridden on ahead, and I could see them, strung out
for half a mile in the black mesquite brush, the tiny
red-white-and-green flag bobbing at their head.  The mountains had
withdrawn somewhere beyond the horizon, and we rode in the midst of a
great bowl of desert, rolling up at the edges to meet the furnace-blue
of the Mexican sky.  Now that I was out of the coach, a great silence,
and a peace beyond anything I ever felt, wrapped me around.  It is
almost impossible to get objective about the desert; you sink into
it,—become a part of it.  Galloping along, I soon caught up with the
Tropa.

"Aye, meester!" they shouted.  "Here comes meester on a horse!  _Que
tal_, meester?  How goes it?  Are you going to fight with us?"

But Captain Fernando at the head of the column turned and roared: "Come
here, meester!"  The big man was grinning with delight.  "You shall ride
with me," he shouted, clapping me on the back.  "Drink, now," and he
produced a bottle of _sotol_ about half full.  "Drink it all.  Show
you’re a man."  "It’s too much," I laughed.  "Drink it," yelled the
chorus as the Tropa crowded up to see.  I drank it.  A howl of laughter
and applause went up.  Fernando leaned over and gripped my hand.  "Good
for you, _compañero_!" he bellowed, rolling with mirth.  The men crowded
around, amused and interested.  Was I going to fight with them?  Where
did I come from?  What was I doing?  Most of them had never heard of
reporters, and one hazarded the opinion darkly that I was a Gringo and a
Porfirista, and ought to be shot.

The rest, however, were entirely opposed to this view. No Porfirista
would possibly drink that much _sotol_ at a gulp.  Isidro Amayo declared
that he had been in a brigade in the first Revolution which was
accompanied by a reporter, and that he was called _Corresponsal de
Guerra_.  Did I like Mexico?  I said: "I am very fond of Mexico.  I like
Mexicans too.  And I like _sotol_, _aguardiente_, _mescal_, _tequila_,
_pulque_, and other Mexican customs!"  They shouted with laughter.

Captain Fernando leaned over and patted my arm. "Now you are with the
men (_los hombres_.)  When we win the Revolucion it will be a government
by the men,—not by the rich.  We are riding over the lands of the men.
They used to belong to the rich, but now they belong to me and to the
_compañeros_."

"And you will be the army?" I asked.

"When the Revolucion is won," was the astonishing reply, "there will be
no more army.  The men are sick of armies.  It is by armies that Don
Porfirio robbed us."

"But if the United States should invade Mexico?"

A perfect storm broke everywhere.  "We are more _valiente_ than the
Americanos—The cursed Gringos would get no further south than
Juarez—Let’s see them try it—We’d drive them back over the Border on the
run, and burn their capital the next day...!"

"No," said Fernando, "you have more money and more soldiers.  But the
men would protect us.  We need no army.  The men would be fighting for
their houses and their women."

"What are you fighting for?" I asked.  Juan Sanchez, the color-bearer,
looked at me curiously.  "Why, it is good, fighting.  You don’t have to
work in the mines...!"

Manuel Paredes said: "We are fighting to restore Francisco I. Madero to
the Presidency."  This extraordinary statement is printed in the program
of the Revolution.  And everywhere the Constitutionalist soldiers are
known as "Maderistas."  "I knew him," continued Manuel, slowly.  "He was
always laughing, always."

"Yes," said another, "whenever there was any trouble with a man, and all
the rest wanted to fight him or put him in prison, Pancho Madero said:
’Just let me talk to him a few minutes.  I can bring him around.’"

"He loved _bailes_," an Indian said.  "Many a time I’ve seen him dance
all night, and all the next day, and the next night.  He used to come to
the great Haciendas and make speeches.  When he began the peons hated
him; when he ended they were crying...."

Here a man broke out into a droning, irregular tune, such as always
accompanies the popular ballads that spring up in thousands on every
occasion:

    _"In Nineteen hundred and ten_
    _Madero was imprisoned_
    _In the National Palace_
    _The eighteenth of February_

    _"Four days he was imprisoned_
    _In the Hall of the Intendancy_
    _Because he did not wish_
    _To renounce the Presidency_

    _"Then Blanquet and Felix Diaz_
    _Martyred him there_
    _They were the hangmen_
    _Feeding on his hate._

    _"They crushed...._
    _Until he fainted_
    _With play of cruelty_
    _To make him resign._

    _"Then with hot irons_
    _They burned him without mercy_
    _And only unconsciousness_
    _Calmed the awful flames._

    _"But it was all in vain_
    _Because his mighty courage_
    _Preferred rather to die_
    _His was a great heart!_

    _"This was the end of the life_
    _Of him who was the redeemer_
    _Of the Indian Republic_
    _And of all the poor._

    _"They took him out of the Palace_
    _And tell us he was killed in an assault_
    _What a cynicism!_
    _What a shameless lie!_

    _"O Street of Lecumberri_
    _Your cheerfulness has ended forever_
    _For through you passed Madero_
    _To the Penitentiary._

    _"That twenty-second of February_
    _Will always be remembered in the Indian Republic._
    _God has pardoned him_
    _And the Virgin of Guadelupe._

    _"Good-bye Beautiful Mexico_
    _Where our leader died_
    _Good-bye to the palace_
    _Whence he issued a living corpse_

    _"Señores, there is nothing eternal_
    _Nor anything sincere in life_
    _See what happened to Don Francisco I. Madero!’_


By the time he was half-way through, the entire Tropa was humming the
tune, and when he finished there was a moment of jingling silence.

"We are fighting," said Isidro Amayo, "for Libertad."

"What do you mean by Libertad?"

"Libertad is when I can _do what I want_!"

"But suppose it hurts somebody else?"

He shot back at me Benito Juarez’ great sentence:

"Peace is the respect for the rights of others!"

I wasn’t prepared for that.  It startled me, this barefooted _meztizo’s_
conception of Liberty.  I submit that it is the only correct definition
of Liberty—_to do what I want to_!  Americans quote it to me
triumphantly as an instance of Mexican irresponsibility.  But I think it
is a better definition than ours—Liberty is the right to do what the
Courts want.  Every Mexican schoolboy knows the definition of peace and
seems to understand pretty well what it means, too.  But, they say,
Mexicans don’t want peace.  That is a lie, and a foolish one.  Let
Americans take the trouble to go through the Maderista army, asking
whether they want peace or not!  The people are sick of war.

But, just to be square, I’ll have to report Juan Sanchez’ remark:

"Is there war in the United States now?" he asked.

"No," I said untruthfully.

"No war at all?"  He meditated for a moment. "How do you pass the time,
then...?"

Just about then somebody saw a coyote sneaking through the brush, and
the entire Tropa gave chase with a whoop.  They scattered rollicking
over the desert, the late sun flashing from cartridge-belts and spurs,
the ends of their bright serapes flying out behind.  Beyond them, the
scorched world sloped gently up, and a range of far lilac mountains
jumped in the heat waves like a bucking horse.  By here, if tradition is
right, passed the steel-armored Spaniards in their search for gold, a
blaze of crimson and silver that has left the desert cold and dull ever
since.  And, topping a rise, we came upon the first sight of the
Hacienda of La Mimbrera, a walled enclosure of houses strong enough to
stand a siege, stretching steeply down a hill, with the magnificent Casa
Grande at the top.

In front of this house, which had been sacked and burned by Orozco’s
General, Che Che Campa, two years before, the coach was drawn up.  A
huge fire had been kindled, and ten _compañeros_ were slaughtering
sheep. Into the red glare of the firelight they staggered, with the
struggling, squealing sheep in their arms, its blood fountaining upon
the ground, shining in the fierce light like something phosphorescent.

The officers and I dined in the house of the _administrador_ Don Jesus,
the most beautiful specimen of manhood I have ever seen.  He was much
over six feet tall, slender, white-skinned—a pure Spanish type of the
highest breed.  At one end of his dining-room, I remember, hung a
placard embroidered in red, white and green: "Viva Mexico!" and at the
other, a second, which read: "Viva Jesus!"

It was after dinner, as I stood at the fire, wondering where I was to
sleep, that Captain Fernando touched me on the arm.

"Will you sleep with the _compañeros_?"

We walked across the great open square, in the furious light of the
desert stars, to a stone store-house set apart.  Inside, a few candles
stuck against the wall illumined the rifles stacked in the corners, the
saddles on the floor, and the blanket-rolled _compañeros_ with their
heads on them.  One or two were awake, talking and smoking.  In a
corner, three sat muffled in their serapes, playing cards.  Five or six
had voices and a guitar.  They were singing "Pascual Orozco," beginning:

    _"They say that Pascual Orozco has turned his coat_
    _Because Don Terrazzas seduced him;_
    _They gave him many millions and they bought him_
    _And sent him to overthrow the government._

    _"Orozco believed it_
    _And to the war he went;_
    _But the Maderista cannon_
    _Was his calamity._

    _"If to thy window shall come Porfirio Diaz,_
    _Give him for charity some cold tortillas;_
    _If to thy window shall come General Huerta,_
    _Spit in his face and slam the door._

    _"If to thy window shall come Inez Salazar,_
    _Lock your trunk so that he can’t steal;_
    _If to thy window shall come Maclovio Herrera,_
    _Give him dinner and put the cloth on the table."_


They didn’t distinguish me at first, but soon one of the card-players
said: "Here comes Meester!"  At that the others roused, and woke the
rest.  "That’s right—it’s good to sleep with the _hombres_—take this
place, amigo—here’s my saddle—here there is no crookedness—here a man
goes straight...."

"May you pass a happy night, _compañero_," they said.  "Till morning,
then."

Pretty soon somebody shut the door.  The room became full of smoke and
fetid with human breath.  What little silence was left from the chorus
of snoring was entirely obliterated by the singing, which kept up, I
guess, until dawn.  The _compañeros_ had fleas....

But I rolled up in my blankets and lay down upon the concrete floor very
happily.  And I slept better than I had before in Mexico.


At dawn we were in the saddle, larking up a steep roll of barren desert
to get warm.  It was bitter cold. The Tropa were wrapped in serapes up
to their eyes, so that they looked like colored toadstools under their
great sombreros.  The level rays of the sun, burning as they fell upon
my face, caught them unaware, glorifying the serapes to more brilliant
colors than they possessed.  Isidro Amayo’s was of deep blue and yellow
spirals; Juan Sanchez had one brick red, Captain Fernando’s was green
and cerise; against them flashed a purple and black zigzag pattern....

We looked back to see the coach pulled to a stop, and Patricio waving to
us.  Two of the mules had given out, raw from the traces, and tottering
with the fatigue of the last two days.  The Tropa scattered to look for
mules.  Soon they came back, driving two great beautiful animals that
had never seen harness. No sooner had they smelled the coach than they
made a desperate break for freedom.  And now the Tropa instantly went
back to their native profession—they became _vaqueros_.  It was a pretty
sight, the rope-coils swinging in the air, the sudden snake-like shoot
of the loops, the little horses bracing themselves against the shock of
the running mule.  Those mules were demons.  Time after time they broke
the _riatas_; twice they overturned horse and rider.  Pablo came to the
rescue.  He got on Sabas’s horse, drove in the spurs, and went after one
mule.  In three minutes he had roped him by the leg, thrown him, and
tied him.  Then he took the second with equal dispatch.  It was not for
nothing that Pablo was Lieutenant-Colonel at twenty-six.  Not only could
he fight better than his men, but he could ride better, rope better,
shoot better, chop wood better, and dance better.

The mules’ legs were tied, and they were dragged with ropes to the
coach, where the harness was slipped on them in spite of their frantic
struggles.  When all was ready, Patricio got on the box, seized the
whip, and told us to cut away.  The wild animals scrambled to their
feet, bucking and squealing.  Above the uproar came the crack of the
heavy whip, and Patricio’s bellow: "_Andale!  Ujos de la Gran’ Ch——!_"
and they jerked forward, running, the big coach taking the arroyos like
an express train.  Soon it vanished behind its own pall of dust, and
appeared hours afterward, crawling up the side of a great hill, miles
away....

Panchito was eleven years old, already a trooper with a rifle too heavy
for him, and a horse that they had to lift him on.  His _compadre_ was
Victoriano, a veteran of fourteen.  Seven others of the Tropa were under
seventeen.  And there was a sullen, Indian-faced woman, riding
side-saddle, who wore two cartridge-belts. She rode with the
_hombres_—slept with them in the cuartels.

"Why are you fighting?" I asked her.

She jerked her head toward the fierce figure of Julian Reyes.

"Because he is," she answered.  "He who stands under a good tree is
sheltered by a good shade."

"A good rooster will crow in any chicken-coop," capped Isidro.

"A parrot is green all over," chimed in someone else.

"Faces we see, but hearts we do not comprehend," said José,
sentimentally.


At noon we roped a steer, and cut his throat.  And because there was no
time to build a fire, we ripped the meat from the carcase and ate it
raw.

"_Oiga_, meester," shouted José.  "Do the United States soldiers eat raw
meat?"

I said I didn’t think they did.

"It is good for the _hombres_.  In the campaign we have no time for
anything but _carne crudo_.  It makes us brave."

By late afternoon we had caught up with the coach, and galloped with it
down through the dry arroyo and up through the other side, past the
great _ribota_ court that flanks the Hacienda of La Zarca.  Unlike La
Mimbrera, the Casa Grande here stands on a level place, with the peons’
houses in long rows at its flanks, and a flat desert barren of chaparral
for twenty miles in front.  Che Che Campa also paid a visit to La Zarca.
The big house is a black and gaping ruin.




                              *CHAPTER V*

                        *WHITE NIGHTS AT ZARCA*


Of course, I took up quarters at the cuartel. And right here I want to
mention one fact. Americans had insisted that the Mexican was
fundamentally dishonest—that I might expect to have my outfit stolen the
first day out.  Now for two weeks I lived with as rough a band of
ex-outlaws as there was in the army.  They were without discipline and
without education.  They were, many of them, Gringo-haters. They had not
been paid a cent for six weeks, and some were so desperately poor that
they couldn’t boast sandals or serapes.  I was a stranger with a good
outfit, unarmed.  I had a hundred and fifty pesos, which I put
conspicuously at the head of my bed when I slept.  And I never lost a
thing.  But more than that, I was not permitted to pay for my food; and
in a company where money was scarce and tobacco almost unknown, I was
kept supplied with all I could smoke by the _compañeros_.  Every
suggestion from me that I should pay for it was an insult.

The only thing possible was to hire music for a _baile_. Long after Juan
Sanchez and I rolled up in our blankets that night, we could hear the
rhythm of the music, and the shouts of the dancers.  It must have been
midnight when somebody threw open the door and yelled: "Meester!
_Oiga_, meester!  Are you asleep? Come to the _baile_!  _Arriba_!
_Andale_!"

"Too sleepy!" I said.  After some further argument the messenger
departed, but in ten minutes back he came.  "El Capitan Fernando orders
you to come at once!  _Vamonos_!"  Now the others woke up.  "Come to the
_baile_, meester!" they shouted.  Juan Sanchez sat up and began pulling
on his shoes.  "Now we’re off!" said he.  "The meester is going to
dance!  Captain’s orders!  Come on, meester!"

"I’ll go if all the Tropa does," I said.  They raised a yell at that,
and the night was full of chuckling men pulling on their clothes.

Twenty of us reached the house in a body.  The mob of peons blocking
door and window opened to let us pass.  "The meester!" they cried.  "The
meester’s going to dance!"

Capitan Fernando threw his arms about me, roaring: "Here he comes, the
_compañero_!  Dance now!  Go to it!  They’re going to dance the _jota_!"

"But I don’t know how to dance the _jota_!"

Patricio, flushed and panting, seized me by the arm. "Come on, it’s
easy!  I’ll introduce you to the best girl in the Zarca!"

There was nothing to do.  The window was jammed with faces, and a
hundred tried to crowd in at the door.  It was an ordinary room in a
peon’s house, whitewashed, with a humpy dirt floor.  In the light of two
candles sat the musicians.  The music struck up "_Puentes á Chihuahua_."
A grinning silence fell.  I gathered the young lady under my arm, and
started the preliminary march around the room customary before the dance
begins.  We waltzed painfully for a moment or two, and suddenly they all
began to yell: "_Ora_!  _Ora_!  _Now_!"

"What do you do now?"

"_Vuelta_!  _Vuelta_!  Loose her!" a perfect yell.

"But I don’t know how!"

"The fool doesn’t know how to dance," cried one.

Another began the mocking song:

    _"The Gringos all are fools,_
    _They’ve never been in Sonora,_
    _And when they want to say: ’Diez Reales,’_
    _They call it ’Dollar an’ a quarta’ ...."_


But Patricio bounded into the middle of the floor, and Sabas after him;
each seized a _muchacha_ from the line of women sitting along one end of
the room. And as I led my partner back to her seat, they "_vuelta’d_."
First a few waltz steps,—then the man whirled away from the girl,
snapping his fingers, throwing one arm up to cover his face, while the
girl put one hand on her hip and danced after him.  They approached each
other, receded, danced around each other.  The girls were dumpy and
dull, Indian-faced and awkward, bowed at the shoulder from much grinding
of corn and washing of clothes.  Some of the men had on heavy boots,
some none; many wore pistols and cartridge-belts, and a few carried
rifles slung from their shoulders.

The dance was always preceded by a grand march-around; then, after the
couple had danced twice the circuit of the room, they walked again.
There were two-steps, waltz and mazurka beside the _jota_.  Each girl
kept her eyes on the ground, never spoke, and stumbled heavily after
you.  Add to this a dirt floor full of arroyos, and you have a form of
torture unequaled anywhere in the world.  It seemed to me I danced for
hours, spurred on by the chorus: "Dance, meester!  _No floje_!  Keep it
up!  Don’t quit!"

Later there was another jota, and here’s where I almost got into
trouble.  I danced this one successfully—with another girl.  And,
afterward, when I asked my original partner to two-step, she was
furiously angry.

"You shamed me before them all," said she.  "_You_—you said you didn’t
know how to dance the _jota_!"  As we marched around the room, she
appealed to her friends: "Domingo!  Juan!  Come out and take me away
from this Gringo!  He won’t dare to do anything!"

Half a dozen of them started onto the floor, and the rest looked on.  It
was a ticklish moment.  But all at once the good Fernando glided in
front, a revolver in his hand.

"The Americano is my friend!" said he.  "Get back there and mind your
business!..."


The horses were tired, so we rested a day in La Zarca.  Behind the Casa
Grande lay a ruined garden, full of gray alamo trees, figs, vines, and
great barrel-cactuses.  It was walled around by high adobe walls on
three sides, over one of which the ancient white tower of the church
floated in the blue sky.  The fourth side opened upon a reservoir of
yellow water, and beyond it stretched the western desert, miles upon
miles of tawny desolation.  Trooper Marin and I lay under a fig tree,
watching the vultures sail over us on quiet wing.  Suddenly the silence
was broken by loud, swift music.

Pablo had found a pianola in the church, where it had escaped Che Che
Campa’s notice the previous year; with it was one roll, the "Merry Widow
Waltz."  Nothing would do but that we carry the instrument out into the
ruined patio.  We took turns playing the thing all day long; Rafaelito
volunteering the information that the "Merry Widow" was Mexico’s most
popular piece.  A Mexican, he said, had composed it.

The finding of the pianola suggested that we give another _baile_ that
night, in the portico of the Casa Grande itself.  Candles were stuck
upon the pillars, the faint light flickering upon broken walls, burned
and blackened doorways, the riot of wild vines that had twisted
unchecked around the roof-beams.  The entire patio was crowded with
blanketed men, making holiday, even yet a little uncomfortable in the
great house which they had never been allowed to enter.  As soon as the
orchestra had finished a dance, the pianola immediately took up the
task.  Dance followed dance, without any rest.  A barrel of _sotol_
further complicated things.  As the evening wore on the assembly got
more and more exhilarated.  Sabas, who was Pablo’s orderly, led off with
Pablo’s mistress.  I followed.  Immediately afterward Pablo hit her on
the head with the butt end of his revolver, and said he’d shoot her if
she danced with anyone else, and her partner too.  After sitting some
moments meditating, Sabas rose, pulled his revolver, and informed the
harpist that he had played a wrong note.  Then he shot at him.  Other
_compañeros_ disarmed Sabas, who immediately went to sleep in the middle
of the dance-floor.

The interest in Meester’s dancing soon shifted to other phenomena.  I
sat down beside Julian Reyes, he with the Christ and Virgin on the front
of his sombrero. He was far gone in _sotol_—his eyes burned like a
fanatic’s.

He turned on me suddenly:

"Are you going to fight with us?"

"No," I said.  "I am a correspondent.  I am forbidden to fight."

"It is a lie," he cried.  "You don’t fight because you are afraid to
fight.  In the face of God, our Cause is Just."

"Yes, I know that.  But my orders are not to fight."

"What do I care for orders?" he shrieked.  "We want no correspondents.
We want no words printed in a book.  We want rifles and killing, and if
we die we shall be caught up among the saints!  Coward! Huertista!..."

"That’s enough!" cried someone, and I looked up to see Longinos Güereca
standing over me.  "Julian Reyes, you know nothing.  This _compañero_
comes thousands of miles by the sea and the land to tell his countrymen
the truth of the fight for Liberty.  He goes into battle without arms,
he’s braver than you are, because you have a rifle.  Get out now, and
don’t bother him any more!"

He sat down where Julian had been, smiled his homely, gentle smile, and
took both my hands in his.

"We shall be _compadres_, eh?" said Longinos Güereca. "We shall sleep in
the same blankets, and always be together.  And when we get to the
Cadena I shall take you to my home, and my father shall make you my
brother....  I will show you the lost gold-mines of the Spaniards, the
richest mines in the world.... We’ll work them together, eh? ... We’ll
be rich, eh?..."

And from that time on until the end, Longinos Güereca and I were always
together.

But the _baile_ grew wilder and wilder.  Orchestra and pianola
alternated without a break.  Everybody was drunk now.  Pablo was
boasting horribly of killing defenseless prisoners.  Occasionally, some
insult would be passed, and there would be a snapping of rifle levers
all over the place.  Then perhaps the poor exhausted women would begin
to go home; and what an ominous shout would go up: "_No vaya_!  Don’t
go!  Stop! Come back here and dance!  Come back here!"  And the dejected
procession would halt and straggle back. At four o’clock, when somebody
started the report that a Gringo Huertista spy was among us, I decided
to go to bed.  But the _baile_ kept up until seven....




                              *CHAPTER VI*

                            *"QUIEN VIVE?"*


At dawn I woke to the sound of shooting, and a cracked bugle blowing
wildly.  Juan Sanchez stood in front of the cuartel, sounding Reveille;
he didn’t know which call Reveille was, so he played them all.

Patricio had roped a steer for breakfast.  The animal started on a
plunging, bellowing run for the desert, Patricio’s horse galloping
alongside.  The rest of the Tropa, only their eyes showing over their
serapes, kneeled with their rifles to their shoulders.  Crash! In that
still air, the enormous sound of guns labored heavily up.  The running
steer jerked sideways,—his screaming reached us faintly.  Crash!  He
fell headlong.  His feet kicked in the air.  Patricio’s pony jerked
roughly up, and his serape flapped like a banner.  Just then the
enormous sun rose bodily out of the east, pouring clear light over the
barren plain like a sea....

Pablo emerged from the Casa Grande, leaning on his wife’s shoulder.

"I am going to be very ill," he groaned, suiting the action to the word.
"Juan Reed will ride my horse."

He got into the coach, weakly took the guitar, and sang:

    _"I remained at the foot of a green maguey_
    _My ungrateful love went away with another._
    _I awoke to the song of the lark:_
    _Oh, what a hangover I have, and the barkeeps won’t trust me!_

    _"O God, take away this sickness,_
    _I feel as if I were surely going to die—_
    _The Virgin of pulque and whisky must save me:_
    _O what a hangover, and nothing to drink!..."_


It is some sixty-five miles from La Zarca to the Hacienda of La Cadena,
where the Tropa was to be stationed.  We rode it in one day, without
water and without food.  The coach soon left us far behind. Pretty soon,
the barrenness of the land gave way to spiny, hostile vegetation,—the
cactus and the mesquite. We strung out along a deep rut between the
gigantic chaparral, choked with the mighty cloud of alkali dust,
scratched and torn by the thorny brush. Sometimes emerging in an open
space, we could see the straight road climbing the summits of the
rolling desert, until the eye couldn’t follow it; but we knew it must be
there, still farther and farther again.  Not a breath of wind stirred.
The vertical sun beat down with a fury that made one reel.  And most of
the troop, who had been drunk the night before, began to suffer
terribly.  Their lips glazed, cracked, turned dark blue. I didn’t hear a
single word of complaint; but there was nothing of the lighthearted
joking and rollicking of other days.  José Valiente taught me how to
chew mesquite twigs, but that didn’t help much.

When we had been riding for hours, Fidencio pointed ahead, saying
huskily: "Here comes a _christiano_!"  When you realize that word
_christiano_, which now means simply Man, is descended among the Indians
from immeasurable antiquity,—and when the man that says it looks exactly
as Guatemozin might have looked, it gives you curious sensations.  The
_christiano_ in question was a very aged Indian driving a burro.  No, he
said, he didn’t carry any water.  But Sabas leaped from his horse and
tumbled the old man’s pack on the ground.

"Ah!" he cried; "fine!  _Tres piedras_!" and held up a root of the
_sotol_ plant, which looks like a varnished century-plant, and oozes
with intoxicating juices.  We divided it as you divide an artichoke.
Pretty soon everybody felt better....

It was at the end of the afternoon that we rounded a shoulder of the
desert and saw ahead the gigantic ashen alamo trees that surrounded the
spring of the Hacienda of Santo Domingo.  A pillar of brown dust, like
the smoke of a burning city, rose from the corral, where _vaqueros_ were
roping horses.  Desolate and alone stood the Casa Grande, burned by Che
Che Campa a year ago.  And by the spring, at the foot of the alamo
trees, a dozen wandering peddlers squatted around their fire, their
burros munching corn.  From the fountain to the adobe houses and back
moved an endless chain of women water-carriers,—the symbol of northern
Mexico.

"Water!" we shouted, joyously, galloping down the hill.  The
coach-horses were already at the spring with Patricio.  Leaping from
their saddles, the Tropa threw themselves on their bellies.  Men and
horses indiscriminately thrust in their heads, and drank and drank....
It was the most glorious sensation I have ever felt.

"Who has a cigarro?" cried somebody.  For a few blessed minutes we lay
on our backs smoking.  The sound of music—gay music—made me sit up.  And
there, across my vision, moved the strangest procession in the world.
First came a ragged peon carrying the flowering branch of some tree.
Behind him, another bore upon his head a little box that looked like a
coffin, painted in broad strips of blue, pink and silver.  There
followed four men, carrying a sort of canopy made of gay-colored
bunting.  A woman walked beneath it, though the canopy hid her down to
the waist; but on top lay the body of a little girl, with bare feet and
little brown hands crossed on her breast. There was a wreath of paper
flowers in her hair, and her whole body was heaped with them.  A harpist
brought up the rear, playing a popular waltz called "_Recuerdos de
Durango_."  The funeral procession moved slowly and gaily along, passing
the _ribota_ court, where the players never ceased their handball game,
to the little Campo Santo.  "Bah!" spat Julian Reyes furiously.  "That
is a blasphemy to the dead!"


In the late sunshine the desert was a glowing thing. We rode in a
silent, enchanted land, that seemed some kingdom under the sea.  All
around were great cactuses colored red, blue, purple, yellow, as coral
is on the ocean bed.  Behind us, to the west, the coach rolled along in
a glory of dust like Elijah’s chariot.... Eastward, under a sky already
darkening to stars, were the rumpled mountains behind which lay La
Cadena, the advance post of the Maderista army.  It was a land to
love—this Mexico—a land to fight for. The ballad-singers suddenly began
the interminable song of "The Bull-Fight," in which the Federal chiefs
are the bulls, and the Maderista generals the _torreros_; and as I
looked at the gay, lovable, humble _hombres_ who had given so much of
their lives and of their comfort to the brave fight, I couldn’t help but
think of the little speech Villa made to the foreigners who left
Chihuahua in the first refugee train:

"This is the latest news for you to take to your people.  There shall be
no more palaces in Mexico.  The _tortillas_ of the poor are better than
the bread of the rich.  Come!..."

It was late night—past eleven—when the coach broke down on a stretch of
rocky road between high mountains.  I stopped to get my blankets; and
when I started on again, the _compañeros_ had long vanished down the
winding road.  Somewhere near, I knew, was La Cadena.  At any minute now
a sentinel might start up out of the chaparral.  For about a mile I
descended a steep road that was often the dried bed of a river, winding
down between high mountains.  It was a black night, without stars, and
bitter cold.  Finally, the mountains opened into a vast plain, and
across that I could faintly see the tremendous range of the Cadena, and
the pass that the Tropa was to guard.  Barely three leagues beyond that
pass lay Mapimi, held by twelve hundred Federals.  But the hacienda was
still hidden by a roll of the desert.

I was quite upon it, without being challenged, before I saw it, an
indistinct white square of buildings on the other side of a deep arroyo.
And still no sentinel. "That’s funny," I said to myself.  "They don’t
keep very good watch here."  I plunged down into the arroyo, and climbed
up the other side.  In one of the great rooms of the Casa Grande were
lights and music. Peering through, I saw the indefatigable Sabas
whirling in the mazes of the _jota_, and Isidro Amayo, and José
Valiente.  A _baile_!  Just then a man with a gun lounged out of the
lighted doorway.

"Quien vive?" he shouted, lazily.

"Madero!" I shouted.

"May he live!" returned the sentinel, and went back to the _baile_....




                             *CHAPTER VII*

                     *AN OUTPOST OF THE REVOLUTION*


There were a hundred and fifty of us stationed at La Cadena, the advance
guard of all the Maderista army to the West.  Our business was to guard
a pass, the Puerta de la Cadena; but the troops were quartered at the
hacienda, ten miles away.  It stood upon a little plateau, a deep arroyo
on one side, at the bottom of which a sunken river came to the surface
for perhaps a hundred yards, and vanished again.  As far as the eye
could reach up and down the broad valley was the fiercest kind of
desert,—dried creek-beds, and a thicket of chaparral, cactus and sword
plant.

Directly east lay the Puerta, breaking the tremendous mountain range
that blotted out half the sky and extended north and south beyond
vision, wrinkled like a giant’s bed-clothes.  The desert tilted up to
meet the gap, and beyond was nothing but the fierce blue of stainless
Mexican sky.  From the Puerta you could see fifty miles across the vast
arid plain that the Spaniards named _Llano de los Gigantes_, where the
little mountains lie tumbled about; and four leagues away the low gray
houses of Mapimi.  There lay the enemy; twelve hundred _colorados_, or
Federal irregulars, under the infamous Colonel Argumendo.  The
_colorados_ are the bandits that made Orozco’s revolution.  They were so
called because their flag was red, and because their hands were red with
slaughter, too.  They swept through Northern Mexico, burning, pillaging
and robbing the poor.  In Chihuahua, they cut the soles from the feet of
one poor devil, and drove him a mile across the desert before he died.
And I have seen a city of four thousand souls reduced to _five_ after a
visit by the _colorados_.  When Villa took Torreon, there was no mercy
for the _colorados_; they are always shot.

The first day we reached La Cadena, twelve of them rode up to
reconnoiter.  Twenty-five of the Tropa were on guard at the Fuerta.
They captured one _colorado_. They made him get off his horse, and took
away his rifle, clothes and shoes.  THen they made him run naked through
a hundred yards of chaparral and cactus, shooting at him.  Juan Sanchez
finally dropped him, screaming, and thereby won the rifle, which he
brought back as a present to me.  The _colorado_ they left to the great
Mexican buzzards, which flap lazily above the desert all day long.

When all this happened, my _compadre_, Captain Longinos Güereca, and
Trooper Juan Vallejo, and I, had borrowed the Colonel’s coach for a trip
to the dusty little rancho of Bruquilla,—Longinos’ home.  It lay four
desert leagues to the north, where a spring burst miraculously out of a
little white hill.  Old Güereca was a white-haired peon in sandals.  He
had been born a slave on one of the great haciendas; but years of toil,
too appalling to realize, had made him that rare being in Mexico, the
independent owner of a small property.  He had ten children,—soft,
dark-skinned girls, and sons that looked like New England farmhands,—and
a daughter in the grave.

The Güerecas were proud, ambitious, warm-hearted folk.  Longinos said:
"This is my dearly loved friend, Juan Reed, and my brother."  And the
old man and his wife put both their arms around me and patted me on the
back, in the affectionate way Mexicans embrace.

"My family owes nothing to the Revolucion," said ’Gino, proudly.
"Others have taken money and horses and wagons.  The _jefes_ of the army
have become rich from the property of the great haciendas.  The Güerecas
have given all to the Maderistas, and have taken nothing but my
rank...."

The old man, however, was a little bitter.  Holding up a horsehair rope,
he said: "Three years ago I had four _riatas_ like this.  Now I have
only one.  One the _colorados_ took, and the other Urbina’s people took,
and the last one José Bravo....  What difference does it make which side
robs you?"  But he didn’t mean it all.  He was immensely proud of his
youngest son, the bravest officer in all the army.

We sat in the long adobe room, eating the most exquisite cheese, and
_tortillas_ with fresh goat-butter,—the deaf old mother apologizing in a
loud voice for the poverty of the food, and her warlike son reciting his
personal Iliad of the nine-days’ fight around Torreon.

"We got so close," he was saying, "that the hot air and burning powder
stung us in the face.  We got too close to shoot, so we clubbed our
rifles——" Just then all the dogs began to bark at once.  We leaped from
our seats.  One didn’t know what to expect in the Cadena those days.  It
was a small boy on horseback, shouting that the _colorados_ were
entering the Puerta—and off he galloped.

Longinos roared to put the mules in the coach.  The entire family fell
to work with a fury, and in five minutes Longinos dropped on one knee
and kissed his father’s hand, and we were tearing down the road. "Don’t
be killed!  Don’t be killed!  Don’t be killed!" we could hear the Señora
wailing.

We passed a wagon loaded with corn-stalks, with a whole family of women
and children, two tin trunks, and an iron bed, perched on top.  The man
of the family rode a burro.  Yes, the _colorados_ were coming—thousands
of them pouring through the Puerta.  The last time the _colorados_ had
come they had killed his daughter.  For three years there had been war
in this valley, and he had not complained.  Because it was for the
Patria.  Now they would go to the United States where——  But Juan lashed
the mules cruelly, and we heard no more.  Farther along was an old man
without shoes, placidly driving some goats.  Had he heard about the
_colorados_?  Well, there had been some gossip about _colorados_.  Were
they coming through the Puerta, and how many?

"_Pues, quien sabe, señor!_"

At last, yelling at the staggering mules, we came into camp just in time
to see the victorious Tropa straggle in across the desert, firing off
many more rounds of ammunition than they had used in the fight. They
moved low along the ground, scarcely higher on their broncos than the
drab mesquite through which they flashed, all big sombreros and flapping
gay serapes, the last sunshine on their lifted rifles.

That very night came a courier from General Urbina, saying that he was
ill and wanted Pablo Seañes to come back.  So off went the great coach,
and Pablo’s mistress, and Raphaelito, the hunchback, and Fidencio, and
Patricio.  Pablo said to me: "Juanito, if you want to come back with us,
you shall sit beside me in the coach."  Patricio and Raphaelito begged
me to come.  But I had got so far to the front now that I didn’t want to
turn back.  Then the next day my friends and _compañeros_ of the Tropa,
whom I had learned to know so well in our march across the desert,
received orders to move to Jarralitos.  Only Juan Vallejo and Longinos
Güereca stayed behind.

The Cadena’s new garrison were a different kind of men.  God knows where
they came from, but it was a place where the troopers had literally
starved.  They were the most wretchedly poor peons that I have ever
seen—about half of them didn’t have serapes.  Some fifty were known to
be _nuevos_ who had never smelt powder, about the same number were under
a dreadfully incompetent old party named Major Salazar, and the
remaining fifty were equipped with old carbines and ten rounds of
ammunition apiece.  Our commanding officer was Lieutenant-Colonel
Petronilo Hernandez, who had been six years a Major in the Federal army
until the murder of Madero drove him to the other side. He was a brave,
good-hearted little man, with twisted shoulders, but years of official
army red tape had unfitted him to handle troops like these.  Every
morning he issued an Order of the Day, distributing guards, posting
sentinels, and naming the officer on duty. Nobody ever read it.
Officers in that army have nothing to do with the disciplining or
ordering of soldiers, They are officers because they have been brave,
and their job is to fight at the head of their troop—that’s all.  The
soldiers all look up to some one General, under whom they are recruited,
as to their feudal lord. They call themselves his _gente_—his people;
and an officer of anybody else’s _gente_ hasn’t much authority over
them.  Petronilo was of Urbina’s _gente_; but two-thirds of the Cadena
garrison belonged to Arrieta’s division.  That’s why there were no
sentinels to the west and north.  Lieutenant-Colonel Alberto Redondo
guarded another pass four leagues to the south, so we thought we were
safe in that direction.  True, twenty-five men did outpost duty at the
Fuerta, and the Puerta was strong....




                             *CHAPTER VIII*

                         *THE FIVE MUSKETEERS*


The Casa Grande of La Cadena had been sacked, of course, by Che Che
Campa the year before.  In the patio were corraled the officers’ horses.
We slept on the tiled floors of the rooms surrounding it.  In the _sala_
of the owner, once barbarically decorated, pegs were driven into the
walls to hang saddles and bridles on, rifles and sabers were stacked
against the wall, and dirty blanket-rolls lay flung into the corner.  At
night a fire of corn-cobs was built in the middle of the floor, and we
squatted around it, while Apolinario and fourteen-year-old Gil Tomas,
who was once a _colorado_, told stories of the Bloody Three Years.

"At the taking of Durango," said Apolinario, "I was of the _gente_ of
Captain Borunda; he that they call the _Matador_, because he always
shoots his prisoners.  But when Urbina took Durango there weren’t many
prisoners.  So Borunda, thirsty for blood, made the rounds of all the
saloons.  And in every one he would pick out some unarmed man and ask
him if he were a Federal.  ’No, señor,’ the man would say.  ’You deserve
death because you have not told the truth!’ yelled Borunda, pulling his
gun.  Bang!"

We all laughed heartily at this.

"That reminds me," broke in Gil, "of the time I fought with Rojas in
Orozco’s—(cursed be his mother!)—Revolucion.  An old Porfirista officer
deserted to our side, and Orozco sent him out to teach the _colorados_
(animals!) how to drill.  There was one droll fellow in our company.
Oh! he had a fine sense of humor.  He pretended he was too stupid to
learn the manual of arms.  So this cursed old Huertista—(may he fry in
hell!)—made him drill alone.

"’Shoulder arms!’  The _companero_ did it all right.

"’Present arms!’  Perfectly.

"’Port arms!’  He acted like he didn’t know how, so the old fool went
around and took hold of the rifle.

"’This way!’ says he, pulling on it.

"’Oh!’ says the fellow, ’_that_ way!’  And he let him have the bayonet
right in the chest...."

After that Fernando Silveyra, the paymaster, recounted a few anecdotes
of the _curas_, or priests, that sounded exactly like Touraine in the
thirteenth century, or the feudal rights of landlords over their women
tenants before the French Revolution.  Fernando ought to have known,
too, for he was brought up for the Church.  There must have been about
twenty of us sitting around that fire, all the way from the most
miserably poor peon in the Tropa up to First Captain Longinos Güereca.
There wasn’t one of these men who had any religion at all, although once
they had all been strict Catholics.  But three years of war have taught
the Mexican people many things.  There will never be another Porfirio
Diaz; there will never be another Orozco Revolution; and the Catholic
Church in Mexico will never again be the voice of God.

Then Juan Santillanes, a twenty-two-year-old _subteniente_, who
seriously informed me that he was descended from the great Spanish hero,
Gil Blas, piped up the ancient disreputable ditty, which begins:

    _"I am Count Oliveros_
    _Of the Spanish artillery...."_


Juan proudly displayed four bullet wounds.  He had killed a few
defenseless prisoners with his own gun, he said; giving promise of
growing up to be _muy matador_ (a great killer) some day.  He boasted of
being the strongest and bravest man in the army.  His idea of humor
seemed to be breaking eggs into the pocket of my coat.  Juan was very
young for his years, but very likable.

But the best friend I had beside ’Gino Güereca was Subteniente Luis
Martinez.  They called him "_Gachupine_"—the contemptuous name for
Spaniards—because he might have stepped out of a portrait of some noble
Spanish youth by Greco.  Luis was pure race—sensitive, gay and
high-spirited.  He was only twenty, and had never been in battle.
Around the contour of his face was a faint black beard.

He fingered it, grinning.  "Nicanor and I made a bet that we wouldn’t
shave until we took Torreon...."

Luis and I slept in different rooms.  But at night, when the fire had
gone out and the rest of the fellows were snoring, we sat at each
other’s blankets—one night in his cuartel, the one next to mine—talking
about the world, our girls, and what we were going to be and to do when
we really got at it.  When the war was over, Luis was coming to the
United States to visit me; and then we were both coming back to Durango
City to visit the Martinez family.  He showed me the photograph of a
little baby, proudly boasting that he was an uncle already.  "What will
you do when the bullets begin to fly?" I asked him.

"_Quien sabe?_" he laughed.  "I guess I’ll run!"

It was late.  The sentinel at the door had long since gone to sleep.
"Don’t go," said Luis, grabbing my coat.  "Let’s gossip a little
longer...."


’Gino, Juan Santillanes, Silveyra, Luis, Juan Vallejo and I rode up the
arroyo to bathe in a pool that was rumored to be there.  It was a
scorched river bed filled with white-hot sand, rimmed with dense
mesquite and cactus.  Every kilometer the hidden river showed itself for
a little space, only to disappear at a crackling white rim of alkali.
First came the horse pool, the troopers and their wretched ponies
gathered around it; one or two squatting on the rim, scooping water up
against the animals’ sides with calabashes....  Above them kneeled the
women at their eternal laundry on the stones.  Beyond that the ancient
path from the hacienda cut across, where the never-ending line of
black-shawled women moved with water-jars on their heads. Still farther
up were women bathers, wrapped round and round with yards of pale blue
or white cotton, and naked brown babies splashing in the shallows.  And,
last of all, naked brown men, with sombreros on and bright-colored
serapes draped over their shoulders, smoked their _hojas_, squatting on
the rocks.  We flushed a coyote up there, and scrambled steeply up to
the desert, pulling at our revolvers.  There he went!  We spurred into
the chaparral on the dead run, shooting and yelling.  But of course he
got away.  And later, much later, we found the mythical pool—a cool,
deep basin worn in the solid rock, with green weeds growing on the
bottom.

When we got back, ’Gino Güereca became greatly excited, because his new
_tordillo_ horse had come from Bruquilla—a four-year-old stallion that
his father had raised for him to ride at the head of his company.

"If he is dangerous," announced Juan Santillanes, as we hurried out, "I
want to ride him first.  I love to subdue dangerous horses!"

A mighty cloud of yellow dust filled all the corral, rising high into
the still air.  Through it appeared the dim chaotic shapes of many
running horses.  Their hoofs made dull thunder.  Men were vaguely
visible, all braced legs and swinging arms, handkerchiefs bound over
their faces; wide-spreading rope coils lifted, circling.  The big gray
felt the loop tighten on his neck.  He trumpeted and plunged; the
_vaquero_ twisted the rope around his hip, lying back almost to the
ground, feet plowing the dirt.  Another noose gripped the horse’s hind
legs—and he was down.  They put a saddle on him and a rope halter.

"Want to ride him, Juanito?" grinned ’Gino.

"After you," answered Juan with dignity.  "He’s your horse...."

But Juan Vallejo already was astride, shouting to them to loose the
ropes.  With a sort of squealing roar, the _tordillo_ struggled up, and
the earth trembled to his furious fight.


We dined in the ancient kitchen of the hacienda, sitting on stools
around a packing box.  The ceiling was a rich, greasy brown, from the
smoke of generations of meals.  One entire end of the room was taken up
by immense adobe stoves, ovens, and fireplaces, with four or five
ancient crones bending over them, stirring pots and turning _tortillas_.
The fire was our only light, flickering strangely over the old women;
lighting up the black wall, up which the smoke fled, to wreathe around
the ceiling and finally pour from the window. There were Colonel
Petronilo, his mistress, a strangely beautiful peasant woman with a
pock-marked face, who always seemed to be laughing to herself about
something; Don Tomas, Luis Martinez, Colonel Redondo, Major Salazar,
Nicanor, and I.  The Colonel’s mistress seemed uncomfortable at the
table; for a Mexican peasant woman is a servant in her house.  But Don
Petronilo always treated her as if she were a great lady.

Redondo had just been telling me about the girl he was going to marry.
He showed me her picture. She was even then on her way to Chihuahua to
get her wedding dress.  "As soon as we take Torreon," he said.

"_Oiga, señor_!"  Salazar touched me on the arm. "I have found out who
you are.  You are an agent of American business men who have vast
interests in Mexico.  I know all about American business.  You are an
agent of the trusts.  You come down here to spy upon the movement of our
troops, and then you will secretly send them word.  Is it not true?"

"How could I secretly send anybody any word from here?" I asked.  "We’re
four days’ hard ride from a telegraph line."

"Ah, _I_ know," he grinned cunningly, wabbling a finger at me.  "I know
many things; I have much in the head."  He was standing up now.  The
Major suffered badly from gout; his legs were wrapped in yards and yards
of woolen bandages, which made them look like _tamales_.  "I know _all_
about business.  I have studied much in my youth.  These American trusts
are invading Mexico to rob the Mexican people——"

"You’re mistaken, Major," interrupted Don Petronilo sharply.  "This
señor is my friend and my guest."

"Listen, _mi Coronel_," Salazar burst out with unexpected violence.
"This señor is a spy.  All Americans are Porfiristas and Huertistas.
Take this warning before it is too late.  I have much in the head.  I am
a very smart man.  Take this Gringo out and shoot him—at once.  Or you
will regret it."

A clamor of voices burst out all together from the others, but it was
interrupted by another sound—a shot, and then another, and men shouting.

Came a trooper running.  "Mutiny in the ranks!" he cried.  "They won’t
obey orders!"

"Who won’t?" snapped Don Petronilo.

"The _gente_ of Salazar!"

"Bad people!" exclaimed Nicanor as we ran.  "They were _colorados_
captured when we took Torreon. Joined us so we wouldn’t kill ’em.
Ordered out tonight to guard the Puerta!"

"Till to-morrow," said Salazar at this point, "I’m going to bed!"

The peons’ houses at La Cadena, where the troops were quartered,
enclosed a great square, like a walled town.  There were two gates.  At
one we forced our way through a mob of women and peons fighting to get
out.  Inside, there were dim lights from doorways, and three or four
little fires in the open air.  A bunch of frightened horses crowded one
another in a corner. Men ran wildly in and out of their cuartels, with
rifles in their hands.  In the center of the open space stood a group of
about fifty men, mostly armed, as if to repel an attack.

"Guard those gates!" cried the Colonel.  "Don’t let anybody out without
an order from me!"  The running troops began to mass at the gates.  Don
Petronilo walked out alone into the middle of the square.

"What’s the trouble, _compañeros_?" he asked quietly.

"They were going to kill us all!" yelled somebody from the darkness.
"They wanted to escape!  They were going to betray us to the
_colorados_!"

"It’s a lie!" cried those in the center.  "We are not Don Petronilo’s
_gente_!  Our _jefe_ is Manuel Arrieta!"

Suddenly Longinos Güereca, unarmed, flashed by us and fell upon them
furiously, wrenching away their rifles and throwing them far behind.
For a moment it looked as if the rebels would turn on him, but they did
not resist.

"Disarm them!" ordered Don Petronilo.  "And lock them up!"

They herded the prisoners into one large room, with an armed guard at
the door.  And long after midnight I could hear them hilariously
singing.

That left Don Petronilo with a hundred effectives, some extra horses
with running sores on their backs, and two thousand rounds of
ammunition, more or less. Salazar took himself off in the morning, after
recommending that all his _gente_ be shot; he was evidently greatly
relieved to be rid of them.  Juan Santillanes was in favor of execution,
too.  But Don Petronilo decided to send them to General Urbina for
trial.




                              *CHAPTER IX*

                            *THE LAST NIGHT*


The days at La Cadena were full of color.  In the cold dawn, when the
river pools were filmed with ice, a trooper would gallop into the great
square with a plunging steer at the end of his rope.  Fifty or sixty
ragged soldiers, only their eyes showing between serapes and big
sombreros, would begin an amateur bull-fight, to the roaring delight of
the rest of the _compañeros_.  They waved their blankets, shouting the
correct bull-fight cries.  One would twist the infuriated animal’s tail.
Another, more impatient, beat him with the flat of a sword.  Instead of
banderillas, they stuck daggers into his shoulder—his hot blood
spattering them as he charged.  And when at last he was down and the
merciful knife in his brain, a mob fell upon the carcase, cutting and
ripping, and bearing off chunks of raw meat to their cuartels.  Then the
white, burning sun would rise suddenly behind the Puerta, stinging your
hands and face.  And the pools of blood, the faded patterns of the
serapes, the far reaches of umber desert glowed and became vivid....

Don Petronilo had confiscated several coaches in the campaign.  We
borrowed them for many an excursion—the five of us.  Once it was a trip
to San Pedro del Gallo to see a cock-fight, appropriately enough.
Another time ’Gino Güereca and I went to see the fabulously rich lost
mines of the Spaniards, which he knew. But we never got past
Bruquilla—just lounged in the shade of the trees and ate cheese all day.


Late in the afternoon the Puerta guard trotted out to their post, the
late sun soft on their rifles and cartridge-belts; and long after dark
the detachment relieved came jingling in out of the mysterious dark.

The four peddlers whom I had seen in Santo Domingo arrived that night.
They had four burro loads of _macuche_ to sell the soldiers.

"It’s meester!" they cried, when I came down to their little fire.
"_Que tal_, meester?  How goes it? Aren’t you afraid of the
_colorados_?"

"How is business?" I asked, accepting the heaped-up handful of _macuche_
they gave me.

They laughed uproariously at this.

"Business!  Far better for us if we had stayed in Santo Domingo!  _This_
Tropa couldn’t buy one cigarro if they clubbed their money!..."

One of them began to sing that extraordinary ballad, "The Morning Song
to Francisco Villa."  He sang one verse, and then the next man sang a
verse, and so on around, each man composing a dramatic account of the
deeds of the Great Captain.  For half an hour I lay there, watching
them, as they squatted between their knees, serapes draped loosely from
their shoulders, the firelight red on their simple, dark faces. While
one man sang the others stared upon the ground, wrapt in composition.

    _"Here is Francisco Villa_
    _With his chiefs and his officers,_
    _Who come to saddle the short-horns_
    _Of the Federal Army._

    _"Get ready now, colorados,_
    _Who have been talking so loud,_
    _For Villa and his soldiers_
    _Will soon take off your hides!_

    _"To-day has come your tamer,_
    _The Father of Rooster Tamers,_
    _To run you out of Torreon—_
    _To the devil with your skins!_

    _"The rich with all their money_
    _Have already got their lashing,_
    _As the soldiers of Urbina_
    _Can tell, and those of Maclovio Herrera._

    _"Fly, fly away, little dove,_
    _Fly over all the prairies,_
    _And say that Villa has come_
    _To drive them all out forever._

    _"Ambition will ruin itself,_
    _And justice will be the winner,_
    _For Villa has reached Torreon_
    _To punish the avaricious."_

    _"Fly away, Royal Eagle,_
    _These laurels carry to Villa,_
    _For he has come to conquer_
    _Bravo and all his colonels._

    _"Now you sons of the Mosquito,_
    _Your pride will come to an end._
    _If Villa has come to Torreon,_
    _It is because he could do it!_

    _"Viva Villa and his soldiers!_
    _Viva Herrera and his gente!_
    _You have seen, wicked people,_
    _What a brave man can do._

    _"With this now I say good-bye;_
    _By the Rose of Castile,_
    _Here is the end of my rhyme_
    _To the great General Villa!"_


After a while I slipped away, and I doubt if they even saw me go.  They
sang around their fire for more than three hours.

But in our cuartel there was other entertainment. The room was full of
smoke from the fire on the floor. Through it I dimly made out some
thirty or forty troopers squatting or sprawled at full length—perfectly
silent as Silveyra read aloud a proclamation from the Governor of
Durango forever condemning the lands of the great haciendas to be
divided among the poor.

He read:


"Considering: that the principal cause of discontent among the people in
our State, which forced them to spring to arms in the year 1910, was the
absolute lack of individual property; and that the rural classes have no
means of subsistence in the present, nor any hope for the future, except
to serve as peons on the haciendas of the great land owners, who have
monopolized the soil of the State;

"Considering: that the principal branch of our national riches is
agriculture, and that there can be no true progress in agriculture
without that the majority of farmers have a personal interest in making
the earth produce....

"Considering, finally: that the rural towns have been reduced to the
deepest misery, because the common lands which they once owned have gone
to augment the property of the nearest hacienda, especially under the
Dictatorship of Diaz; with which the inhabitants of the State lost their
economic, political, and social independence, then passed from the rank
of citizens to that of slaves, without the Government being able to lift
the moral level through education, because the hacienda where they lived
is private property....

"Therefore, the Government of the State of Durango declares it a public
necessity that the inhabitants of the towns and villages be the owners
of agricultural lands...."


When the paymaster had painfully waded through all the provisions that
followed, telling how the land was to be applied for, etc., there was a
silence.

"That," said Martinez, "is the Mexican Revolucion."

"It’s just what Villa’s doing in Chihuahua," I said. "It’s great.  All
you fellows can have a farm now."

An amused chuckle ran around the circle.  Then a little, bald-headed
man, with yellow, stained whiskers, sat up and spoke.

"Not us," he said, "not the soldiers.  After a Revolucion is done it
wants no more soldiers.  It is the _pacificos_ who will get the
land—those who did not fight.  And the next generation...."  He paused
and spread his torn sleeves to the fire.  "I was a school teacher," he
explained, "so I know that Revolucions, like Republics, are ungrateful.
I have fought three years.  At the end of the first Revolucion that
great man, Father Madero, invited his soldiers to the Capital. He gave
us clothes, and food, and bull-fights.  We returned to our homes and
found the greedy again in power."

"I ended the war with forty-five pesos," said a man.

"You were lucky," continued the schoolmaster.  "No, it is not the
troopers, the starved, unfed, common soldiers who profit by the
Revolucion.  Officers, yes—some—for they get fat on the blood of the
Patria.  But we—no."

"What on earth are you fighting for?" I cried.

"I have two little sons," he answered.  "And _they_ will get their land.
And they will have other little sons. They, too, will never want for
food...."  The little man grinned.  "We have a proverb in Guadalajara:
’Do not wear a shirt of eleven yards, for he who wants to be a Redeemer
will be crucified.’"

"I’ve got no little son," said fourteen-year-old Gil Tomas, amid shouts
of laughter.  "I’m fighting so I can get a thirty-thirty rifle from some
dead Federal, and a good horse that belonged to a millionaire."

Just for fun I asked a trooper with a photo button of Madero pinned to
his coat who that was.

"_Pues, quien sabe, señor?_" he replied.  "My captain told me he was a
great saint.  I fight because it is not so hard as to work."

"How often are you fellows paid?"

"We were paid three pesos just nine months ago tonight," said the
schoolmaster, and they all nodded. "We are the real volunteers.  The
_gente_ of Villa are professionals."

Then Luis Martinez got a guitar and sang a beautiful little love song,
which he said a prostitute had made up one night in a _bordel_.

The last thing I remember of that memorable night was ’Gino Güereca
lying near me in the dark, talking.

"To-morrow," he said, "I shall take you to the lost gold-mines of the
Spaniards.  They are hidden in a cañon in the Western mountains.  Only
the Indians know of them—and I.  The Indians go there sometimes with
knives and dig the raw gold out of the ground.  We’ll be rich...."




                              *CHAPTER X*

                     *THE COMING OF THE COLORADOS*


Before sunrise next morning, Fernando Silveyra, fully dressed, came into
the room and said calmly to get up, that the _colorados_ were coming.
Juan Vallejo laughed: "How many, Fernando?"

"About a thousand," he answered in a quiet voice, rummaging for his
bandolier.

The patio was unusually full of shouting men saddling horses.  I saw Don
Petronilo, half dressed, at his door, his mistress buckling on his
sword.  Juan Santillanes was pulling at his trousers with furious haste.
There was a steady rattle of clicks as cartridges slipped into rifles.
A score of soldiers ran to and fro aimlessly, asking everyone where
something was.

I don’t think we any of us really believed it.  The little square of
quiet sky over the patio gave promise of another hot day.  Roosters
crowed.  A cow that was being milked bellowed.  I felt hungry.

"How near are they?" I asked.

"Near."

"But the outpost—the guard at the Puerta?"

"Asleep," Fernando said, as he strapped on his cartridge-belt.

Pablo Arriola clanked in, crippled by his big spurs.

"A little bunch of twelve rode up.  Our men thought it was only the
daily reconnaissance.  So after they drove them back, the Puerta guard
sat down to breakfast.  Then Argumedo himself and hundreds—hundreds——"

"But twenty-five could hold that pass against an army until the rest got
there...."

"They’re already past the Puerta," said Pablo, shouldering his saddle.
He went out.

"The ————!" swore Juan Santillanes, spinning the chambers of his
revolver.  "Wait till I get at them!"

"Now meester’s going to see some of those shots he wanted," cried Gil
Tomas.  "How about it, meester? Feel scared?"

Somehow the whole business didn’t seem real.  I said to myself, "You
lucky devil, you’re actually going to see a fight.  That will round out
the story."  I loaded my camera and hurried out in front of the house.

There was nothing much to see there.  A blinding sun rose right in the
Puerta.  Over the leagues and leagues of dark desert to the east nothing
lived but the morning light.  Not a movement.  Not a sound.  Yet
somewhere out there a mere handful of men were desperately trying to
hold off an army.

Thin smoke floated up in the breathless air from the houses of the
peons.  It was so still that the grinding of _tortilla_ meal between two
stones was distinctly audible—and the slow, minor song of some woman at
her work way around the Casa Grande.  Sheep were maaing to be let out of
the corral.  On the road to Santo Domingo, so far away that they were
mere colored accents in the desert, the four peddlers sauntered behind
their burros.  Little knots of peons were gathered in front of the
hacienda, pointing and looking east.  And around the gate of the big
enclosure where the soldiers were quartered a few troopers held their
horses by the bridle.  That was all.

Occasionally the door of the Casa Grande vomited mounted men—two or
three at a time—who galloped down the Puerta road with their rifles in
their hands. I could follow them as they rose and fell over the waves of
the desert, growing smaller all the time, until they mounted the last
roll—where the white dust they kicked up caught the fierce light of the
sun, and the eye couldn’t stand it.  They had taken my horse, and Juan
Vallejo didn’t have one.  He stood beside me, cocking and firing his
empty rifle.

"Look!" he shouted suddenly.  The western face of the mountains that
flanked the Puerta was in shadow still.  Along their base, to the north
and to the south, too, wriggled little thin lines of dust.  They
lengthened out—Oh so slowly.  At first there was only one in each
direction; then two others began, farther down, nearer, advancing
relentlessly, like raveling in a stocking—like a crack in thin glass.
The enemy, spreading wide around the battle, to take us in the flank!

Still the little knots of troopers poured from the Casa Grande, and
spurred away.  Pablo Arriola went, and Nicanor, waving to me brightly as
they passed. Longinos Güereca rocketed out on his great _tordillo_
horse, yet only half broken.  The big gray put down his head and
buck-jumped four times across the square.

"To-morrow for the mines," yelled ’Gino over his shoulder.  "I’m very
busy to-day—very rich—the lost mines of——"  But he was too far away for
me to hear.  Martinez followed him, shouting to me with a grin that he
felt scared to death.  Then others.  It made about thirty so far.  I
remember that most of them wore automobile goggles.  Don Petronilo sat
his horse, with field-glasses to his eyes.  I looked again at the lines
of dust—they were curving slowly down, the sun glorifying them—like
scimitars.

Don Tomas galloped past, Gil Tomas at his heels. But someone was coming.
A little running horse appeared on the rise, headed our way, the rider
outlined in a radiant dust.  He was going at furious speed, dipping and
rising over the rolling land.... And as he spurred wildly up the little
hill where we stood, we saw a horror.  A fan-shaped cascade of blood
poured from the front of him.  The lower part of his mouth was quite
shot away by a soft-nosed bullet.  He reined up beside the colonel, and
tried earnestly, terribly, to tell him something; but nothing
intelligible issued from the ruin.  Tears poured down the poor fellow’s
cheeks. He gave a hoarse cry, and, driving his spurs deep in his horse,
fled up the Santo Domingo road.  Others were coming, too, on the dead
run—those who had been the Puerta guard.  Two or three passed right
through the hacienda without stopping.  The rest threw themselves upon
Don Petronilo, in a passion of rage.  "More ammunition!" they cried.
"More cartridges!"

Don Petronilo looked away.  "There isn’t any!"  The men went mad,
cursing and hurling their guns on the ground.

"Twenty-five more men at the Puerta," shouted the Colonel.  In a few
minutes half of the new men galloped out of their cuartel and took the
eastern road. The near ends of the dust lines were now lost to view
behind a swell of ground.

"Why don’t you send them all, Don Petronilo?" I yelled.

"Because, my young friend, a whole company of _colorados_ is riding down
that arroyo.  You can’t see them from there, but I can."

He, had no sooner spoken than a rider whirled around the corner of the
house, pointing back over his shoulder to the south, whence he had come.

"They’re coming that way, too," he cried.  "Thousands! Through the other
pass!  Redondo had only five men on guard!  They took them prisoner and
got into the valley before he knew it!"

"_Valgame Dios!_" muttered Don Petronilo.

We turned south.  Above the umber rise of desert loomed a mighty cloud
of white dust, shining in the sun, like the biblical pillar of smoke.

"The rest of you fellows get out there and hold them off!"  The last
twenty-five leaped to their saddles and started southward.

Then suddenly the great gate of the walled square belched men and
horses—men without rifles.  The disarmed _gente_ of Salazar!  They
milled around as if in a panic.  "Give us our rifles!" they shouted.
"Where’s our ammunition?"

"Your rifles are in the cuartel," answered the Colonel, "but your
cartridges are out there killing _colorados_!"

A great cry went up.  "They’ve taken away our arms!  They want to murder
us!"

"How can we fight, man?  What can we do without rifles?" screamed one
man in Don Petronilo’s face.

"Come on, _compañeros_!  Let’s go out and strangle ’em with our hands,
the—_colorados_!" yelled one. Five struck spurs into their horses, and
sped furiously toward the Puerta—without arms, without hope.  It was
magnificent!

"We’ll all get killed!" said another.  "Come on!"  And the other
forty-five swept wildly out on the road to Santo Domingo.

The twenty-five recruits that had been ordered to hold the southern side
had ridden out about half a mile, and there stopped, seeming uncertain
what to do. Now they caught sight of the disarmed fifty galloping for
the mountains.

"The _compañeros_ are fleeing!  The _compañeros_ are fleeing!"

For a moment there was a sharp exchange of cries. They looked at the
dust cloud towering over them. They thought of the mighty army of
merciless devils who made it.  They hesitated, broke—and fled furiously
through the chaparral toward the mountains.

I suddenly discovered that I had been hearing shooting for some time.
It sounded immensely far away—like nothing so much as a clicking
typewriter.  Even while it held our attention it grew.  The little
trivial pricking of rifles deepened and became serious.  Out in front
now it was practically continuous—almost the roll of a snare-drum.

Don Petronilo was a little white.  He called Apolinario and told him to
harness the mules to the coach.

"If anything happens that we get the worst of it," he said lightly to
Juan Vallejo, "call my woman and you and Reed go with her in the coach.
Come on, Fernando—Juanito!"  Silveyra and Juan Santillanes spurred out;
the three vanished toward the Puerta.

We could see them now, hundreds of little black figures riding
everywhere through the chaparral; the desert swarmed with them.  Savage
Indian yells reached us.  A spent bullet droned overhead, then another;
then one unspent, and then a whole flock singing fiercely.  Thud! went
the adobe walls as bits of clay flew.  Peons and their women rushed from
house to house, distracted with fear.  A trooper, his face black with
powder and hateful with killing and terror, galloped past, shouting that
all was lost....

Apolinario hurried out the mules with their harness on their backs, and
began to hitch them to the coach. His hands trembled.  He dropped a
trace, picked it up, and dropped it again.  He shook all over.  All at
once he threw the harness to the ground and took to his heels.  Juan and
I rushed forward.  Just then a stray bullet took the off mule in the
rump.  Nervous already, the animals plunged wildly.  The wagon tongue
snapped with the report of a rifle.  The mules raced madly north into
the desert.

And then came the rout, a wild huddle of troopers all together, lashing
their terrified horses.  They passed us without stopping, without
noticing, all blood and sweat and blackness.  Don Tomas, Pablo Arriola,
and after them little Gil Tomas, his horse staggering and falling dead
right in front of us.  Bullets whipped the wall on all sides of us.

"Come on, meester!" said Juan.  "Let’s go!"  We began to run.  As I
panted up the steep opposite bank of the arroyo, I looked back.  Gil
Tomas was right behind me, with a red- and black-checked serape round
his shoulders.  Don Petronilo came in sight, shooting back over his
shoulder, with Juan Santillanes at his side.  In front raced Fernando
Silveyra, bending low over his horse’s neck.  All around the hacienda
was a ring of galloping, shooting, yelling men; and as far as the eye
could reach, on every rise of the desert, came more.




                              *CHAPTER XI*

                           *MEESTER’S FLIGHT*


Juan Vallejo was already far ahead, running doggedly with his rifle in
one hand.  I shouted to him to turn off the high road, and he obeyed,
without looking back.  I followed.  It was a straight path through the
desert toward the mountains.  The desert was as bald as a billiard table
here.  We could be seen for miles.  My camera got between my legs. I
dropped it.  My overcoat became a terrible weight. I shook it off.  We
could see the _compañeros_ fleeing wildly up the Santo Domingo road.
Beyond them unexpectedly appeared a wave of galloping men—the flanking
party from the south.  The shooting broke out again—and then pursuers
and pursued vanished around the corner of a little hill.  Thank God the
path was diverging from the road!

I ran on—ran and ran and ran, until I could run no more.  Then I walked
a few steps and ran again.  I was sobbing instead of breathing.  Awful
cramps gripped my legs.  Here there was more chaparral, more brush, and
the foothills of the western mountains were near.  But the entire length
of the path was visible from behind.  Juan Vallejo had reached the
foothills, half a mile ahead.  I saw him crawling up a little rise.
Suddenly three armed horsemen swept in behind him, and raised a shout.
He looked around, threw his rifle far into the brush, and fled for his
life.  They shot at him, but stopped to recover the rifle.  He
disappeared over the crest, and then they did, too.

I ran.  I wondered what time it was.  I wasn’t very frightened.
Everything still was so unreal, like a page out of Richard Harding
Davis.  It just seemed to me that if I didn’t get away I wouldn’t be
doing my job well.  I kept thinking to myself: "Well, this is certainly
an experience.  I’m going to have something to write about."

Then came yells and hoofs drumming in the rear. About a hundred yards
behind ran little Gil Tomas, the ends of his gay serape flying out
straight.  And about a hundred yards behind him rode two black men with
crossed bandoliers and rifles in their hands.  They shot. Gil Tomas
raised a ghastly little Indian face to me, and ran on.  Again they shot.
One bullet z-z-z-m-m-d by my head.  The boy staggered, stopped, wheeled,
and doubled suddenly into the chaparral.  They turned after him.  I saw
the foremost horse’s hoofs strike him.  The _colorados_ jerked their
mounts to their haunches over him, shooting down again and again....

I ran into the chaparral, topped a little hill, tripped on a mesquite
root, fell, rolled down a sandy incline, and landed in a little arroyo.
Dense mesquite covered the place.  Before I could stir the _colorados_
came plunging down the hillside.  "There he goes!" they yelled, and,
jumping their horses over the arroyo not ten feet from where I lay,
galloped off into the desert. I suddenly fell asleep.


I couldn’t have slept very long, for when I woke the sun was still in
about the same place, and a few scattered shots could be heard way to
the west, in the direction of Santo Domingo.  I stared up through the
brush tangle into the hot sky, where one great vulture slowly circled
over me, wondering whether or not I was dead. Not twenty paces away a
barefooted Indian with a rifle crouched on his motionless horse.  He
looked up at the vulture, and then searched the face of the desert. I
lay still.  I couldn’t tell whether he was one of ours or not.  After a
little time he jogged slowly north over a hill and disappeared.

I waited about half an hour before crawling out of the arroyo.  In the
direction of the hacienda they were still shooting—making sure of the
dead, I afterward learned.  I couldn’t see it.  The little valley in
which I was ran roughly east and west.  I traveled westward, toward the
sierra.  But it was still too near the fatal path.  I stooped low and
ran up over the hill, without looking back.  Beyond was another, higher,
and then another still.  Running over the hills, walking in the
sheltered valleys, I bore steadily northwest, toward the always-nearing
mountains.  Soon there were no more sounds.  The sun burned fiercely
down, and the long ridges of desolate country wavered in the heat.  High
chaparral tore my clothes and face.  Underfoot were cactuses, century
plants, and the murderous _espadas_, whose long, interlaced spikes
slashed my boots, drawing blood at every step; and beneath them sand and
jagged stones.  It was terrible going.  The big still forms of Spanish
bayonet, astonishingly like men, stood up all around the skyline.  I
stood stiffly for a moment on the top of a high hill, in a clump of
them, looking back. The hacienda was already so far away that it was
only a white blur in the immeasurable reaches of the desert. A thin line
of dust moved from it toward the Puerta—the _colorados_ taking back
their dead to Mapimi.

Then my heart gave a jump.  A man was coming silently up the valley.  He
had a green serape over one arm, and nothing on his head but a
blood-clotted handkerchief.  His bare legs were covered with blood from
the _espadas_.  He caught sight of me all of a sudden, and stood still;
after a pause he beckoned.  I went down to where he was; he never said a
word, but led the way back down the valley.  About a hundred yards
farther he stopped and pointed.  A dead horse sprawled in the sand, its
stiff legs in the air; beside it lay a man, disemboweled by a knife or a
sword—evidently a _colorado_, because his cartridge-belt was almost
full.  The man with the green serape produced a wicked-looking dagger,
still ruddy with blood, fell on his knees, and began to dig among the
_espadas_.  I brought rocks. We cut a branch of mesquite and made a
cleft cross out of it.  And so we buried him.

"Where are you bound, _compañero_?" I asked.

"For the sierra," he answered.  "And you?"

I pointed north, where I knew the Güerecas’ ranch lay.

"The Pelayo is over that way—eight leagues."

"What is the Pelayo?"

"Another hacienda.  There are some of ours at the Pelayo, I think...."

We parted with an "_adios_."

For hours I went on, running over the hilltops, staggering through the
cruel _espadas_, slipping down the steep sides of dried river beds.
There was no water.  I hadn’t eaten or drunk.  It was intensely hot.

About eleven I rounded the shoulder of a mountain and saw the small gray
patch that was Bruquilla.  Here passed the Camino Real, and the desert
lay flat and open.  A mile away a tiny horseman jogged along.  He seemed
to see me; he pulled up short and looked in my direction a long time.  I
stood perfectly motionless. Pretty soon he went on, getting smaller and
smaller, until at last there was nothing but a little puff of dust.
There was no other sign of life for miles and miles.  I bent low and ran
along the side of the road, where there was no dust.  Half a league
westward lay the Güereca’s house, hidden in the gigantic row of alamo
trees that fringed its running brook.  A long way off I could see a
little red spot on the top of the low hill beside it; when I came
nearer, I saw it was father Güereca, staring toward the east.  He came
running down when he saw me, clenching his hands.

"What has passed?  What has passed?  Is it true that the _colorados_
have taken the Cadena?"

I told him briefly what had happened.

"And Longinos?" he cried, wrenching at my arm. "Have you seen Longinos?"

"No," I said.  "The _compañeros_ all retreated to Santo Domingo."

"You must not stay here," said the old man, trembling.

"Let me have some water—I can hardly speak."

"Yes, yes, drink.  There is the brook.  The _colorados_ must not find
you here."  The old man looked around with anguish at the little rancho
he had fought so hard to gain.  "They would destroy us all."

Just then the old mother appeared in the doorway.

"Come here, Juan Reed," she cried.  "Where is my boy?  Why doesn’t he
come?  Is he dead?  Tell me the truth!"

"Oh, I think they all got away all right," I told her.

"And you!  Have you eaten?  Have you breakfasted?"

"I haven’t had a drop of water since last night, nor any food.  And I
came all the way from La Cadena on foot."

"Poor little boy!  Poor little boy!" she wailed, putting her arms around
me.  "Sit down now, and I will cook you something."

Old Güereca bit his lip in an agony of apprehension. Finally hospitality
won.

"My house is at your orders," he muttered.  "But hurry!  Hurry!  You
must not be seen here!  I will go up on the hill and watch for dust!"

I drank several quarts of water and ate four fried eggs and some cheese.
The old man had returned and was fidgeting around.

"I sent all my children to Jarral Grande," he said. "We heard this
morning.  The whole valley is fleeing to the mountains.  Are you ready?"

"Stay here," invited the Señora.  "We will hide you from the _colorados_
until Longinos comes home!"

Her husband screamed at her.  "Are you mad?  He mustn’t be found here!
Are you ready now?  Come on then!"

I limped along down through a burnt, yellow cornfield. "Follow this
path," said the old man, "through those two fields and the chaparral.
It will take you to the highroad to the Pelayo.  May you go well!"  We
shook hands, and a moment later I saw him shuffling back up the hill
with flapping sandals.

I crossed an immense valley covered with mesquite as high as my head.
Twice horsemen passed, probably only _pacificos_, but I took no chances.
Beyond that valley lay another, about seven miles long.  Now there were
bare mountains all around, and ahead loomed a range of fantastic white,
pink, and yellow hills.  After about four hours, with stiff legs and
bloody feet, a backache and a spinning head, I rounded these and came in
sight of the alamo trees and low adobe walls of the Hacienda del Pelayo.

The peons gathered around, listening to my story.

"_Que carrai-i-i-i!_" they murmured.  "But it is impossible to walk from
La Cadena in one day! _Pobrecito_!  You must be tired!  Come now and
eat.  And to-night there will be a bed."

"My house is yours," said Don Felipe, the blacksmith. "But are you quite
sure the _colorados_ are not coming this way?  The last time they paid
us a visit" (he pointed to the blackened walls of the Casa Grande) "they
killed four _pacificos_ who refused to join them."  He put his arm
through mine.  "Come now, _amigo_, and eat."

"If there were only some place to bathe first!"

At this they smiled and led me behind the hacienda, along a little
stream overhung with willows, whose banks were the most vivid green.
The water gushed out from under a high wall, and over that wall reared
the gnarled branches of a giant alamo.  We entered a little door; there
they left me.

The ground inside sloped sharply up, and the wall—it was faded
pink—followed the contour of the land.  Sunk in the middle of the
enclosure was a pool of crystal water. The bottom was white sand.  At
one end of the pool the water fountained up from a hole in the bottom.
A faint steam rose from the surface.  It was hot water.

There was a man already standing up to his neck in the water, a man with
a circle shaved on the top of his head.

"Señor," he said, "are you a Catholic?"

"No."

"Thank God," he returned briefly.  "We Catholics are liable to be
intolerant.  Are you a Mexican?"

"No, señor."

"It is well," he said, smiling sadly.  "I am a priest and a Spaniard.  I
have been made to understand that I am not wanted in this beautiful
land, señor.  God is good.  But He is better in Spain than He is in
Mexico...."

I let myself slowly down into the pellucid, hot depths. The pain and the
soreness and the weariness fled shuddering up my body.  I felt like a
disembodied spirit. Floating there in the warm embrace of that marvelous
pool, with the crooked gray branches of the alamo above our heads, we
discussed philosophy.  The fierce sky cooled slowly, and the rich
sunlight climbed little by little up the pink wall.

Don Felipe insisted that I sleep in his house, in his bed.  This bed
consisted of an iron frame with loose wooden slats stretched across it.
Over these was laid one tattered blanket.  My clothing covered me.  Don
Felipe, his wife, his grown son and daughter, his two small infants, all
of whom had been accustomed to use the bed, lay down upon the soft
floor.  There were also two sick persons in the room—a very old man
covered with red spots, too far gone to speak, and a boy with
extraordinarily swollen tonsils.  Occasionally a centenarian hag entered
and ministered unto the patients. Her method of treatment was simple.
With the old man she merely heated a piece of iron at the candle and
touched the spots.  For the boy’s case she made a paste of corn-meal and
lard, and gently rubbed his elbows with it, loudly saying prayers.  This
went on at intervals all night.  Between treatments the babies would
wake up at intervals and insist upon being nursed....  The door was shut
early in the evening, and windows there were none.

Now all this hospitality meant a real sacrifice to Don Felipe,
especially the meals, at which he unlocked a tin trunk and brought me
with all reverence his precious sugar and coffee.  He was, like all
peons, incredibly poor and lavishly hospitable.  The giving up of his
bed was a mark of the highest honor, too.  But when I tried to pay him
in the morning he wouldn’t hear of it.

"My house is yours," he repeated.  "’A stranger might be God,’ as we
say."

Finally I told him that I wanted him to buy me some tobacco, and he took
the money.  I knew then that it would go to the right place, for a
Mexican can be trusted never to carry out a commission.  He is
delightfully irresponsible.

At six o’clock in the morning I set out for Santo Domingo in a
two-wheeled cart driven by an old peon named Froilan Mendarez.  We
avoided the main road, jolting along by a mere track that led behind a
range of hills.  After we’d traveled for about an hour, I had an
unpleasant thought.

"What if the _compañeros_ fled beyond Santo Domingo and the _colorados_
are there?"

"What indeed?" murmured Froilan, chirruping to the mule.

"But if they are, what’ll we do?"

Froilan thought a minute.  "We might say we were cousins to President
Huerta," he suggested, without a smile.  Froilan was a barefooted peon,
his face and hands incredibly damaged by age and dirt; I was a ragged
Gringo....

We jogged on for several hours.  At one place an armed man started out
of the brush and hailed us. His lips were split and leathery with
thirst.  The _espadas_ had slashed his legs terribly.  He had escaped
over the Sierra, climbing and slipping all night.  We gave him all the
water and food we had, and he went on toward the Pelayo.

Long after noon our cart topped the last desert rise, and we saw
sleeping below us the long spread-out hacienda of Santo Domingo, with
its clump of tall alamos like palm trees around the oasis-like spring.
My heart was in my mouth as we drove down.  In the big _ribota_ court
the peons were playing hand ball.  Up from the spring moved the long
line of water carriers.  A fire sent up thin smoke among the trees.

We came upon an aged peon carrying fagots.  "No," he said, "there had
been no _colorados_.  The Maderistas?  Yes, they had come last
night—hundreds of them, all running.  But at dawn they had gone back to
La Cadena to ’lift the fields’ (bury the dead)."

From around the fire under the alamos came a great shout: "The meester!
Here comes the meester!  _Que tal, compañero_?  How did you escape?"  It
was my old friends, the peddlers.  They crowded around eagerly,
questioning, shaking my hand, throwing their arms around me.

"Ah, but that was close!  _Carramba_, but I was lucky!  Did I know that
Longinos Güereca was killed? Yes, but he shot six _colorados_ before
they got him. And Martinez also, and Nicanor, and Redondo."

I felt sick.  Sick to think of so many useless deaths in such a petty
fight.  Blithe, beautiful Martinez; ’Gino Güereca, whom I had learned to
love so much; Redondo, whose girl was even then on her way to Chihuahua
to buy her wedding dress; and jolly Nicanor. It seems that when Redondo
found that his flank had been turned his troop deserted him; so he
galloped alone toward La Cadena, and was caught by three hundred
_colorados_.  They literally shot him to pieces. ’Gino, and Luis
Martinez, and Nicanor, with five others, held the eastward side of the
hacienda unaided until their cartridges were gone, and they were
surrounded by a ring of shooting men.  Then they died. The _colorados_
carried off the Colonel’s woman.

"But there’s a man who’s been through it all," said one of the peddlers.
"He fought till his last cartridge was gone, and then cut his way
through the enemy with a saber."

I looked around.  Surrounded by a ring of gaping peons, his lifted arm
illustrating the great deed, was—Apolinario!  He caught sight of me,
nodded coldly, as to one who has run from the fight, and went on with
his recital.


All through the long afternoon Froilan and I played _ribota_ with the
peons.  It was a drowsy, peaceful day. A gentle wind rustled the high
branches of the great trees, and the late sun, from behind the hill that
is back of Santo Domingo, warmed with color their lofty tops.

It was a strange sunset.  The sky became overcast with light cloud
toward the end of the afternoon.  First it turned pink, then scarlet,
then of a sudden the whole firmament became a deep, bloody red.

An immense drunken man—an Indian about seven feet tall—staggered out in
the open ground near the _ribota_ court with a violin in his hand.  He
tucked it under his chin and sawed raggedly on the strings, staggering
to and fro as he played.  Then a little one-armed dwarf sprang out of
the crowd of peons and began to dance.  A dense throng made a circle
around the two, roaring with mirth.

And just at that moment there appeared against the bloody sky, over the
eastern hill, the broken, defeated men—on horseback and on foot, wounded
and whole, weary, sick, disheartened, reeling and limping down to Santo
Domingo....




                             *CHAPTER XII*

                              *ELIZABETTA*


So, against a crimson sky, the beaten, exhausted soldiers came down the
hill.  Some rode, their horses hanging weary heads—occasionally two on a
horse.  Others walked, with bloody bandages around their foreheads and
arms.  Cartridge-belts were empty, rifles gone.  Their hands and faces
were foul with sweaty dirt and stained still with powder. Beyond the
hill, across the twenty-mile arid waste that lay between us and La
Cadena, they straggled.  There were not more than fifty left, including
the women—the rest had dispersed in the barren mountains and the folds
of the desert—but they stretched out for miles; it took hours for them
to arrive.

Don Petronilo came in front, with lowered face and folded arms, the
reins hanging loose upon the neck of his swaying, stumbling horse.
Right behind him came Juan Santillanes, gaunt and white, his face years
older.  Fernando Silveyra, all rags, dragged along at his saddle.  As
they waded the shallow stream they looked up and saw me.  Don Petronilo
weakly waved his hand; Fernando shouted, "Why, there’s meester! How did
you escape?  We thought sure they had shot you."

"I ran a race with the goats," I answered.  Juan gave a laugh.  "Scared
to death, eh?"

The horses thrust eager muzzles into the stream, sucking fiercely.  Juan
cruelly spurred across, and we fell into each other’s arms.  But Don
Petronilo dismounted in the water, dully, as if in a dream, and, wading
up to the tops of his boots, came to where I was.

He was weeping.  His expression didn’t change, but slow, big tears fell
silently down his cheeks.

"The _colorados_ captured his wife!" murmured Juan in my ear.

I was filled with pity for the man.

"It is a terrible thing, _mi Coronel_," I said gently, "to feel the
responsibility for all these brave fellows who died.  But it was not
your fault."

"It is not that," he replied slowly, staring through tears at the
pitiful company crawling down from the desert.

"I, too, had many friends who died in the battle," I went on.  "But they
died gloriously, fighting for their country."

"I do not weep for them," he said, twisting his hands together.  "This
day I have lost all that is dear to me. They took my woman who was mine,
and my commission and all my papers, and all my money.  But I am
wrenched with grief when I think of my silver spurs inlaid with gold,
which I bought only last year in Mapimi!"  He turned away, overcome.

And now the peons began to come down from their houses, with pitying
cries and loving offers.  They threw their arms around the soldiers’
necks, assisting the wounded, patting them shyly on the shoulders and
calling them "brave."  Desperately poor themselves, they offered food,
and beds, and fodder for the horses, inviting them to stay at Santo
Domingo until they should become well.  I already had a place to sleep.
Don Pedro, the chief goatherd, had given me his room and his bed in a
gush of warm-hearted generosity, and had removed himself and his family
to the kitchen.  He did so without hope of recompense, for he thought I
had no money.  And now everywhere men, women and children left their
houses to make way for the defeated and weary troops.

Fernando, Juan and I went over and begged some tobacco from the four
peddlers camped under the trees beside the spring.  They had made no
sales for a week, and were almost starving, but they loaded us lavishly
with _macuche_.  We talked of the battle, lying there on our elbows
watching the shattered remnants of the garrison top the hill.

"You have heard that ’Gino Güereca fell," said Fernando.  "Well, I saw
him.  His big gray horse that he rode for the first time was terrified
by the bridle and saddle.  But once he came where the bullets were
flying and the guns roaring, he steadied at once.  Pure race, that
horse....  His fathers must have been all warriors.  Around ’Gino were
four or five more heroes, with almost all their cartridges gone.  They
fought until on the front and on both sides double galloping lines of
_colorados_ closed in.  ’Gino was standing beside his horse—suddenly a
score of shots hit the animal all at once, and he sighed and fell over.
The rest ceased firing in a sort of panic.  ’We’re lost!’ they cried.
’Run while there is yet a chance!’  ’Gino shook his smoking rifle at
them.  ’No,’ he shouted.  ’Give the _compañeros_ time to get away!’
Shortly after that they closed around him, and I never saw him until we
buried his body this morning....  It was the devil’s hell out there.
The rifles were so hot you couldn’t touch the barrels, and the whirling
haze that belched out when they shot twisted everything like a
mirage...."

Juan broke in.  "We rode straight out toward the Puerta when the retreat
began, but almost immediately we saw it was no use.  The _colorados_
broke over our little handfuls of men like waves of the sea.  Martinez
was just ahead.  He never had a chance even to fire his gun—and this was
his first battle, too.  They hit him as he rode....  I thought how you
and Martinez loved each other.  You used to talk together at night so
warmly, and never wished to leave each other to sleep...."

Now the tall, naked tops of the trees had dulled with the passing of the
light, and seemed to stand still the swarming stars in the deep dome
overhead. The peddlers had kindled their tiny fire; the low, contented
murmur of their gossip floated to us.  Open doors of the peons’ huts
shed wavering candlelight. Up from the river wound a silent line of
black-robed girls with water-jars on their heads.  Women ground their
corn-meal with a monotonous stony scraping. Dogs barked.  Drumming hoofs
marked the passing of the _caballada_ to the river.  Along the ledge in
front of Don Pedro’s house the warriors smoked and fought the battle
over again, stamping around and shouting descriptive matter.  "I took my
rifle by the barrel and smashed in his grinning face, just as——" some
one was narrating, with gestures.  The peons squatted around,
breathlessly listening....  And still the ghastly procession of the
defeated straggled down the road and across the river.

It was not yet quite dark.  I wandered down to the bank to watch them,
in the vague hope of finding some of my _compadres_ who were still
reported missing.  And it was there that I first saw Elizabetta.

There was nothing remarkable about her.  I think I noticed her chiefly
because she was one of the few women in that wretched company.  She was
a very dark-skinned Indian girl, about twenty-five years old, with the
squat figure of her drudging race, pleasant features, hair hanging
forward over her shoulders in two long plaits, and big, shining teeth
when she smiled. I never did find out whether she had been just a peon
woman working around La Cadena when the attack had come, or whether she
was a _vieja_—a camp follower of the army.

Now she was trudging stolidly along in the dust behind Captain Felix
Romero’s horse—and had trudged so for thirty miles.  He never spoke to
her, never looked back, but rode on unconcernedly.  Sometimes he would
get tired of carrying his rifle and hand it back to her to carry, with a
careless "Here!  Take this!"  I found out later that when they returned
to La Cadena after the battle to bury the dead he had found her
wandering aimlessly in the hacienda, apparently out of her mind; and
that, needing a woman, he had ordered her to follow him.  Which she did,
unquestioningly, after the custom of her sex and country.

Captain Felix let his horse drink.  Elizabetta halted, too, knelt and
plunged her face into the water.

"Come on," ordered the Captain.  "_Andale!_"  She rose without a word
and waded through the stream. In the same order they climbed the near
bank, and there the Captain dismounted, held out his hand for the rifle
she carried, and said, "Get me my supper!"  Then he strolled away toward
the houses where the rest of the soldiers sat.

Elizabetta fell upon her knees and gathered twigs for her fire.  Soon
there was a little pile burning.  She called a small boy in the harsh,
whining voice that all Mexican women have, "_Aie_! _chamaco_!  Fetch me
a little water and corn that I may feed my man!"  And, rising upon her
knees above the red glow of the flames, she shook down her long,
straight black hair.  She wore a sort of blouse of faded light blue
rough cloth. There was dried blood on the breast of it.

"What a battle, señorita!" I said to her.

Her teeth flashed as she smiled, and yet there was a puzzling vacancy
about her expression.  Indians have mask-like faces.  Under it I could
see that she was desperately tired and even a little hysterical.  But
she spoke tranquilly enough.

"Perfectly," she said.  "Are you the Gringo who ran so many miles with
the _colorados_ after you shooting?"  And she laughed—catching her
breath in the middle of it as if it hurt.

The _chamaco_ shambled up with an earthen jar of water and an armful of
corn-ears that he tumbled at her feet.  Elizabetta unwound from her
shawl the heavy little stone trough that Mexican women carry, and began
mechanically husking the corn into it.

"I do not remember seeing you at La Cadena," I said.  "Were you there
long?"

"Too long," she answered simply, without raising her head.  And then
suddenly, "Oh, but this war is no game for women!" she cried.

Don Felix loomed up out of the dark, with a cigarette in his mouth.

"My dinner," he growled.  "Is it _pronto_?"

"_Luego, luego!_" she answered.  He went away again.

"Listen, señor, whoever you are!" said Elizabetta swiftly, looking up to
me.  "My lover was killed yesterday in the battle.  This man is my man,
but, by God and all the Saints, I can’t sleep with him this night.  Let
me stay then with you!"

There wasn’t a trace of coquetry in her voice.  This blundering,
childish spirit had found itself in a situation it couldn’t bear, and
had chosen the instinctive way out.  I doubt if she even knew herself
why the thought of this new man so revolted her, with her lover scarcely
cold in the ground.  I was nothing to her, nor she to me.  That was all
that mattered.

I assented, and together we left the fire, the Captain’s neglected corn
spilling from the stone trough. And then we met him a few feet into the
darkness.

"My dinner!" he said impatiently.  His voice changed.  "Where are you
going?"

"I’m going with this señor," Elizabetta answered nervously.  "I’m going
to stay with him——"

"You——" began Don Felix, gulping.  "You are my woman.  _Oiga_, señor,
this is my woman here!"

"Yes," I said.  "She is your woman.  I have nothing to do with her.  But
she is very tired and not well, and I have offered her my bed for the
night."

"This is very bad, señor!" exclaimed the Captain, in a tightening voice.
"You are the guest of this Tropa and the Colonel’s friend, but this is
my woman and I want her——"

"Oh!" Elizabetta cried out.  "Until the next time, señor!"  She caught
my arm and pulled me on.

We had been living in a nightmare of battle and death—all of us.  I
think everybody was a little dazed and excited.  I know I was.

By this time the peons and soldiers had begun to gather around us, and
as we went on the Captain’s voice rose as he retailed his injustice to
the crowd.

"I shall appeal to the Colonel," he was saying.  "I shall tell the
Colonel!"  He passed us, going toward the Colonel’s cuartel, with
averted, mumbling face.

"_Oiga, mi Coronel!_" he cried.  "This Gringo has taken away my woman.
It is the grossest insult!"

"Well," returned the Colonel calmly, "if they both want to go, I guess
there isn’t anything we can do about it, eh?"

The news had traveled like light.  A throng of small boys followed us
close behind, shouting the joyful indelicacies they shout behind rustic
wedding parties. We passed the ledge where the soldiers and the wounded
sat, grinning and making rough, genial remarks as at a marriage.  It was
not coarse or suggestive, their banter; it was frank and happy.  They
were honestly glad for us.

As we approached Don Pedro’s house we were aware of many candles within.
He and his wife and daughter were busy with brooms, sweeping and
resweeping the earthen floor, and sprinkling it with water.  They had
put new linen on the bed, and lit the rush candle before the table altar
of the Virgin.  Over the doorway hung a festoon of paper blossoms, faded
relics of many a Christmas Eve celebration—for it was winter, and there
were no real flowers.

Don Pedro was radiant with smiles.  It made no difference who we were,
or what our relation was.  Here were a man and a maid, and to him it was
a bridal.

"May you have a happy night," he said softly, and closed the door.  The
frugal Elizabetta immediately made the rounds of the room, extinguishing
all the candles but one.

And then, outside, we heard music beginning to tune up.  Some one had
hired the village orchestra to serenade us.  Late into the night they
played steadily, right outside our door.  In the next house we heard
them moving chairs and tables out of the way; and just before I went to
sleep they began to dance there, economically combining a serenade with
a _baile_.

Without the least embarrassment, Elizabetta lay down beside me on the
bed.  Her hand reached for mine.  She snuggled against my body for the
comforting human warmth of it, murmured, "Until morning," and went to
sleep.  And calmly, sweetly, sleep came to me....

When I woke in the morning she was gone.  I opened my door and looked
out.  Morning had come dazzlingly, all blue and gold—a heaven of
flame-trimmed big white clouds and windy sky, and the desert brazen and
luminous.  Under the ashy bare trees the peddlers’ morning fire leaped
horizontal in the wind.  The black women, with wind-folded draperies,
crossed the open ground to the river in single file, with red water-jars
on their heads.  Cocks crew, goats clamored for milking, and a hundred
horses drummed up the dust as they were driven to water.

Elizabetta was squatted over a little fire near the corner of the house,
patting _tortillas_ for the Captain’s breakfast.  She smiled as I came
up, and politely asked me if I had slept well.  She was quite contented
now; you knew from the way she sang over her work.

Presently the Captain came up in a surly manner and nodded briefly to
me.

"I hope it’s ready now," he grunted, taking the _tortillas_ she gave
him.  "You take a long time to cook a little breakfast.  _Carramba_!
Why is there no coffee?"  He moved off, munching.  "Get ready," he flung
back over his shoulder.  "We go north in an hour."

"Are you going?" I asked curiously.  Elizabetta looked at me with
wide-open eyes.

"Of course I am going.  _Seguro_!  Is he not my man?"  She looked after
him admiringly.  She was no longer revolted.

"He is my man," she said.  "He is very handsome, and very brave.  Why,
in the battle the other day——"

Elizabetta had forgotten her lover.




                               *PART TWO*

                           *FRANCISCO VILLA*



                              *CHAPTER I*

                        *VILLA ACCEPTS A MEDAL*


It was while Villa was in Chihuahua City, two weeks before the advance
on Torreon, that the artillery corps of his army decided to present him
with a gold medal for personal heroism on the field.

In the audience hall of the Governor’s palace in Chihuahua, a place of
ceremonial, great luster chandeliers, heavy crimson portières, and gaudy
American wallpaper, there is a throne for the governor.  It is a gilded
chair, with lion’s claws for arms, placed upon a dais under a canopy of
crimson velvet, surmounted by a heavy, gilded, wooden cap, which tapers
up to a crown.

The officers of artillery, in smart blue uniforms faced with black
velvet and gold, were solidly banked across one end of the audience
hall, with flashing new swords and their gilt-braided hats stiffly held
under their arms. From the door of that chamber, around the gallery,
down the state staircase, across the grandiose inner court of the
palace, and out through the imposing gates to the street, stood a double
line of soldiers, with their rifles at present arms.  Four regimental
bands grouped in one wedged in the crowd.  The people of the capital
were massed in solid thousands on the Plaza de Armas before the palace.

"_Ya viene!_"  "Here he comes!"  "Viva Villa!"  "Viva Madero!"  "Villa,
the Friend of the Poor!"

The roar began at the back of the crowd and swept like fire in heavy
growing crescendo until it seemed to toss thousands of hats above their
heads.  The band in the courtyard struck up the Mexican national air,
and Villa came walking down the street.

He was dressed in an old plain khaki uniform, with several buttons
lacking.  He hadn’t recently shaved, wore no hat, and his hair had not
been brushed.  He walked a little pigeon-toed, humped over, with his
hands in his trousers pockets.  As he entered the aisle between the
rigid lines of soldiers he seemed slightly embarrassed, and grinned and
nodded to a _compadre_ here and there in the ranks.  At the foot of the
grand staircase, Governor Chao and Secretary of State Terrazzas joined
him in full-dress uniform.  The band threw off all restraint, and, as
Villa entered the audience chamber, at a signal from someone in the
balcony of the palace, the great throng in the Plaza de Armas uncovered,
and all the brilliant crowd of officers in the room saluted stiffly.

It was Napoleonic!

Villa hesitated for a minute, pulling his mustache and looking very
uncomfortable, finally gravitated toward the throne, which he tested by
shaking the arms, and then sat down, with the Governor on his right and
the Secretary of State on his left.

Señor Bauche Alcalde stepped forward, raised his right hand to the exact
position which Cicero took when denouncing Catiline, and pronounced a
short discourse, indicting Villa for personal bravery on the field on
six counts, which he mentioned in florid detail.  He was followed by the
Chief of Artillery, who said: "The army adores you.  We will follow you
wherever you lead.  You can be what you desire in Mexico."  Then three
other officers spoke in the high-flung, extravagant periods necessary to
Mexican oratory.  They called him "The Friend of the Poor," "The
Invincible General," "The Inspirer of Courage and Patriotism," "The Hope
of the Indian Republic."  And through it all Villa slouched on the
throne, his mouth hanging open, his little shrewd eyes playing around
the room. Once or twice he yawned, but for the most part he seemed to be
speculating, with some intense interior amusement, like a small boy in
church, what it was all about.  He knew, of course, that it was the
proper thing, and perhaps felt a slight vanity that all this
conventional ceremonial was addressed to him.  But it bored him just the
same.

Finally, with an impressive gesture, Colonel Servin stepped forward with
the small pasteboard box which held the medal.  General Chao nudged
Villa, who stood up.  The officers applauded violently; the crowd
outside cheered; the band in the court burst into a triumphant march.

Villa put put both hands eagerly, like a child for a new toy.  He could
hardly wait to open the box and see what was inside.  An expectant hush
fell upon everyone, even the crowd in the square.  Villa looked at the
medal, scratching his head, and, in a reverent silence, said clearly:
"This is a hell of a little thing to give a man for all that heroism you
are talking about!"  And the bubble of Empire was pricked then and there
with a great shout of laughter.

They waited for him to speak—to make a conventional address of
acceptance.  But as he looked around the room at those brilliant,
educated men, who said that they would die for Villa, the peon, and
meant it, and as he caught sight through the door of the ragged
soldiers, who had forgotten their rigidity and were crowding eagerly
into the corridor with eyes fixed eagerly on the _compañero_ that they
loved, he realized something of what the Revolution signified.

Puckering up his face, as he did always when he concentrated intensely,
he leaned across the table in front of him and poured out, in a voice so
low that people could hardly hear: "There is no word to speak.  All I
can say is my heart is all to you."  Then he nudged Chao and sat down,
spitting violently on the floor; and Chao pronounced the classic
discourse.




                              *CHAPTER II*

                         *THE RISE OF A BANDIT*


Villa was an outlaw for twenty-two years. When he was only a boy of
sixteen, delivering milk in the streets of Chihuahua, he killed a
government official and had to take to the mountains. The story is that
the official had violated his sister, but it seems probable that Villa
killed him on account of his insufferable insolence.  That in itself
would not have outlawed him long in Mexico, where human life is cheap;
but once a refugee he committed the unpardonable crime of stealing
cattle from the rich _hacendados_.  And from that time to the outbreak
of the Madero revolution the Mexican government had a price on his head.

Villa was the son of ignorant peons.  He had never been to school.  He
hadn’t the slightest conception of the complexity of civilization, and
when he finally came back to it, a mature man of extraordinary native
shrewdness, he encountered the twentieth century with the naïve
simplicity of a savage.

It is almost impossible to procure accurate information about his career
as a bandit.  There are accounts of outrages he committed in old files
of local newspapers and government reports, but those sources are
prejudiced, and his name became so prominent as a bandit that every
train robbery and hold-up and murder in northern Mexico was attributed
to Villa.  But an immense body of popular legend grew up among the peons
around his name.  There are many traditional songs and ballads
celebrating his exploits—you can hear the shepherds singing them around
their fires in the mountains at night, repeating verses handed down by
their fathers or composing others extemporaneously. For instance, they
tell the story of how Villa, fired by the story of the misery of the
peons on the Hacienda of Los Alamos, gathered a small army and descended
upon the Big House, which he looted, and distributed the spoils among
the poor people.  He drove off thousands of cattle from the Terrazzas
range and ran them across the border.  He would suddenly descend upon a
prosperous mine and seize the bullion. When he needed corn he captured a
granary belonging to some rich man.  He recruited almost openly in the
villages far removed from the well-traveled roads and railways,
organizing the outlaws of the mountains. Many of the present rebel
soldiers used to belong to his band and several of the Constitutionalist
generals, like Urbina.  His range was confined mostly to southern
Chihuahua and northern Durango, but it extended from Coahuila right
across the Republic to the State of Sinaloa.

His reckless and romantic bravery is the subject of countless poems.
They tell, for example, how one of his band named Reza was captured by
the _rurales_ and bribed to betray Villa.  Villa heard of it and sent
word into the city of Chihuahua that he was coming for Reza.  In broad
daylight he entered the city on horseback, took ice cream on the
Plaza—the ballad is very explicit on this point—and rode up and down the
streets until he found Reza strolling with his sweetheart in the Sunday
crowd on the Paseo Bolivar, where he shot him and escaped.  In time of
famine he fed whole districts, and took care of entire villages evicted
by the soldiers under Porfirio Diaz’s outrageous land law.  Everywhere
he was known as The Friend of the Poor.  He was the Mexican Robin Hood.

In all these years he learned to trust nobody.  Often in his secret
journeys across the country with one faithful companion he camped in
some desolate spot and dismissed his guide; then, leaving a fire
burning, he rode all night to get away from the faithful companion.
That is how Villa learned the art of war, and in the field to-day, when
the army comes into camp at night, Villa flings the bridle of his horse
to an orderly, takes a serape over his shoulder, and sets out for the
hills alone.  He never seems to sleep.  In the dead of night he will
appear somewhere along the line of outposts to see if the sentries are
on the job; and in the morning he returns from a totally different
direction. No one, not even the most trusted officer of his staff, knows
the least of his plans until he is ready for action.


When Madero took the field in 1910, Villa was still an outlaw.  Perhaps,
as his enemies say, he saw a chance to whitewash himself; perhaps, as
seems probable, he was inspired by the Revolution of the peons. Anyway,
about three months after they rose in arms, Villa suddenly appeared in
El Paso and put himself, his band, his knowledge of the country and all
his fortune at the command of Madero.  The vast wealth that people said
he must have accumulated during his twenty years of robbery turned out
to be 363 silver _pesos_, badly worn.  Villa became a Captain in the
Maderista army, and as such went to Mexico City with Madero and was made
honorary general of the new _rurales_.  He was attached to Huerta’s army
when it was sent north to put down the Orozco Revolution. Villa
commanded the garrison of Parral, and defeated Orozco with an inferior
force in the only decisive battle of the war.

Huerta put Villa in command of the advance, and let him and the veterans
of Madero’s army do the dangerous and dirty work while the old line
Federal regiments lay back under the protection of their artillery.  In
Jimenez Huerta suddenly summoned Villa before a court-martial and
charged him with insubordination—claiming to have wired an order to
Villa in Parral, which order Villa said he never received.  The
court-martial lasted fifteen minutes, and Huerta’s most powerful future
antagonist was sentenced to be shot.

Alfonso Madero, who was on Huerta’s staff, stayed the execution, but
President Madero, forced to back up the orders of his commander in the
field, imprisoned Villa in the Penitentiary of the capital.  During all
this time Villa never wavered in his loyalty to Madero—an unheard-of
thing in Mexican history.  For a long time he had passionately wanted an
education.  Now he wasted no time in regrets or political intrigue.  He
set himself with all his force to learn to read and write. Villa hadn’t
the slightest foundation to work upon.  He spoke the crude Spanish of
the very poor—what is called _pelado_.  He knew nothing of the rudiments
or philosophy of language; and he started out to learn those first,
because he always must know the why of things.  In nine months he could
write a very fair hand and read the newspapers.  It is interesting now
to see him read, or, rather, hear him, for he has to drone the words
aloud like a small child.  Finally, the Madero government connived at
his escape from prison, either to save Huerta’s face because Villa’s
friends had demanded an investigation, or because Madero was convinced
of his innocence and didn’t dare openly to release him.


From that time to the outbreak of the last revolution, Villa lived in El
Paso, Texas, and it was from there that he set out, in April, 1913, to
conquer Mexico with four companions, three led horses, two pounds of
sugar and coffee, and a pound of salt.

There is a little story connected with that.  He hadn’t money enough to
buy horses, nor had any of his companions.  But he sent two of them to a
local livery stable to rent riding horses every day for a week. They
always paid carefully at the end of the ride, so when they asked for
eight horses the livery stable man had no hesitation about trusting them
with them.  Six months later, when Villa came triumphantly into Juarez
at the head of an army of four thousand men, the first public act he
committed was to send a man with double the price of the horses to the
owner of the livery stable.

He recruited in the mountains near San Andres, and so great was his
popularity that within one month he had raised an army of three thousand
men; in two months he had driven the Federal garrisons all over the
State of Chihuahua back into Chihuahua City; in six months he had taken
Torreon; and in seven and a half Juarez had fallen to him, Mercado’s
Federal army had evacuated Chihuahua, and Northern Mexico was almost
free.




                             *CHAPTER III*

                          *A PEON IN POLITICS*


Villa proclaimed himself military governor of the State of Chihuahua,
and began the extraordinary experiment—extraordinary because he knew
nothing about it—of creating a government for 800,000 people out of his
head.

It has often been said that Villa succeeded because he had educated
advisers.  As a matter of fact, he was almost alone.  What advisers he
had spent most of their time answering his eager questions and doing
what he told them.  I used sometimes to go to the Governor’s palace
early in the morning and wait for him in the Governor’s chamber.  About
eight o’clock Sylvestre Terrazzas, the Secretary of State, Sebastian
Vargas, the State Treasurer, and Manuel Chao, then Interventor, would
arrive, very bustling and busy, with huge piles of reports, suggestions
and decrees which they had drawn up.  Villa himself came in about
eight-thirty, threw himself into a chair, and made them read out loud to
him.  Every minute he would interject a remark, correction or
suggestion.  Occasionally he waved his finger back and forward and said:
"_No sirve_."  When they were all through he began rapidly and without a
halt to outline the policy of the State of Chihuahua, legislative,
financial, judicial, and even educational.  When he came to a place that
bothered him, he said: "How do they do that?"  And then, after it was
carefully explained to him: "Why?"  Most of the acts and usages of
government seemed to him extraordinarily unnecessary and snarled up.
For example, his advisers proposed to finance the Revolution by issuing
State bonds bearing 30 or 40 per cent. interest. He said, "I can
understand why the State should pay something to people for the rent of
their money, but how is it just to pay the whole sum back to them three
or four times over?"  He couldn’t see why rich men should be granted
huge tracts of land and poor men should not.  The whole complex
structure of civilization was new to him.  You had to be a philosopher
to explain anything to Villa; and his advisers were only practical men.


There was the financial question.  It came to Villa in this way.  He
noticed, all of a sudden, that there was no money in circulation.  The
farmers who produced meat and vegetables refused to come into the city
markets any more because no one had any money to buy from them.  The
truth was that those possessing silver or Mexican bank-notes buried them
in the ground. Chihuahua not being a manufacturing center, and the few
factories there having closed down, there was nothing which could be
exchanged for food.  So, like a blight, the paralysis of the production
of food began all at once and actual starvation stared at the town
populations.  I remember hearing vaguely of several highly elaborate
plans for the relief of this condition put forward by Villa’s advisers.
He himself said: "Why, if all they need is money, let’s print some."  So
they inked up the printing press in the basement of the Governor’s
palace and ran off two million pesos on strong paper, stamped with the
signatures of government officials, and with Villa’s name printed across
the middle in large letters.  The counterfeit money, which afterward
flooded El Paso, was distinguished from the original by the fact that
the names of the officials were signed instead of stamped.

This first issue of currency was guaranteed by absolutely nothing but
the name of Francisco Villa.  It was issued chiefly to revive the petty
internal commerce of the State so that the poor people could get food.
And yet almost immediately it was bought by the banks of El Paso at 18
to 19 cents on the dollar because Villa guaranteed it.

Of course he knew nothing of the accepted ways of getting his money into
circulation.  He began to pay the army with it.  On Christmas Day he
called the poor people of Chihuahua together and gave them $15 apiece
outright.  Then he issued a short decree, ordering the acceptance of his
money at par throughout the State.  The succeeding Saturday the
market-places of Chihuahua and the other nearby towns swarmed with
farmers and with buyers.  Villa issued another proclamation, fixing the
price of beef at seven cents a pound, milk at five cents a quart, and
bread at four cents a loaf.  There was no famine in Chihuahua. But the
big merchants, who had timidly reopened their stores for the first time
since his entry into Chihuahua, placarded their goods with two sets of
price marks—one for Mexican silver money and bank-bills, and the other
for ’Villa money.’  He stopped that by another decree, ordering sixty
days’ imprisonment for anybody who discriminated against his currency.

But still the silver and bank-bills refused to come out of the ground,
and these Villa needed to buy arms and supplies for his army.  So he
simply proclaimed to the people that after the tenth of February Mexican
silver and bank-bills would be regarded as counterfeit, and that before
that time they could be exchanged for his own money at par in the State
Treasury.  But the large sums of the rich still eluded him.  Most of the
financiers declared that it was all a bluff, and held on. But lo! on the
morning of February tenth, a decree was pasted up on the walls all over
Chihuahua City, announcing that from that time on all Mexican silver and
bank-notes were counterfeit and could not be exchanged for Villa money
in the Treasury, and anyone attempting to pass them was liable to sixty
days in the penitentiary.  A great howl went up, not only from the
capitalists, but from the shrewd misers of distant villages.

About two weeks after the issue of this decree, I was taking lunch with
Villa in the house which he had confiscated from Manuel Gomeros and used
as his official residence.  A delegation of three peons in sandals
arrived from a village in the Tarahumare to protest against the
Counterfeit Decree.

"But, _mi General_," said the spokesman, "we did not hear of the decree
until to-day.  We have been using bank-bills and silver in our village.
We had not seen your money, and we did not know....’

"You have a good deal of money?" interrupted Villa suddenly.

"Yes, _mi General_."

"Three or four or five thousand, perhaps?"

"More than that, _mi General_!"

"Señores," Villa squinted at them ferociously, "samples of my money
reached your village within twenty-four hours after it was issued.  You
decided that my government would not last.  You dug holes under your
fireplaces and put the silver and bank-notes there.  You knew of my
first proclamation a day after it was posted up in the streets of
Chihuahua, and you ignored it. The Counterfeit Decree you also knew as
soon as it was issued.  You thought there was always time to change if
it became necessary.  And then you got frightened, and you three, who
have more money than anyone else in the village, got on your mules and
rode down here.  Señores, your money is counterfeit.  You are poor men!"

"_Valgame dios!_" cried the oldest of the three, sweating profusely.

"But we are ruined, _mi General_!—I swear to you—We did not know—We
would have accepted—There is no food in the village——"

The General in Chief meditated for a moment.

"I will give you one more chance," he said, "not for you, but for the
poor people of your village who can buy nothing.  Next Wednesday at noon
bring all your money, every cent of it, to the Treasury, and I will see
what can be done."

To the perspiring financiers who waited hat in hand out in the hall, the
news spread by word of mouth; and Wednesday at high noon one could not
pass the Treasury door for the eager mob gathered there.


Villa’s great passion was schools.  He believed that land for the people
and schools would settle every question of civilization.  Schools were
an obsession with him.  Often I have heard him say: "When I passed such
and such a street this morning I saw a lot of kids. Let’s put a school
there."  Chihuahua has a population of under 40,000 people.  At
different times Villa established over fifty schools there.  The great
dream of his life has been to send his son to school in the United
States, but at the opening of the term in February he had to abandon it
because he didn’t have money enough to pay for a half year’s tuition.

No sooner had he taken over the government of Chihuahua than he put his
army to work running the electric light plant, the street railways, the
telephone, the water works and the Terrazzas flour mill.  He delegated
soldiers to administer the great haciendas which he had confiscated.  He
manned the slaughter-house with soldiers, and sold Terrazzas’s beef to
the people for the government.  A thousand of them he put in the streets
of the city as civil police, prohibiting on pain of death stealing, or
the sale of liquor to the army.  A soldier who got drunk was shot.  He
even tried to run the brewery with soldiers, but failed because he
couldn’t find an expert maltster.  "The only thing to do with soldiers
in time of peace," said Villa, "is to put them to work.  An idle soldier
is always thinking of war."

In the matter of the political enemies of the Revolution he was just as
simple, just as effective.  Two hours after he entered the Governor’s
palace the foreign consuls came in a body to ask his protection for 200
Federal soldiers who had been left as a police force at the request of
the foreigners.  Before answering them, Villa said suddenly: "Which is
the Spanish consul?"  Scobell, the British vice-consul, said: "I
represent the Spaniards."  "All right!" snapped Villa. "Tell them to
begin to pack.  Any Spaniard caught within the boundaries of this State
after five days will be escorted to the nearest wall by a firing squad."

The consuls gave a gasp of horror.  Scobell began a violent protest, but
Villa cut him short.

"This is not a sudden determination on my part," he said; "I have been
thinking about this since 1910. The Spaniards must go."

Letcher, the American consul, said: "General, I don’t question your
motives, but I think you are making a grave political mistake in
expelling the Spaniards.  The government at Washington will hesitate a
long time before becoming friendly to a party which makes use of such
barbarous measures."

"Señor Consul," answered Villa, "we Mexicans have had three hundred
years of the Spaniards.  They have not changed in character since the
_Conquistadores_. They disrupted the Indian empire and enslaved the
people.  We did not ask them to mingle their blood with ours.  Twice we
drove them out of Mexico and allowed them to return with the same rights
as Mexicans, and they used these rights to steal away our land, to make
the people slaves, and to take up arms against the cause of liberty.
They supported Porfirio Diaz.  They were perniciously active in
politics.  It was the Spaniards who framed the plot that put Huerta in
the palace.  When Madero was murdered the Spaniards in every State in
the Republic held banquets of rejoicing.  They thrust on us the greatest
superstition the world has ever known—the Catholic Church. They ought to
be killed for that alone.  I consider we are being very generous with
them."

Scobell insisted vehemently that five days was too short a time, that he
couldn’t possibly reach all the Spaniards in the State by that time; so
Villa extended the time to ten days.

The rich Mexicans who had oppressed the people and opposed the
Revolution, he expelled promptly from the State and confiscated their
vast holdings.  By a simple stroke of the pen the 17,000,000 acres and
innumerable business enterprises of the Terrazzas family became the
property of the Constitutionalist government, as well as the great lands
of the Creel family and the magnificent palaces which were their town
houses.  Remembering, however, how the Terrazzas exiles had once
financed the Orozco Revolution, he imprisoned Don Luis Terrazzas, Jr.,
as a hostage in his own house in Chihuahua.  Some particularly obnoxious
political enemies were promptly executed in the penitentiary.  The
Revolution possesses a black book in which are set down the names,
offenses, and property of those who have oppressed and robbed the
people.  The Germans, who had been particularly active politically, the
Englishmen and Americans, he does not yet dare to molest.  Their pages
in the black book will be opened when the Constitutionalist government
is established in Mexico City; and there, too, he will settle the
account of the Mexican people with the Catholic Church.


Villa knew that the reserve of the Banco Minero, amounting to about
$500,000 gold, was hidden somewhere in Chihuahua.  Don Luis Terrazzas,
Jr., was a director of that bank.  When he refused to divulge the
hiding-place of the money, Villa and a squad of soldiers took him out of
his house one night, rode him on a mule out into the desert, and strung
him up to a tree by the neck.  He was cut down just in time to save his
life, and led Villa to an old forge in the Terrazzas iron works, under
which was discovered the reserve of the Banco Minero.  Terrazzas went
back to prison badly shaken, and Villa sent word to his father in El
Paso that he would release the son upon payment of $500,000 ransom.




                              *CHAPTER IV*

                            *THE HUMAN SIDE*


Villa has two wives, one a patient, simple woman who was with him during
all his years of outlawry, who lives in El Paso, and the other a
cat-like, slender young girl, who is the mistress of his house in
Chihuahua.  He is perfectly open about it, though lately the educated,
conventional Mexicans who have been gathering about him in
ever-increasing numbers have tried to hush up the fact.  Among the peons
it is not only not unusual but customary to have more than one mate.

One hears a great many stories of Villa’s violating women.  I asked him
if that were true.  He pulled his mustache and stared at me for a minute
with an inscrutable expression.  "I never take the trouble to deny such
stories," he said.  "They say I am a bandit, too.  Well, you know my
history.  But tell me; have you ever met a husband, father or brother of
any woman that I have violated?"  He paused: "Or even a witness?"


It is fascinating to watch him discover new ideas. Remember that he is
absolutely ignorant of the troubles and confusions and readjustments of
modern civilization.  "Socialism," he said once, when I wanted to know
what he thought of it: "Socialism—is it a thing?  I only see it in
books, and I do not read much."  Once I asked him if women would vote in
the new Republic.  He was sprawled out on his bed, with his coat
unbuttoned.  "Why, I don’t think so," he said, startled, suddenly
sitting up.  "What do you mean—vote?  Do you mean elect a government and
make laws?"  I said I did and that women already were doing it in the
United States.  "Well," he said, scratching his head: "if they do it up
there I don’t see that they shouldn’t do it down here."  The idea seemed
to amuse him enormously. He rolled it over and over in his mind, looking
at me and away again.  "It may be as you say," he said; "but I have
never thought about it.  Women seem to me to be things to protect, to
love.  They have no sternness of mind.  They can’t consider anything for
its right or wrong.  They are full of pity and softness. Why," he said,
"a woman would not give an order to execute a traitor."

"I am not so sure of that, _mi General_," I said. "Women can be crueller
and harder than men."

He stared at me, pulling his mustache.  And then he began to grin.  He
looked slowly to where his wife was setting the table for lunch.
"_Oiga_," he said, "come here.  Listen.  Last night I caught three
traitors crossing the river to blow up the railroad.  What shall I do
with them?  Shall I shoot them or not?"

Embarrassed, she seized his hand and kissed it.  "Oh, I don’t know
anything about that," she said.  "You know best."

"No," said Villa.  "I leave it entirely to you.  Those men were going to
try to cut our communications between Juarez and Chihuahua.  They were
traitors—Federals. What shall I do?  Shall I shoot them or not?"

"Oh, well, shoot them," said Mrs. Villa.

Villa chuckled delightedly.  "There is something in what you say," he
remarked, and for days afterward went around asking the cook and the
chambermaids whom they would like to have for President of Mexico.

He never missed a bull-fight, and every afternoon at four o’clock he was
to be found at the cock-pit, where he fought his own birds with the
happy enthusiasm of a small boy.  In the evening he played faro in some
gambling hall.  Sometimes in the late morning he would send a fast
courier after Luis Leon, the bull-fighter, and telephone personally to
the slaughter-house, asking if they had any fierce bulls in the pen.
They almost always did have, and we would all get on horseback and
gallop through the streets about a mile to the big adobe corrals.
Twenty cowboys cut the bull out of the herd, threw and tied him and cut
off his sharp horns, and then Villa and Luis Leon and anybody else who
wanted to would take the professional red capes and go down into the
ring; Luis Leon with professional caution, Villa as stubborn and clumsy
as the bull, slow on his feet, but swift as an animal with his body and
arms.  Villa would walk right up to the pawing, infuriated animal, and,
with his double cape, slap him insolently across the face, and, for half
an hour, would follow the greatest sport I ever saw.  Sometimes the
sawed-off horns of the bull would catch Villa in the seat of the
trousers and propel him violently across the ring; then he would turn
and grab the bull by the head and wrestle with him with the sweat
streaming down his face until five or six _compañeros_ seized the bull’s
tail and hauled him plowing and bellowing back.

Villa never drinks nor smokes, but he will outdance the most ardent
_novio_ in Mexico.  When the order was given for the army to advance
upon Torreon, Villa stopped off at Camargo to be best man at the wedding
of one of his old _compadres_.  He danced steadily without stopping,
they said, all Monday night, all Tuesday, and all Tuesday night,
arriving at the front on Wednesday morning with blood-shot eyes and an
air of extreme lassitude.




                              *CHAPTER V*

                    *THE FUNERAL OF ABRAM GONZALES*


The fact that Villa hates useless pomp and ceremony makes it more
impressive when he does appear on a public occasion.  He has the knack
of absolutely expressing the strong feeling of the great mass of the
people.  In February, exactly one year after Abram Gonzales was murdered
by the Federals at Bachimba Cañon, Villa ordered a great funeral
ceremony to be held in the City of Chihuahua.  Two trains, carrying the
officers of the army, the consuls and representatives of the foreign
colony, left Chihuahua early in the morning to take up the body of the
dead Governor from its resting-place under a rude wooden cross in the
desert.  Villa ordered Major Fierro, his Superintendent of Railroads, to
get the trains ready—but Fierro got drunk and forgot; and when Villa and
his brilliant staff arrived at the railway station the next morning the
regular passenger train to Juarez was just leaving and there was no
other equipment on hand.  Villa himself leaped on to the already moving
engine and compelled the engineer to back the train up to the station.
Then he walked through the train, ordering the passengers out, and
switched it in the direction of Bachimba.  They had no sooner started
than he summoned Fierro before him and discharged him from the
superintendency of the railroads, appointing Calzado in his place, and
ordered the latter to return at once to Chihuahua and be thoroughly
informed about the railroads by the time he returned.  At Bachimba Villa
stood silently by the grave with the tears rolling down his cheeks.  For
Gonzales had been his close friend.  Ten thousand people stood in the
heat and dust at Chihuahua railway station when the funeral train
arrived, and poured weeping through the narrow streets behind the army,
at the head of which walked Villa beside the hearse.  His automobile was
waiting, but he angrily refused to ride, stumbling stubbornly along in
the dirt of the streets with his eyes on the ground.


That night there was a _velada_ in the Theater of the Heroes, an immense
auditorium packed with emotional peons and their women.  The ring of
boxes was brilliant with officers in their full dress, and wedged behind
them up the five high balconies were the ragged poor. Now, the _velada_
is an entirely Mexican institution. First there comes a speech, then a
"recitation" on the piano, then a speech, followed by a patriotic song
rendered by a chorus of awkward little Indian girls from the public
school with squeaky voices, another speech, and a soprano solo from
"Trovatore" by the wife of some government official, still another
speech, and so on for at least five hours.  Whenever there is a
prominent funeral, or a national holiday, or a President’s anniversary,
or, in fact, an occasion of the least importance, a _velada_ must be
held.  It is the conventional and respectable way of celebrating
anything.  Villa sat in the left hand stage box and controlled the
proceedings by tapping a little bell.  The stage itself was brilliantly
hideous with black bunting, huge masses of artificial flowers,
abominable crayon portraits of Madero, Piño Suarez and the dead
Governor, and red, white and green electric lights.  At the foot of all
this was a very small, plain, black wooden box which held the body of
Abram Gonzales.

The _velada_ proceeded in an orderly and exhausting manner for about two
hours.  Local orators, trembling with stage fright, mouthed the
customary Castilian extravagant phrases, and little girls stepped on
their own feet and murdered Tosti’s "Good-bye."  Villa, with his eyes
riveted on that wooden box, never moved nor spoke.  At the proper time
he mechanically tapped the little bell, but after a while he couldn’t
stand it any longer.  A large fleshy Mexican was in the middle of
Handel’s "Largo" on the grand piano, when Villa stood erect.  He put his
foot on the railing of the box and leaped to the stage, knelt, and took
up the coffin in his arms.  Handel’s "Largo" petered out. Silent
astonishment paralyzed the audience.  Holding the black box tenderly in
his arms as a mother with her baby, not looking at anyone, Villa started
down the steps of the stage and up the aisle.  Instinctively, the house
rose; and as he passed out through the swinging doors they followed on
silently behind him.  He strode down between the lines of waiting
soldiers, his sword banging on the floor, across the dark square to the
Governor’s palace; and, with his own hands, put the coffin on the
flower-banked table waiting for it in the audience hall.  It had been
arranged that four generals in turn should stand the death watch, each
for two hours.  Candles shed a dim light over the table and the
surrounding floor, but the rest of the room was in darkness.  A dense
mass of silent, breathing people packed the doorway.  Villa unbuckled
his sword and threw it clattering into a corner.  Then he took his rifle
from the table and stood the first watch.




                              *CHAPTER VI*

                          *VILLA AND CARRANZA*


It seems incredible to those who don’t know him, that this remarkable
figure, who has risen from obscurity to the most prominent position in
Mexico in three years, should not covet the Presidency of the Republic.
But that is in entire accordance with the simplicity of his character.
When asked about it he answered as always with perfect directness, just
in the way that you put it to him.  He didn’t quibble over whether he
could or could not be President of Mexico.  He said: "I am a fighter,
not a statesman. I am not educated enough to be President.  I only
learned to read and write two years ago.  How could I, who never went to
school, hope to be able to talk with the foreign ambassadors and the
cultivated gentlemen of the Congress?  It would be bad for Mexico if an
uneducated man were to be President.  There is one thing that I will not
do,—and that is to take a position for which I am not fitted.  There is
only one order of my Jefe (Carranza) which I would refuse to obey,—if he
would command me to be a President or a Governor."  On behalf of my
paper I had to ask him this question five or six times.  Finally he
became exasperated.  "I have told you many times," he said, "that there
is no possibility of my becoming President of Mexico.  Are the
newspapers trying to make trouble between me and my Jefe?  This is the
last time that I will answer that question.  The next correspondent that
asks me I will have him spanked and sent to the border."  For days
afterward he went around grumbling humorously about the _chatito_
(pug-nose) who kept asking him whether he wanted to be President of
Mexico.  The idea seemed to amuse him. Whenever I went to see him after
that he used to say, at the end of our talk: "Well, aren’t you going to
ask me to-day whether I want to be President?"


He never referred to Carranza except as "my Jefe," and he obeyed
implicitly the slightest order from "the First Chief of the Revolution."
His loyalty to Carranza was perfectly obstinate.  He seemed to think
that in Carranza were embodied the entire ideals of the Revolution.
This, in spite of the fact that many of his advisers tried to make him
see that Carranza was essentially an aristocrat and a reformer, and that
the people were fighting for more than reform.

Carranza’s political program, as set forth in the plan of Guadelupe,
carefully avoids any promise of settlement of the land question, except
a vague endorsement of Madero’s plan of San Luis Potosi, and it is
evident that he does not intend to advocate any radical restoration of
the land to the people until he becomes provisional president—and then
to proceed very cautiously.  In the meantime he seems to have left it to
Villa’s judgment, as well as all other details of the conduct of the
Revolution in the north.  But Villa, being a peon, and feeling with
them, rather than consciously reasoning it out, that the land question
is the real cause of the Revolution, acted with characteristic
promptness and directness.  No sooner had he settled the details of
government of Chihuahua State, and appointed Chao his provisional
governor, than he issued a proclamation, giving sixty-two and one-half
acres out of the confiscated lands to every male citizen of the State,
and declaring these lands inalienable for any cause for a period of ten
years.  In the State of Durango the same thing has happened and as other
states are free of Federal garrisons, he will pursue the same policy.




                             *CHAPTER VII*

                           *THE RULES OF WAR*


On the field, too, Villa had to invent an entirely original method of
warfare, because he never had a chance to learn anything of accepted
military strategy.  In that he is without the possibility of any doubt
the greatest leader Mexico has ever had. His method of fighting is
astonishingly like Napoleon’s. Secrecy, quickness of movement, the
adaptation of his plans to the character of the country and of his
soldiers,—the value of intimate relations with the rank and file, and of
building up a tradition among the enemy that his army is invincible, and
that he himself bears a charmed life,—these are his characteristics. He
knew nothing of accepted European standards of strategy or of
discipline.  One of the troubles of the Mexican federal army is that its
officers are thoroughly saturated with conventional military theory.
The Mexican soldier is still mentally at the end of the eighteenth
century.  He is, above all, a loose, individual, guerrilla fighter.
Red-tape simply paralyzes the machine.  When Villa’s army goes into
battle he is not hampered by salutes, or rigid respect for officers, or
trigonometrical calculations of the trajectories of projectiles, or
theories of the percentage of hits in a thousand rounds of rifle fire,
or the function of cavalry, infantry and artillery in any particular
position, or rigid obedience to the secret knowledge of its superiors.
It reminds one of the ragged Republican army that Napoleon led into
Italy.  It is probable that Villa doesn’t know much about those things
himself.  But he does know that guerrilla fighters cannot be driven
blindly in platoons around the field in perfect step, that men fighting
individually and of their own free will are braver than long volleying
rows in the trenches, lashed to it by officers with the flat of their
swords. And where the fighting is fiercest—when a ragged mob of fierce
brown men with hand bombs and rifles rush the bullet-swept streets of an
ambushed town—Villa is among them, like any common soldier.

Up to his day, Mexican armies had always carried with them hundreds of
the women and children of the soldiers; Villa was the first man to think
of swift forced marches of bodies of cavalry, leaving their women
behind.  Up to his time no Mexican army had ever abandoned its base; it
had always stuck closely to the railroad and the supply trains.  But
Villa struck terror into the enemy by abandoning his trains and throwing
his entire effective army upon the field, as he did at Gomez Palacio.
He invented in Mexico that most demoralizing form of battle—the night
attack. When, after the fall of Torreon last September, he withdrew his
entire army in the face of Orozco’s advance from Mexico City and for
five days unsuccessfully attacked Chihuahua, it was a terrible shock to
the Federal General when he waked up one morning and found that Villa
had sneaked around the city under cover of darkness, captured a freight
train at Terrazzas and descended with his entire army upon the
comparatively undefended city of Juarez.  It wasn’t fair!  Villa found
that he hadn’t enough trains to carry all his soldiers, even when he had
ambushed and captured a Federal troop train, sent south by General
Castro, the Federal commander in Juarez.  So he telegraphed that
gentleman as follows, signing the name of the Colonel in command of the
troop train: "Engine broken down at Moctezuma.  Send another engine and
five cars."  The unsuspecting Castro immediately dispatched a new train.
Villa then telegraphed him: "Wires cut between here and Chihuahua.
Large force of rebels approaching from south.  What shall I do?"  Castro
replied: "Return at once."  And Villa obeyed, telegraphing cheering
messages at every station along the way.  The Federal commander got wind
of his coming about an hour before he arrived, and left, without
informing his garrison, so that, outside of a small massacre, Villa took
Juarez almost without a shot.  And with the border so near he managed to
smuggle across enough ammunition to equip his almost armless forces and
a week later sallied out and routed the pursuing Federal forces with
great slaughter at Tierra Blanca.


General Hugh L. Scott, in command of the American troops at Fort Bliss,
sent Villa a little pamphlet containing the Rules of War adopted by the
Hague Conference.  He spent hours poring over it.  It interested and
amused him hugely.  He said: "What is this Hague Conference?  Was there
a representative of Mexico there?  Was there a representative of the
Constitutionalists there?  It seems to me a funny thing to make rules
about war.  It’s not a game.  What is the difference between civilized
war and any other kind of war?  If you and I are having a fight in a
cantina we are not going to pull a little book out of our pockets and
read over the rules.  It says here that you must not use lead bullets;
but I don’t see why not.  They do the work."

For a long time afterward he went around popping questions at his
officers like this: "If an invading army takes a city of the enemy, what
must you do with the women and children?"

As far as I could see, the Rules of War didn’t make any difference in
Villa’s original method of fighting. The _colorados_ he executed
wherever he captured them; because, he said, they were peons like the
Revolutionists and that no peon would volunteer against the cause of
liberty unless he were bad.  The Federal officers also he killed,
because, he explained, they were educated men and ought to know better.
But the Federal common soldiers he set at liberty because most of them
were conscripts, and thought that they were fighting for the Patria.
There is no case on record where he wantonly killed a man.  Anyone who
did so he promptly executed—except Fierro.

Fierro, the man who killed Benton, was known as "The Butcher" throughout
the army.  He was a great handsome animal, the best and cruellest rider
and fighter, perhaps, in all the revolutionary forces.  In his furious
lust for blood Fierro used to shoot down a hundred prisoners with his
own revolver, only stopping long enough to reload.  He killed for the
pure joy of it.  During two weeks that I was in Chihuahua, Fierro killed
fifteen inoffensive citizens in cold blood. But there was always a
curious relationship between him and Villa.  He was Villa’s best friend;
and Villa loved him like a son and always pardoned him.

But Villa, although he had never heard of the Rules of War, carried with
his army the only field hospital of any effectiveness that any Mexican
army has ever carried.  It consisted of forty box-cars enameled inside,
fitted with operating tables and all the latest appliances of surgery,
and manned by more than sixty doctors and nurses.  Every day during the
battle shuttle trains full of the desperately wounded ran from the front
to the base hospitals at Parral, Jimenez and Chihuahua.  He took care of
the Federal wounded just as carefully as of his own men.  Ahead of his
own supply train went another train, carrying two thousand sacks of
flour, and also coffee, corn, sugar, and cigarettes to feed the entire
starving population of the country around Durango City and Torreon.

The common soldiers adore him for his bravery and his coarse, blunt
humor.  Often I have seen him slouched on his cot in the little red
caboose in which he always traveled, cracking jokes familiarly with
twenty ragged privates sprawled on the floor, chairs and tables.  When
the army was entraining or detraining, Villa personally would be on hand
in a dirty old suit, without a collar, kicking mules in the stomach and
pushing horses in and out of the stock-cars. Getting thirsty all of a
sudden, he would grab some soldier’s canteen and drain it, in spite of
the indignant protests of its owner; and then tell him to go over to the
river and say that Pancho Villa said that he should fill it there.




                             *CHAPTER VIII*

                      *THE DREAM OF PANCHO VILLA*


It might not be uninteresting to know the passionate dream—the vision
which animates this ignorant fighter, "not educated enough to be
President of Mexico."  He told it to me once in these words: "When the
new Republic is established there will never be any more army in Mexico.
Armies are the greatest support of tyranny.  There can be no dictator
without an army.

"We will put the army to work.  In all parts of the Republic we will
establish military colonies composed of the veterans of the Revolution.
The State will give them grants of agricultural lands and establish big
industrial enterprises to give them work.  Three days a week they will
work and work hard, because honest work is more important than fighting,
and only honest work makes good citizens.  And the other three days they
will receive military instruction and go out and teach all the people
how to fight.  Then, when the Patria is invaded, we will just have to
telephone from the palace at Mexico City, and in half a day all the
Mexican people will rise from their fields and factories, fully armed,
equipped and organized to defend their children and their homes.

"My ambition is to live my life in one of those military colonies among
my _compañeros_ whom I love, who have suffered so long and so deeply
with me.  I think I would like the government to establish a leather
factory there where we could make good saddles and bridles, because I
know how to do that; and the rest of the time I would like to work on my
little farm, raising cattle and corn.  It would be fine, I think, to
help make Mexico a happy place."




                              *PART THREE*

                       *JIMENEZ AND POINTS WEST*



                              *CHAPTER I*

                          *DONA LUISA’S HOTEL*


I went south from Chihuahua on a troop train bound for the advance near
Escalon.  Attached to the five freight cars, filled with horses and
carrying soldiers on top, was a coach in which I was allowed to ride
with two hundred noisy _pacificos_, male and female.  It was gruesomely
suggestive: car windows smashed, mirrors, lamps and plush seats torn
out, and bullet holes after the manner of a frieze.  The time of our
departure was not fixed, and no one knew when the train would arrive.
The railroad had just been repaired.  In places where there had once
been bridges we plunged into arroyos and snorted up the farther bank on
a rickety new-laid track that bent and cracked under us.  All day long
the roadside was lined with immense distorted steel rails, torn up with
a chain and a backing engine by the thorough Orozco last year.  There
was a rumor that Castillo’s bandits were planning to blow us up with
dynamite sometime during the afternoon....

Peons with big straw sombreros and beautifully faded _serapes_, Indians
in blue working clothes and cowhide sandals, and squat-faced women with
black shawls around their heads, and squalling babies,—packed the seats,
aisles and platforms, singing, eating, spitting, chattering.
Occasionally there staggered by a ragged man with a cap labeled
"conductor" in tarnished gold letters, very drunk, embracing his friends
and severely demanding the tickets and safe conducts of strangers. I
introduced myself to him by a small present of United States currency.
He said, "Señor, you may travel freely over the Republic henceforth
without payment. Juan Algomero is at your orders."  An officer smartly
uniformed, with a sword at his side, was at the rear of the car.  He was
bound for the front, he said, to lay down his life for his country.  His
only baggage consisted of four wooden bird-cages full of meadowlarks.
Farther to the rear two men sat across the aisle from each other, each
with a white sack containing something that moved and clucked.  As soon
as the train started these bags were opened to disgorge two large
roosters, who wandered up and down the aisles eating crumbs and
cigarette butts.  The two owners immediately raised their voices.
"Cock-fight, señores!  Five pesos on this valiant and handsome rooster.
Five pesos, señores!"  The males at once deserted their seats and rushed
clamoring toward the center of the car.  Not one of them appeared to
lack the necessary five dollars.  In ten minutes the two promoters were
kneeling in the middle of the aisle, throwing their birds.  And, as we
rattled along, swaying from side to side, swooping down into the gullies
and laboring up the other bank, a whirling mass of feathers and flashing
steel rolled up and down the aisle. That over, a one-legged youth stood
up and played "Whistling Rufus" on a tin flute.  Someone had a leather
bottle of _tequila_, of which we all took a swig. From the rear of the
car came shouts of "_Vamonos a bailar_!  Come on and dance!"  And in a
moment five couples, all men, of course, were madly two-stepping. A
blind old peasant was assisted to climb upon his seat, where he
quaveringly recited a long ballad about the heroic exploits of the great
General Maclovio Herrera.  Everybody was silently attentive and showered
pennies into the old man’s sombrero.  Occasionally there floated back to
us the singing of the soldiers on the box-cars in front and the sound of
their shots as they caught sight of a coyote galloping through the
mesquite.  Then everybody in our car would make a rush for the windows,
pulling at their revolvers, and shoot fast and furiously.

All the long afternoon we ambled slowly south, the western rays of the
sun burning as they struck our faces.  Every hour or so we stopped at
some station, shot to pieces by one army or the other during the three
years of Revolution; there the train would be besieged by vendors of
cigarettes, pine-nuts, bottles of milk, _camotes_, and _tamales_ rolled
in corn-husks.  Old women, gossiping, descended from the train, built
themselves a little fire and boiled coffee.  Squatting there, smoking
their corn-husk cigarettes, they told one another interminable love
stories.

It was late in the evening when we pulled into Jimenez. I shouldered
through the entire population, come down to meet the train, passed
between the flaring torches of the little row of candy booths, and went
along the street, where drunken soldiers alternated with painted girls,
walking arm in arm, to Doña Luisa’s Station Hotel.  It was locked.  I
pounded on the door and a little window opened at the side, showing an
incredibly ancient woman’s face, crowned with straggly white hair.  This
being squinted at me through a pair of steel spectacles and remarked,
"Well, I guess you’re all right!"  Then there came a sound of bars being
taken down, and the door swung open.  Doña Luisa herself, a great bunch
of keys at her belt, stood just inside.  She held a large Chinaman by
the ear, addressing him in fluent and profane Spanish. "_Chango_!" she
said: "What do you mean by telling a guest at this hotel that there
wasn’t any more hot cakes?  Why didn’t you make some more?  Now take
your dirty little bundle and get out of here!"  With a final wrench she
released the squealing Oriental.  "These damn heathen," she announced in
English, "the nasty beggars!  I don’t take any lip from a dirty Chinaman
who can live on a nickel’s worth of rice a day!" Then she nodded
apologetically toward the door.  "There’s so many damned drunken
generals around to-day that I’ve got to keep the door locked.  I don’t
want the —— —— Mexican ——s in here!"

Doña Luisa is a small, dumpy American woman more than eighty years of
age—a benevolent New-England-grandmother sort of person.  For forty-five
years she has been in Mexico, and thirty or more years ago, when her
husband died, she began to keep the Station Hotel. War and peace make no
difference to her.  The American flag flies over the door and in her
house she alone is boss.  When Pascual Orozco took Jimenez, his men
began a drunken reign of terror in the town.  Orozco himself—Orozco the
invincible, the fierce, who would as soon kill a person as not—came
drunk to the Station Hotel with two of his officers and several women.
Doña Luisa planted herself across the doorway—alone—and shook her fist
in his face.  "Pascual Orozco," she cried, "take your disreputable
friends and go away from here.  I’m keeping a decent hotel!"  And Orozco
went....




                              *CHAPTER II*

                         *DUELLO A LA FRIGADA*


I wandered up the mile-long, incredibly dilapidated street that leads to
the town.  A streetcar came past, drawn by one galloping mule and
bulging with slightly intoxicated soldiers.  Open surreys full of
officers with girls on their laps rolled along.  Under the dusty, bare
alamo trees each window held its señorita, with a blanket-wrapped
_caballero_ in attendance.  There were no lights.  The night was dry and
cold and full of a subtle exotic excitement; guitars twanged, snatches
of song and laughter and low voices, and shouts from distant streets,
filled the darkness.  Occasionally little companies of soldiers on foot
came along, or a troop of horsemen in high sombreros and serapes jingled
silently out of the blackness and faded away again, bound probably for
the relief of guard.

In one quiet stretch of street near the bull-ring, where there are no
houses, I noticed an automobile speeding from the town.  At the same
time a galloping horse came from the other direction, and just in front
of me the headlights of the machine illumined the horse and his rider, a
young officer in a Stetson hat.  The automobile jarred to a grinding
stop and a voice from it cried, "_Haltoie!_"

"Who speaks?" asked the horseman, pulling his mount to its haunches.

"I, Gusman!" and the other leaped to the ground and came into the light,
a coarse, fat Mexican, with a sword at his belt.

"Como le va, mi Capitan?"  The officer flung himself from his horse.
They embraced, patting each other on the back with both hands.

"Very well.  And you?  Where are you going?"

"To see Maria."

The captain laughed.  "Don’t do it," he said; "I’m going to see Maria
myself, and if I see you there I shall certainly kill you."

"But I am going just the same.  I am as quick with my pistol as you,
señor."

"But you see," returned the other mildly, "we both cannot go!"

"Perfectly!"

"_Oiga!_" said the captain to his chauffeur.  "Turn your car so as to
throw the light evenly along the sidewalk....  And now we will walk
thirty paces apart and stand with our backs turned until you count
three. Then the man who first puts a bullet through the other man’s hat
wins...."

Both men drew immense revolvers and stood a moment in the light,
spinning the chambers.

"_Listo_!  Ready!" cried the horseman.

"Hurry it," said the captain.  "It is a bad thing to balk love."

Back to back, they had already begun to pace the distance.

"One!" shouted the chauffeur.

"Two!"

But quick as a flash the fat man wheeled in the trembling, uncertain
light, threw down his lifted arm, and a mighty roar went soaring slowly
into the heavy night.  The Stetson of the other man, whose back was
still turned, took an odd little leap ten feet beyond him.  He spun
around, but the captain was already climbing into his machine.

"_Bueno!_" he said cheerfully.  "I win.  Until to-morrow then, _amigo_!"
And the automobile gathered speed and disappeared down the street.  The
horseman slowly went to where his hat lay, picked it up and examined it.
He stood a moment meditating, and then deliberately mounted his horse
and he also went away.  I had already started some time before....


In the plaza the regimental band was playing "El Pagare," the song which
started Orozco’s Revolution. It was a parody of the original, referring
to Madero’s payment of his family’s $750,000 war claims as soon as he
became president, that spread like wildfire over the Republic, and had
to be suppressed with police and soldiers.  "El Pagare" is even now
taboo in most revolutionary circles, and I have heard of men being shot
for singing it; but in Jimenez at this time the utmost license
prevailed.  Moreover, the Mexicans, unlike the French, have absolutely
no feeling for symbols.  Bitterly antagonistic sides use the same flag;
in the plaza of almost every town still stand eulogistic statues of
Porfirio Diaz; even at officers’ mess in the field I have drunk from
glasses stamped with the likeness of the old dictator, while Federal
army uniforms are plentiful in the ranks.

But "El Pagare" is a swinging, glorious tune, and under the hundreds of
little electric light globes strung on the plaza a double procession
marched gaily round and round.  On the outside, in groups of four, went
the men, mostly soldiers.  On the inside, in the opposite direction, the
girls walked arm in arm.  As they passed they threw handfuls of confetti
at one another. They never talked to one another, never stopped; but as
a girl caught a man’s fancy, he slipped a lover’s note into her hand as
she went by, and she answered with a smile if she liked him.  Thus they
met, and later the girl would manage to let the _caballero_ know her
address; this would lead to long talks at her window in the darkness,
and then they would be lovers.  It was a delicate business, this handing
of notes.  Every man carried a gun, and every man’s girl was his
jealously guarded property.  It was a killing matter to hand a note to
someone else’s girl.  The close-packed throng moved gaily on, thrilling
to the music....  Beyond the plaza gaped the ruins of Marcos Russek’s
store, which these same men had looted less than two weeks before, and
at one side the ancient pink cathedral towered among its fountains and
great trees, with the iron and glass illuminated sign, "Santo Cristo de
Burgos," shining above the door.

There, at the side of the plaza, I came upon a little group of five
Americans huddled upon a bench.  They were ragged beyond belief, all
except a slender youth in leggings and a Federal officer’s uniform, who
wore a crownless Mexican hat.  Feet protruded from their shoes, none had
more than the remnants of socks, all were unshaven.  One mere boy wore
his arm in a sling made out of a torn blanket.  They made room for me
gladly, stood up, crowded around, cried how good it was to see another
American among all these damned greasers.

"What are you fellows doing here?" I asked.

"We’re soldiers of fortune!" said the boy with the wounded arm.

"Aw——!" interrupted another.  "Soldiers of——!"

"Ye see it’s this way," began the soldierly looking youth.  "We’ve been
fighting right along in the Brigada Zaragosa—was at the battle of
Ojinaga and everything.  And now comes an order from Villa to discharge
all the Americans in the ranks and ship ’em back to the border.  Ain’t
that a hell of a note?"

"Last night they gave us our honorable discharges and threw us out of
the cuartel," said a one-legged man with red hair.

"And we ain’t had any place to sleep and nothing to eat——" broke in a
little gray-eyed boy whom they called the Major.

"Don’t try and panhandle the guy!" rebuked the soldier indignantly.
"Ain’t we each going to get fifty Mex in the morning?"

We adjourned for a short time to a nearby restaurant, and when we
returned I asked them what they were going to do.

"The old U.S. for mine," breathed a good-looking black Irishman who
hadn’t spoken before.  "I’m going back to San Fran and drive a truck
again.  I’m sick of greasers, bad food and bad fighting."

"I got two honorable discharges from the United States army," announced
the soldierly youth proudly. "Served through the Spanish War, I did.
I’m the only soldier in this bunch."  The others sneered and cursed
sullenly.  "Guess I’ll reënlist when I get over the border."

"Not for mine," said the one-legged man.  "I’m wanted for two murder
charges—I didn’t do it, swear to God I didn’t—it was a frame-up.  But a
poor guy hasn’t got a chance in the United States.  When they ain’t
framing up some fake charge against me, they jail me for a ’vag.’  I’m
all right though," he went on earnestly.  "I’m a hard-working man, only
I can’t get no job."

The Major raised his hard little face and cruel eyes. "I got out of a
reform school in Wisconsin," he said, "and I guess there’s some cops
waiting for me in El Paso.  I always wanted to kill somebody with a gun,
and I done it at Ojinaga, and I ain’t got a bellyful yet.  They told us
we could stay if we signed Mex citizenship papers; I guess I’ll sign
to-morrow morning."

"The hell you will," cried the others.  "That’s a rotten thing to do.
Suppose we get Intervention and you have to shoot against your own
people.  You won’t catch me signing myself away to be a greaser."

"That’s easy fixed," said the Major.  "When I go back to the States I
leave my name here.  I’m going to stay down here till I get enough of a
stake to go back to Georgia and start a child-labor factory."

The other boy had suddenly burst into tears.  "I got my arm shot through
in Ojinaga," he sobbed, "and now they’re turning me loose without any
money, and I can’t work.  When I get to El Paso the cops ’ll jail me and
I’ll have to write my dad to come and take me home to California.  I run
away from there last year," he explained.

"Look here, Major," I advised, "you’d better not stay down here if Villa
wants Americans out of the ranks.  Being a Mexican citizen won’t help
you if Intervention comes."

"Perhaps you’re right," agreed the Major thoughtfully. "Aw, quit your
bawling, Jack!  I guess I’ll beat it over to Galveston and get on a
South American boat. They say there’s a revolution started in Peru."

The soldier was about thirty, the Irishman twenty-five, and the three
others somewhere between sixteen and eighteen.

"What did you fellows come down here for?" I asked.

"Excitement!" answered the soldier and the Irishman, grinning.  The
three boys looked at me with eager, earnest faces, drawn with hunger and
hardship.

"Loot!" they said simultaneously.  I cast an eye at their dilapidated
garments, at the throngs of tattered volunteers parading around the
plaza, who hadn’t been paid for three months, and restrained a violent
impulse to shout with mirth.  Soon I left them, hard, cold misfits in a
passionate country, despising the cause for which they were fighting,
sneering at the gaiety of the irrepressible Mexicans.  And as I went
away I said, "By the way; what company did you fellows belong to?  What
did you call yourselves?"

The red-haired youth answered, "The Foreign Legion!" he said.

I want to say right here that I saw few soldiers of fortune except
one—and he was a dry-as-dust scientist studying the action of high
explosives in field-guns—who would not have been tramps in their own
country.

It was late night when I finally got back to the hotel. Doña Luisa went
ahead to see to my room, and I stopped a moment in the bar.  Two or
three soldiers, evidently officers, were drinking there—one pretty far
gone.  He was a pock-marked man with a trace of black mustache; his eyes
couldn’t seem to focus.  But when he saw me he began to sing a pleasant
little song:


I thought it diplomatic to leave, because you can never tell what a
Mexican will do when he’s drunk.  His temperament is much too
complicated.

Doña Luisa was in my room when I got there.  With a mysterious finger to
her lips she shut the door and produced from beneath her skirt a last
year’s copy of the _Saturday Evening Post_, in an incredible state of
dissolution.  "I got it out of the safe for you," she said.  "The damn
thing’s worth more than anything in the house.  I’ve been offered
fifteen dollars for it by Americans going out to the mines.  You see we
haven’t had any American magazines in a year now."




                             *CHAPTER III*

                        *SAVED BY A WRIST-WATCH*


After that what could I do but read the precious magazine, although I
had read it before.  I lit the lamp, undressed, and got into bed.  Just
then came an unsteady step on the gallery outside and my door was flung
violently open.  Framed in it stood the pock-marked officer who had been
drinking in the bar.  In one hand he carried a big revolver. For a
moment he stood blinking at me malevolently, then stepped inside and
closed the door with a bang. "I am Lieutenant Antonio Montoya, at your
orders," he said.  "I heard there was a Gringo in this hotel and I have
come to kill you."

"Sit down," said I politely.  I saw he was drunkenly in earnest.  He
took off his hat, bowed politely and drew up a chair.  Then he produced
another revolver from beneath his coat and laid them both on the table.
They were loaded.

"Would you like a cigarette?"  I offered him the package.  He took one,
waved it in thanks, and lit it at the lamp.  Then he picked up the guns
and pointed them both at me.  His fingers tightened slowly on the
triggers, but relaxed again.  I was too far gone to do anything but just
wait.

"My only difficulty," said he, lowering his weapons, "is to determine
which revolver I shall use."

"Pardon me," I quavered, "but they both appear a little obsolete.  That
Colt forty-five is certainly an 1895 model, and as for the Smith and
Wesson, between ourselves it is only a toy."

"True," he answered, looking at them a little ruefully.  "If I had only
thought I would have brought my new automatic.  My apologies, señor."
He sighed and again directed the barrels at my chest, with an expression
of calm happiness.  "However, since it is so, we must make the best of
it."  I got ready to jump, to duck, to scream.  Suddenly his eye fell
upon the table, where my two-dollar wrist-watch was lying.

"What is that?" he asked.

"A watch!"  Eagerly I demonstrated how to fasten it on.  Unconsciously
the pistols slowly lowered.  With parted lips and absorbed attention he
watched it delightedly, as a child watches the operation of some new
mechanical toy.

"Ah," he breathed.  "_Que esta bonita_!  How pretty!"

"It is yours," said I, unstrapping it and offering it to him.  He looked
at the watch, then at me, slowly brightening and glowing with surprised
joy.  Into his outstretched hand I placed it.  Reverently, carefully, he
adjusted the thing to his hairy wrist.  Then he rose, beaming down upon
me.  The revolvers fell unnoticed to the floor.  Lieutenant Antonio
Montoya threw his arms around me.

"Ah, _compadre_!" he cried emotionally.


The next day I met him at Valiente Adiana’s store in the town.  We sat
amicably in the back room drinking native _aguardiente_, while
Lieutenant Montoya, my best friend in the entire Constitutionalist army,
told me of the hardships and perils of the campaign.  For three weeks
now Maclovio Herrera’s brigade had lain at Jimenez under arms, waiting
the emergency call for the advance on Torreon.

"This morning," said Antonio, "the Constitutionalist spies intercepted a
telegram from the Federal commander in Zacatecas City to General Velasco
in Torreon.  He said that upon mature judgment he had decided that
Zacatecas was an easier place to attack than to defend.  Therefore he
reported that his plan of campaign was this.  Upon the approach of the
Constitutionalist forces he intended to evacuate the city and then take
it again."

"Antonio," I said, "I am going a long journey across the desert
to-morrow.  I am going to drive to Magistral. I need a _mozo_.  I will
pay three dollars a week."

"_’Sta bueno!_" cried Lieutenant Montoya.  "Whatever you wish, so that I
can go with my _amigo_!"

"But you are on active service," said I.  "How can you leave your
regiment?"

"Oh, that’s all right," answered Antonio.  "I won’t say anything about
it to my colonel.  They don’t need me.  Why, they’ve got five thousand
other men here."




                              *CHAPTER IV*

                          *SYMBOLS OF MEXICO*


In the early dawn, when yet the low gray houses and the dusty trees were
stiff with cold, we laid a bull-whip on the backs of our two mules and
rattled down the uneven streets of Jimenez and out into the open
country.  A few soldiers, wrapped to the eyes in their serapes, dozed
beside their lanterns.  There was a drunken officer sleeping in the
gutter.

We drove an ancient buggy, whose broken pole was mended with wire.  The
harness was made of bits of old iron, rawhide and rope.  Antonio and I
sat side by side upon the seat, and at our feet dozed a dark,
serious-minded youth named Primitivo Aguilar.  Primitivo had been hired
to open and shut gates, to tie up the harness when it broke, and to keep
watch over wagon and mules at night, because bandits were reported to
infest the roads.

The country became a vast fertile plain, cut up by irrigating ditches
which were overshadowed by long lines of great alamo trees, leafless and
gray as ashes. Like a furnace door, the white-hot sun blazed upon us,
and the far-stretched barren fields reeked a thin mist. A cloud of white
dust moved with us and around us. By the church of the Hacienda San
Pedro we stopped and dickered with an aged peon for a sack of corn and
straw for the mules.  Farther along was an exquisite low building of
pink plaster, set back from the road in a grove of green willows.
"That?" said Antonio.  "Oh, that is nothing but a flour mill."  We had
lunch in the long whitewashed, dirt-floored room of a peon’s house at
another great hacienda, whose name I forget, but which I know had once
belonged to Luis Terrazzas and was now the confiscated property of the
Constitutionalist government.  And that night we made camp beside an
irrigation ditch miles from any house, in the middle of the bandit
territory.

After a dinner of chopped-up meat and peppers, _tortillas_, beans and
black coffee, Antonio and I gave Primitivo his instructions.  He was to
keep watch beside the fire with Antonio’s revolver and, if he heard
anything, was to wake us.  But on no account was he to go to sleep.  If
he did we would kill him. Primitivo said, "_Si, señor_," very gravely,
opened his eyes wide, and gripped the pistol.  Antonio and I rolled up
in our blankets by the fire.

I must have gone to sleep at once, because when I was wakened by
Antonio’s rising, my watch showed only half an hour later.  From the
place where Primitivo had been placed on guard came a series of hearty
snores. The lieutenant walked over to him.

"Primitivo!" he said.

No answer.

"Primitivo, you fool!"  Our sentinel stirred in his sleep and turned
over with noises indicative of comfort.

"Primitivo!" shouted Antonio, violently kicking him.

He gave absolutely no response.

Antonio drew back and launched a kick at his back that lifted him
several feet into the air.  With a start Primitivo woke.  He started up
alertly, waving the revolver.

"_Quien vive?_" cried Primitivo.


The next day took us out of the lowlands.  We entered the desert,
winding over a series of rolling plains, sandy and covered with black
mesquite and here and there an occasional cactus.  Now we began to see
beside the road those sinister little wooden crosses that the country
people erect on the spot where some man died a violent death.  Around
the horizon barren purple mountains hemmed us in.  To the right, across
a vast dry valley, a white and green and gray hacienda stood like a
city.  An hour later we passed the first of those great fortified square
ranchos that one comes across once a day lost in the folds of this
tremendous country.  Night gathered straight above in the cloudless
zenith, while all the skyline still was luminous with clear light, and
then the day snuffed out, and stars burst out in the dome of heaven like
a rocket. Antonio and Primitivo, in that queer harsh Mexican harmony
which sounds like nothing so much as a fiddle with frazzled strings,
sang "_Esperanza_" as we jogged along.  It grew cold.  For leagues and
leagues around was a blasted land, a country of death.  It was hours
since we had passed a house.

Antonio claimed to know of a water-hole somewhere vaguely ahead.  But
toward midnight, which was black and without moon, we discovered that
the road upon which we were traveling suddenly petered out in a dense
mesquite thicket.  Somewhere we had turned off the _Camino Real_.  It
was late and the mules were worn out.  There seemed nothing for it but a
"dry camp," for so far as we knew there was no water anywhere near.

Now we had unharnessed the mules and fed them, and were lighting our
fire, when somewhere in the dense thicket of chaparral stealthy
footsteps sounded.  They moved a space and then were still.  Our little
blaze of greasewood crackled fiercely, lighting up a leaping, glowing
radius of about ten feet.  Beyond that all was black.  Primitivo made
one backward leap into the shelter of the wagon; Antonio drew his
revolver, and we froze beside the fire.  The sound came again.

"Who lives?" said Antonio.  There was a little shuffling noise out in
the brush, and then a voice.

"What party are you?" it asked hesitantly.

"Maderistas," answered Antonio.  "Pass!"

"It is safe for _pacificos_?" queried the invisible one.

"On my word," I cried.  "Come out that we may see you."

At that very moment two vague shapes materialized on the edge of the
firelight glow, almost without a sound—two peons, we saw as soon as they
came close, wrapped tightly in their torn blankets.  One was an old,
wrinkled, bent man wearing homemade sandals, his trousers hanging in
rags upon his shrunken legs; the other a very tall, barefooted youth,
with a face so pure and so simple as to almost verge upon idiocy.
Friendly, warm as sunlight, eagerly curious as children, they came
forward, holding out their hands.  We shook hands with each of them in
turn, greeting them with elaborate Mexican courtesy.

"Good evening, friend.  How are you?"

"Very well, _gracias_.  And you?"

"Well, _gracias_.  And how are all your people?"

"Well, thanks.  And yours?"

"Well, thanks.  What have you of new here?"

"Nada.  Nothing.  And you?"

"Nothing.  Sit down."

"Oh, thanks, but I am well standing."

"Sit down.  Sit down."

"A thousand thanks.  Excuse us for a moment."

They smiled and faded away once more into the thicket.  In a minute they
reappeared, with great armfuls of dried mesquite branches for our fire.

"We are _rancheros_," said the elder, bowing.  "We keep a few goats, and
our houses are at your orders, and our corrals for your mules, and our
small stock of corn.  Our _ranchitos_ are very near here in the
mesquite.  We are very poor men, but we hope you will do us the honor of
accepting our hospitality."  It was an occasion for tact.

"A thousand times many thanks," said Antonio politely, "but we are,
unfortunately, in great haste and must leave early.  We would not like
to disturb your household at that hour."

They protested that their families and their houses were entirely ours,
to be used as we saw fit with the greatest delight on their part.  I do
not remember how we finally managed to evade the invitation without
wounding them, but I do recall that it took half an hour of courteous
talking.  For we knew, in the first place, that we would be unable to
leave for hours in the morning if we accepted, because Mexican manners
are that haste to leave a house signifies dissatisfaction with the
entertainment; and then, too, one could not pay for one’s lodging, but
would have to bestow a handsome present upon the hosts—which we could
none of us afford.

At first they politely refused our invitation to dine, but after much
urging we finally persuaded them to accept a few _tortillas_ and
_chile_.  It was ludicrous and pitiful to see how wretchedly hungry they
were, and how they attempted to conceal it from us.

After dinner, when they had brought us a bucket of water out of sheer
kindly thoughtfulness, they stood for a while by our fire, smoking our
cigarettes and holding out their hands to the blaze.  I remember how
their serapes hung from their shoulders, open in front so the grateful
warmth could reach their thin bodies—and how gnarled and ancient were
the old man’s outstretched hands, and how the ruddy light glowed upon
the other’s throat, and kindled fires in his big eyes. Around them
stretched the desert, held off only by our fire, ready to spring in upon
us when it should die. Above the great stars would not dim.  Coyotes
wailed somewhere out beyond the firelight like demons in pain. I
suddenly conceived these two human beings as symbols of
Mexico—courteous, loving, patient, poor, so long slaves, so full of
dreams, so soon to be free.

"When we saw your wagon coming here," said the old man, smiling, "our
hearts sank within us.  We thought you were soldiers, come, perhaps, to
take away our last few goats.  So many soldiers have come in the last
few years—so many.  It is mostly the Federals—the Maderistas do not come
unless they are hungry themselves.  Poor Maderistas!"

"Ay," said the young man, "my brother that I loved very much died in the
eleven days’ fighting around Torreon.  Thousands have died in Mexico,
and still more thousands shall fall.  Three years—it is long for war in
a land.  Too long!"  The old man murmured, "_Valgame Dios!_" and shook
his head.  "But, there shall come a day——"

"It is said," remarked the old man quaveringly, "that the United States
of the North covets our country—that Gringo soldiers will come and take
away my goats in the end...."

"That is a lie," exclaimed the other, animated.  "It is the rich
Americanos who want to rob us, just as the rich Mexicans want to rob us.
It is the rich all over the world who want to rob the poor."

The old man shivered and drew his wasted body nearer to the fire.  "I
have often wondered," said he mildly, "why the rich, having so much,
want so much. The poor, who have nothing, want so very little.  Just a
few goats...."

His _compadre_ lifted his chin like a noble, smiling gently.  "I have
never been out of this little country here—not even to Jimenez," he
said.  "But they tell me that there are many rich lands to the north and
south and east.  But this is my land and I love it. For the years of me,
and my father and my grandfather, the rich men have gathered the corn
and held it in their clenched fists before our mouths.  And only blood
will make them open their hands to their brothers."

The fire died down.  At his post slept the alert Primitivo.  Antonio
stared into the embers, a faint glorified smile upon his mouth, his eyes
shining like stars.

"_Adio!_" he said suddenly, as one who sees a vision. "When we get into
Mexico City what a _baile_ shall be held!  How drunk I shall get!..."




                              *PART FOUR*

                           *A PEOPLE IN ARMS*



                              *CHAPTER I*

                           *"ON TO TORREON!"*


At Yermo there is nothing but leagues and leagues of sandy desert,
sparsely covered with scrubby mesquite and dwarf cactus, stretching away
on the west to jagged, tawny mountains, and on the east to a quivering
skyline of plain.  A battered water-tank, with too little dirty alkali
water, a demolished railway station shot to pieces by Orozco’s cannon
two years before, and a switch track compose the town.  There is no
water to speak of for forty miles. There is no grass for animals.  For
three months in the spring bitter, parching winds drive the yellow dust
across it.

Along the single track in the middle of the desert lay ten enormous
trains, pillars of fire by night and of black smoke by day, stretching
back northward farther than the eye could reach.  Around them, in the
chaparral, camped nine thousand men without shelter, each man’s horse
tied to the mesquite beside him, where hung his one serape and red
strips of drying meat. From fifty cars horses and mules were being
unloaded. Covered with sweat and dust, a ragged trooper plunged into a
cattle-car among the flying hoofs, swung himself upon a horse’s back,
and jabbed his spurs deep in, with a yell.  Then came a terrific
drumming of frightened animals, and suddenly a horse shot violently from
the open door, usually backward, and the car belched flying masses of
horses and mules.  Picking themselves up, they fled in terror, snorting
through wide nostrils at the smell of the open.  Then the wide, watchful
circle of troopers turned _vaqueros_ lifted the great coils of their
lassoes through the choking dust, and the running animals swirled round
and round upon one another in a panic.  Officers, orderlies, generals
with their staffs, soldiers with halters, hunting for their mounts,
galloped and ran past in inextricable confusion. Bucking mules were
being harnessed to the caissons. Troopers who had arrived on the last
trains wandered about looking for their brigades.  Way ahead some men
were shooting at a rabbit.  From the tops of the box-cars and the
flat-cars, where they were camped by hundreds, the _soldaderas_ and
their half-naked swarms of children looked down, screaming shrill advice
and asking everybody in general if they had happened to see Juan
Moñeros, or Jesus Hernandez, or whatever the name of their man happened
to be....  One man trailing a rifle wandered along shouting that he had
had nothing to eat for two days and he couldn’t find his woman who made
his _tortillas_ for him, and he opined that she had deserted him to go
with some —— of another brigade....  The women on the roofs of the cars
said, "_Valgame Dios!_" and shrugged their shoulders; then they dropped
him down some three-days-old _tortillas_, and asked him, for the love he
bore Our Lady of Guadelupe, to lend them a cigarette.  A clamorous,
dirty throng stormed the engine of our train, screaming for water.  When
the engineer stood them off with a revolver, telling them there was
plenty of water in the water-train, they broke away and aimlessly
scattered, while a fresh throng took their places.  Around the twelve
immense tank-cars, a fighting mass of men and animals struggled for a
place at the little faucets ceaselessly pouring.  Above the place a
mighty cloud of dust, seven miles long and a mile wide, towered up into
the still, hot air, and, with the black smoke of the engines, struck
wonder and terror into the Federal outposts fifty miles away on the
mountains back of Mapimi.

When Villa left Chihuahua for Torreon, he closed the telegraph wires to
the north, stopped train service to Juarez, and forbade on pain of death
that anyone should carry or send news of his departure to the United
States.  His object was to take the Federals by surprise, and it worked
beautifully.  No one, not even Villa’s staff, knew when he would leave
Chihuahua; the army had delayed there so long that we all believed it
would delay another two weeks.  And then Saturday morning we woke to
find the telegraph and railway cut, and three huge trains, carrying the
Brigada Gonzalez-Ortega, already gone.  The Zaragosa left the next day,
and Villa’s own troops the following morning.  Moving with the swiftness
that always characterizes him, Villa had his entire army concentrated at
Yermo the day afterward, without the Federals knowing that he had left
Chihuahua.

There was a mob around the portable field telegraph that had been rigged
up in the ruined station.  Inside, the instrument was clicking.
Soldiers and officers indiscriminately choked up the windows and the
door, and every once in a while the operator would shout something in
Spanish and a perfect roar of laughter would go up.  It seemed that the
telegraph had accidentally tapped a wire that had not been destroyed by
the Federals—a wire that connected with the Federal military wire from
Mapimi to Torreon.

"Listen!" cried the operator.  "Colonel Argumedo in command of the
_cabecillos colorados_ in Mapimi is telegraphing to General Velasco in
Torreon.  He says that he sees smoke and a big dust cloud to the north,
and thinks that some rebel troops are moving south from Escalon!"

Night came, with a cloudy sky and a rising wind that began to lift the
dust.  Along the miles and miles of trains, the fires of the
_soldaderas_ flared from the tops of the freight-cars.  Out into the
desert so far that finally they were mere pin-points of flame stretched
the innumerable camp-fires of the army, half obscured by the thick,
billowing dust.  The storm completely concealed us from Federal
watchers.  "Even God," remarked Major Leyva, "even God is on the side of
Francisco Villa!"  We sat at dinner in our converted box-car, with
young, great-limbed, expressionless General Maximo Garcia and his
brother, the even huger red-faced Benito Garcia, and little Major Manuel
Acosta, with the beautiful manners of his race. Garcia had long been
holding the advance at Escalon.  He and his brothers—one of whom, José
Garcia, the idol of the army, had been killed in battle—but a short four
years ago were wealthy _hacendados_, owners of immense tracts of land.
They had come out with Madero....  I remember that he brought us a jug
of whisky, and refused to discuss the Revolution, declaring that he was
fighting for better whisky!  As I write this comes a report that he is
dead from a bullet wound received in the battle of Sacramento....

Out in the dust storm, on a flat-car immediately ahead of ours, some
soldiers lay around their fire with their heads in their women’s laps,
singing "The Cockroach," which tells in hundreds of satirical verses
what the Constitutionalists would do when they captured Juarez and
Chihuahua from Mercado and Orozco.

Above the wind one was aware of the immense sullen murmur of the host,
and occasionally some sentry challenged in a falsetto howl: "_Quien
vive?_"  And the answer: "_Chiapas!_" "_Que gente?_" "_Chao!_" ...
Through the night sounded the eerie whistle of the ten locomotives at
intervals as they signaled back and forth to one another.




                              *CHAPTER II*

                          *THE ARMY AT YERMO*


At dawn next morning General Torribio Ortega came to the car for
breakfast—a lean, dark Mexican, who is called "The Honorable" and "The
Most Brave" by the soldiers.  He is by far the most simple-hearted and
disinterested soldier in Mexico. He never kills his prisoners.  He has
refused to take a cent from the Revolution beyond his meager salary.
Villa respects and trusts him perhaps beyond all his Generals.  Ortega
was a poor man, a cowboy.  He sat there, with his elbows on the table,
forgetting his breakfast, his big eyes flashing, smiling his gentle,
crooked smile, and told us why he was fighting.

"I am not an educated man," he said.  "But I know that to fight is the
last thing for any people.  Only when things get too bad to stand, eh?
And, if we are going to kill our brothers, something fine must come out
of it, eh?  You in the United States do not know what we have seen, we
Mexicans!  We have looked on at the robbing of our people, the simple,
poor people, for thirty-five years, eh?  We have seen the _rurales_ and
the soldiers of Porfirio Diaz shoot down our brothers and our fathers,
and justice denied to them. We have seen our little fields taken away
from us, and all of us sold into slavery, eh?  We have longed for our
homes and for schools to teach us, and they have laughed at us.  All we
have ever wanted was to be let alone to live and to work and make our
country great, and we are tired—tired and sick of being cheated...."

Outside in the dust, that whirled along under a sky of driving clouds,
long lines of soldiers on horseback stood in the obscurity, while their
officers passed along in front, peering closely at cartridge-belts and
rifles.

"Geronimo," said a Captain to one trooper, "go back to the ammunition
train and fill up the gaps in your _cartouchera_.  You fool, you’ve been
wasting your cartridges shooting coyotes!"

Across the desert westward toward the distant mountains rode strings of
cavalry, the first to the front. About a thousand went, in ten different
lines, diverging like wheel spokes; the jingle of their spurs ringing,
their red-white-and-green flags floating straight out, crossed
bandoliers gleaming dully, rifles flopping across their saddles, heavy,
high sombreros and many-colored blankets.  Behind each company plodded
ten or twelve women on foot, carrying cooking utensils on their heads
and backs, and perhaps a pack mule loaded with sacks of corn.  And as
they passed the cars they shouted back to their friends on the trains.

"_Poco tiempo California!_" cried one.

"Oh! there’s a _colorado_ for you!" yelled another. "I’ll bet you were
with Salazar in Orozco’s Revolution. Nobody ever said ’_Poco tiempo
California_’ except Salazar when he was drunk!"

The other man looked sheepish.  "Well, maybe I was," he admitted.  "But
wait till I get a shot at my old _compañeros_.  I’ll show you whether
I’m a Maderista or not!"

A little Indian in the rear cried: "I know how much of a Maderista you
are, Luisito.  At the first taking of Torreon, Villa gave you the choice
of turning your coat or getting a _cabronasso_ or _balasso_ through the
head!"  And, joshing and singing, they jogged southwest, became small,
and finally faded into the dust.

Villa himself stood leaning against a car, hands in his pockets.  He
wore an old slouch hat, a dirty shirt without a collar, and a badly
frayed and shiny brown suit. All over the dusty plain in front of him
men and horses had sprung up like magic.  There was an immense confusion
of saddling and bridling—a cracked blowing of tin bugles.  The Brigada
Zaragosa was getting ready to leave camp—a flanking column of two
thousand men who were to ride southeast and attack Tlahualilo and
Sacramento.  Villa, it seemed, had just arrived at Yermo.  He had
stopped off Monday night at Camargo to attend the wedding of a
_compadre_.  His face was drawn into lines of fatigue.

"Carramba!" he was saying with a grin; "we started dancing Monday
evening, danced all night, all the next day, and last night, too!  What
a _baile_!  And what _muchachas_!  The girls of Camargo and Santa
Rosalia are the most beautiful in Mexico!  I am worn out—_rendido_!  It
was harder work than twenty battles...."

Then he listened to the report of some staff officer who dashed up on
horseback, gave a concise order without hesitating, and the officer rode
off.  He told Señor Calzado, General Manager of the Railroad, in what
order the trains should proceed south.  He indicated to Señor Uro, the
Quartermaster-general, what supplies should be distributed from the
troop trains.  To Señor Munoz, Director of the Telegraph, he gave the
name of a Federal captain surrounded by Urbina’s men a week before and
killed with all his men in the hills near La Cadena, and ordered him to
tap the Federal wire and send a message to General Velasco in Torreon
purporting to be a report from this Captain from Conejos, and asking for
orders....  He seemed to know and order everything.

We had lunch with General Eugenio Aguirre Benavides, the quiet,
cross-eyed little commander of the Zaragosa Brigade, a member of one of
the cultivated Mexican families that gathered around Madero in the first
Revolution; with Raul Madero, brother of the murdered President, second
in command of the Brigade, who is a graduate of an American University,
and looks like a Wall Street bond salesman; with Colonel Guerra, who
went through Cornell, and Major Leyva, Ortega’s nephew, a historic
full-back on the Notre Dame football team....

In a great circle, ready for action, the artillery was parked, with
caissons open and mules corralled in the center.  Colonel Servin,
commander of the guns, sat perched high up on an immense bay horse, a
ridiculous tiny figure, not more than five feet tall.  He was waving his
hand and shouting a greeting across to General Angeles, Carranza’s
Secretary of War—a tall, gaunt man, bareheaded, in a brown sweater, with
a war map of Mexico hanging from his shoulder; who straddled a small
burro.  In the thick dust-clouds, sweating men labored.  The five
American artillery men had squatted down in the lee of a cannon,
smoking.  They hailed me with a shout:

"Say, bo!  What in hell did we ever get into this mess for?  Nothing to
eat since last night—work twelve hours—say, take our pictures, will
you?"

There passed by with a friendly nod the little Cockney soldier that had
served with Kitchener, and then the Canadian Captain Treston, bawling
for his interpreter, so that he could give his men some orders about the
machine guns; and Captain Marinelli, the fat Italian soldier of fortune,
pouring an interminable and unintelligible mixture of French, Spanish
and Italian into the ear of a bored Mexican officer.  Fierro rode by,
cruelly roweling his horse with the bloody mouth—Fierro, the handsome,
cruel and insolent—The Butcher they called him, because he killed
defenseless prisoners with his revolver, and shot down his own men
without provocation.

Late in the afternoon the Brigada Zaragosa rode away southeast over the
desert, and another night came down.

The wind rose steadily in the darkness, growing colder and colder.
Looking up at the sky, which had been ablaze with polished stars, I saw
that all was dark with cloud.  Through the roaring whirls of dust a
thousand thin lines of sparks from the fires streamed southward.  The
coaling of the engines’ fire boxes made sudden glares along the miles of
trains.  At first we thought we heard the sound of big guns in the
distance. But all at once, unexpectedly, the sky split dazzlingly open
from horizon to horizon, thunder fell like a blow, and the rain came
level and thick as a flood.  For a moment the human hum of the army was
silenced.  All the fires disappeared at once.  And then came a vast
shout of anger and laughter and discomfiture from the soldiers out on
the plain, and the most amazing wail of misery from the women that I
have ever heard.  The two sounds only lasted a minute.  The men wrapped
themselves in their serapes and sank down in the shelter of the
chaparral; and the hundreds of women and children exposed to the cold
and the rain on the flat-cars and the tops of the box-cars silently and
with Indian stoicism settled down to wait for dawn.  In General Maclovio
Herrera’s car ahead was drunken laughter and singing to a guitar....


Daybreak came with a sound of all the bugles in the world blowing; and
looking out of the car door I saw the desert for miles boiling with
armed men saddling and mounting.  A hot sun popped over the western
mountains, burning in a clear sky.  For a moment the ground poured up
billowing steam, and then there was dust again, and a thirsty land.
There might never have been rain.  A hundred breakfast fires smoked from
the car-tops, and the women stood turning their dresses slowly in the
sun, chattering and joking.  Hundreds of little naked babies danced
around, while their mothers lifted up their little clothes to the heat.
A thousand joyous troopers shouted to each other that the advance was
beginning; away off to the left some regiment had given away to joy, and
was shooting into the air.  Six more long trains had come in during the
night, and all the engines were whistling signals.  I went forward to
get on the first train out, and as I passed the car of Trinidad
Rodriguez, a harsh, feminine voice cried: "Hey, kid!  Come in and get
some breakfast."  Leaning out of the door were Beatrice and Carmen, two
noted Juarez women that had been brought to the front by the Rodriguez
brothers.  I went in and sat down at the table with about twelve men,
several of them doctors in the hospital train, one French artillery
captain, and an assortment of Mexican officers and privates.  It was an
ordinary freight box-car like all the private cars, with windows cut in
the walls, partitions built to shut out the Chinese cook in the kitchen,
and bunks arranged across sides and end.  Breakfast consisted of heaping
platters of red meat with _chile_, bowls of _frijoles_, stacks of cold
flour _tortillas_, and six bottles of Monopole Champagne. Carmen’s
complexion was bad, and she was a little stupid from the gastronomic
combination, but Beatrice’s white, colorless face and red hair cut
Buster Brown fashion fairly radiated a sort of malicious glee.  She was
a Mexican, but talked Tenderloin English without an accent.  Jumping up
from the table, she danced around it, pulling the men’s hair.  "Hello,
you damned Gringo," she laughed at me.  "What are you doing here?
You’re going to get a bullet in you if you don’t get careful!"

A morose young Mexican, already a little drunk, snapped at her furiously
in Spanish: "Don’t you talk to him!  Do you understand?  I’ll tell
Trinidad how you asked the Gringo in to breakfast, and he’ll have you
shot!"

Beatrice threw back her head and roared.  "Did you hear what he said?
He thinks he owns me, because he once stayed with me in Juarez! ... My
God!" she went on.  "How funny it seems to travel on the railroad and
not have to buy a ticket!"

"Look here, Beatrice," I asked her; "we may not have such an easy time
of it down there.  What will you do if we get licked?"

"Who, me?" she cried.  "Why, I guess it won’t take me long to get
friends in the Federal army.  I’m a good mixer!"

"What is she saying?  What do you say?" asked the others in Spanish.

With the most perfect insolence Beatrice translated for them.  And in
the midst of the uproar that followed I left....




                             *CHAPTER III*

                             *FIRST BLOOD*


The water train pulled out first.  I rode on the cow-catcher of the
engine, which was already occupied by the permanent home of two women
and five children.  They had built a little fire of mesquite twigs on
the narrow iron platform, and were baking _tortillas_ there; over their
heads, against the windy roar of the boiler, fluttered a little line of
wash....

It was a brilliant day, hot sunshine alternating with big white clouds.
In two thick columns, one on each side of the train, the army was
already moving south. As far as the eye could reach, a mighty double
cloud of dust floated over them; and little straggling groups of mounted
men jogged along, with every now and then a big Mexican flag.  Between
slowly moved the trains; the pillars of black smoke from their engines,
at regular intervals, growing smaller, until over the northern horizon
only a dirty mist appeared.

I went down into the caboose to get a drink of water, and there I found
the conductor of the train lying in his bunk reading the Bible.  He was
so interested and amused that he didn’t notice me for a minute.  When he
did he cried delightedly: "_Oiga_, I have found a great story about a
chap called Samson who was _muy hombre_—a good deal of a man—-and his
woman.  She was a Spaniard, I guess, from the mean trick she played on
him.  He started out being a good Revolutionist, a Maderista, and she
made him a _pelon_!"

_Pelon_ means literally "cropped head," and is the slang term for a
Federal soldier, because the Federal army is largely recruited from the
prisons.

Our advance guard, with a telegraph field operator, had gone on to
Conejos the night before, and they met the train in great excitement.
The first blood of the campaign had been spilt; a few _colorados_
scouting northward from Bermejillo had been surprised and killed just
behind the shoulder of the big mountain which lies to the east.  The
telegrapher also had news.  He had again tapped the Federal wire, and
sent to the Federal commander in Torreon, signing the dead Captain’s
name and asking for orders, since a large force of rebels seemed to be
approaching from the north.  General Velasco replied that the Captain
should hold Conejos and throw out outposts to the north, to try and
discover how large the force was.  At the same time the telegrapher had
heard a message from Argumedo, in command at Mapimi, saying that the
entire north of Mexico was coming down on Torreon, together with the
Gringo army!

Conejos was just like Yermo, except that there was no water tank.  A
thousand men, with white-bearded old General Rosalio Hernandez riding
ahead, went out almost at once, and the repair train followed them a few
miles to a place where the Federals had burned two railroad bridges a
few months before.  Out beyond the last little bivouac of the immense
army spread around us, the desert slept silently in the heat waves.
There was no wind.  The men gathered with their women on the flat-cars,
guitars came out, and all night hundreds of singing voices came from the
trains.


The next morning I went to see Villa in his car.  This was a red caboose
with chintz curtains on the windows, the famous little caboose which
Villa has used in all his journeys since the fall of Juarez.  It was
divided by partitions into two rooms—the kitchen and the General’s
bedroom.  This tiny room, ten by twenty feet, was the heart of the
Constitutionalist army.  There were held all the councils of war, and
there was scarcely room enough for the fifteen Generals who met there.
In these councils the vital immediate questions of the campaign were
discussed, the Generals decided what was to be done,—and then Villa gave
his orders to suit himself.  It was painted a dirty gray.  On the walls
were tacked photographs of showy ladies in theatrical poses, a large
picture of Carranza, one of Fierro, and a picture of Villa himself.  Two
double-width wooden bunks folded up against the wall, in one of which
Villa and General Angeles slept, and in the other José Rodriguez and
Doctor Raschbaum, Villa’s personal physician. That was all....

"_Que desea, amigo_?  What do you want?" said Villa, sitting on the end
of the bunk in blue underclothes.  The troopers who lounged around the
place lazily made way for me.

"I want a horse, _mi General_."

"_Ca-r-r-r-ai-i_, our friend here wants a horse!" grinned Villa
sarcastically amid a burst of laughter from the others.  "Why, you
correspondents will be wanting an automobile next!  _Oiga_, señor
reporter, do you know that about a thousand men in my army have no
horses? Here’s the train.  What do you want a horse for?"

"So I can ride with the advance."

"No," he smiled.  "There are too many _ballasos_—too many bullets flying
in the advance...."

He was hurrying into his clothes as he talked, and gulping coffee from
the side of a dirty tin coffee-pot. Somebody handed him his gold-handled
sword.

"No!" he said contemptuously.  "This is to be a fight, not a parade.
Give me my rifle!"

He stood at the door of his caboose for a moment, thoughtfully looking
at the long lines of mounted men, picturesque in their crossed
cartridge-belts and varied equipment.  Then he gave a few quick orders
and mounted his big stallion.

"_Vamonos!_" cried Villa.  The bugles brayed and a subdued silver
clicking ringing sounded as the companies wheeled and trotted southward
in the dust....

And so the army disappeared.  During the day we thought we heard
cannonading from the southwest, where Urbina was reported to be coming
down from the mountains to attack Mapimi.  And late in the afternoon
news came of the capture of Bermejillo, and a courier from Benavides
said that he had taken Tlahualilo.

We were in a fever of impatience to be off.  About sundown Señor Calzado
remarked that the repair train would leave in an hour, so I grabbed a
blanket and walked a mile up the line of trains to it.




                              *CHAPTER IV*

                          *ON THE CANNON-CAR*


The first car of the repair train was a steel-encased flat-car, upon
which was mounted the famous Constitutionalist cannon "El Niño," with an
open caisson full of shells behind it.  Behind that was an armored car
full of soldiers, then a car of steel rails, and four loaded with
railroad ties.  The engine came next, the engineer and fireman hung with
cartridge-belts, their rifles handy.  Then followed two or three
box-cars full of soldiers and their women.  It was a dangerous business.
A large force of Federals were known to be in Mapimi, and the country
swarmed with their outposts.  Our army was already far ahead, except for
five hundred men who guarded the trains at Conejos.  If the enemy could
capture or wreck the repair train the army would be cut off without
water, food or ammunition.  In the darkness we moved out.  I sat upon
the breech of "El Niño," chatting with Captain Diaz, the commander of
the gun, as he oiled the breech lock of his beloved cannon and curled
his vertical mustachios.  In the armored recess behind the gun, where
the Captain slept, I heard a curious, subdued rustling noise.

"What’s that?"

"Eh?" cried he nervously.  "Oh, nothing, nothing!"

Just then there emerged a young Indian girl with a bottle in her hand.
She couldn’t have been more than seventeen, very lovely.  The Captain
shot a glance at me, and suddenly whirled around.

"What are you doing here?" he cried furiously to her.  "Why are you
coming out here?"

"I thought you said you wanted a drink," she began.

I perceived that I was one too many, and excused myself.  They hardly
noticed me.  But as I was climbing over the back of the car I couldn’t
help stopping and listening.  They had gone back to the recess, and she
was weeping.

"Didn’t I tell you," stormed the Captain, "not to show yourself when
there are strangers here?  I will not have every man in Mexico looking
at you...."

I stood on the roof of the rocking steel car as we nosed slowly along.
Lying on their bellies on the extreme front platform, two men with
lanterns examined each foot of the track for wires that might mean mines
planted under us.  Beneath my feet the soldiers and their women were
having dinner around fires built on the floor.  Smoke and laughter
poured out of the loopholes....  There were other fires aft,
brown-faced, ragged people squatting at them, on the car-tops. Overhead
the sky blazed stars, without a cloud.  It was cold.  After an hour of
riding we came to a piece of broken track.  The train stopped with a
jar, the engine whistled, and a score of torches and lanterns jerked
past.  Men came running.  The flares clustered bobbing together as the
foremen examined the damage. A fire sprang up in the brush, and then
another. Soldiers of the train guard straggled by, dragging their
rifles, and formed impenetrable walls around the fires. Iron tools
clanged, and the "Wai-hoy!" of men shoving rails off the flat-car.  A
Chinese dragon of workmen passed with a rail on their shoulders, then
others with ties.  Four hundred men swarmed upon the broken spot,
working with extraordinary energy and good humor, until the shouts of
gangs setting rails and ties, and the rattle of sledges on spikes, made
a continuous roar.  It was an old destruction, probably a year old, made
when these same Constitutionalists were retreating north in the face of
Mercado’s Federal army, and we had it all fixed in an hour.  Then on
again. Sometimes it was a bridge burned out, sometimes a hundred yards
of track twisted into grape vines by a chain and a backing engine.  We
advanced slowly.  At one big bridge that it would take two hours to
prepare, I built by myself a little fire in order to get warm.  Calzado
came past, and hailed me.  "We’ve got a hand-car up ahead," he said,
"and we’re going along down and see the dead men.  Want to come?"

"What dead men?"

"Why, this morning an outpost of eighty _rurales_ was sent scouting
north from Bermejillo.  We heard about it over the wire and informed
Benavides on the left. He sent a troop to take them in the rear, and
drove them north in a running fight for fifteen miles until they smashed
up against our main body and not one got out alive.  They’re scattered
along the whole way just where they fell."

In a moment we were speeding south on the hand-car. At our right hand
and our left rode two silent, shadowy figures on horseback—cavalry
guards, with rifles ready under their arms.  Soon the flares and fires
of the train were left behind, and we were enveloped and smothered in
the vast silence of the desert.

"Yes," said Calzado, "the _rurales_ are brave.  They are _muy hombres_.
_Rurales_ are the best fighters Diaz and Huerta ever had.  They never
desert to the Revolution.  They always remain loyal to the established
government.  Because they are police."

It was bitter cold.  None of us talked much.

"We go ahead of the train at night," said the soldier at my left, "so
that if there are any dynamite bombs underneath——"

"We could discover them and dig them out and put water in them,
_carramba_!" said another sarcastically. The rest laughed.  I began to
think of that, and it made me shiver.  The dead silence of the desert
seemed an expectant hush.  One couldn’t see ten feet from the track.

"_Oiga_!" shouted one of the horsemen.  "It was just here that one lay."
The brakes ground and we tumbled off and down the steep embankment, our
lanterns jerking ahead.  Something lay huddled around the foot of a
telegraph pole—something infinitely small and shabby, like a pile of old
clothes.  The _rurale_ was upon his back, twisted sideways from his
hips.  He had been stripped of everything of value by the thrifty
rebels—shoes, hat, underclothing.  They had left him his ragged jacket
with the tarnished silver braid, because there were seven bullet holes
in it; and his trousers, soaked with blood.  He had evidently been much
bigger when alive—the dead shrink so.  A wild red beard made the pallor
of his face grotesque, until you noticed that under it and the dirt, and
the long lines of sweat of his terrible fight and hard riding, his mouth
was gently and serenely open as if he slept.  His brains had been blown
out.

"_Corrai!_" said one guard.  "There was a shot for the dirty goat!
Right through the head!"

The others laughed.  "Why, you don’t think they shot him there in the
fight, do you, _pendeco_?" cried his companion.  "No, they _always_ go
around and make sure afterward——"

"Hurry up!  I’ve found the other," shouted a voice off in the darkness.

We could reconstruct this man’s last struggle.  He had dropped off his
horse, wounded—for there was blood on the ground—into a little dry
arroyo.  We could even see where his horse had stood while he pumped
shells into his Mauser with feverish hands, and blazed away, first to
the rear, where the pursuers came running with Indian yells, and then at
the hundreds and hundreds of bloodthirsty horsemen pouring down from the
north, with the Demon Pancho Villa at their head.  He must have fought a
long time, perhaps until they ringed him round with living flame—for we
found hundreds of empty cartridges.  And then, when the last shot was
spent, he made a dash eastward, hit at every step; hid for a moment
under the little railroad bridge, and ran out upon the open desert,
where he fell.  There were twenty bullet holes in him.  They had
stripped him of all save his underclothes.  He lay sprawled in an
attitude of desperate action, muscles tense, one fist clenched and
spread across the dust as if he were dealing a blow; the fiercest
exultant grin on his face.  Strong, savage, until one looked closer and
saw the subtle touch of weakness that death stamps on life—the delicate
expression of idiocy over it all.  They had shot him through the head
three times—how exasperated they must have been!

Crawling south through the cold night once more.... A few miles and then
a bridge dynamited, or a strip of track wrecked.  The stop, the dancing
torches, the great bonfires leaping up from the desert, and the four
hundred wild men pouring furiously out and falling upon their work....
Villa had given orders to hurry....


About two o’clock in the morning I came upon two _soldaderas_ squatting
around a fire, and asked them if they could give me _tortillas_ and
coffee.  One was an old, gray-haired Indian woman with a perpetual grin,
the other a slight girl not more than twenty years old, who was nursing
a four-months baby at her breast. They were perched at the extreme tip
of a flat-car, their fire built upon a pile of sand, as the train jolted
and swayed along.  Around them, backed against them, feet sticking out
between them, was a great, inconglomerate mass of sleeping, snoring
humans.  The rest of the train was by this time dark; this was the only
patch of light and warmth in the night.  As I munched my _tortilla_ and
the old woman lifted a burning coal in her fingers to light her
corn-husk cigarette, wondering where her Pablo’s brigade was this night;
and the girl nursed her child, crooning to it, her blue-enameled
ear-rings twinkling,—we talked.

"Ah! it is a life for us _viejas_," said the girl.  "_Adio_, but we
follow our men out in the campaign, and then do not know from hour to
hour whether they live or die.  I remember well when Filadelfo called to
me one morning in the little morning before it was light—we lived in
Pachuca—and said: ’Come! we are going out to fight because the good
Pancho Madero has been murdered this day!’  We had only been loving each
other eight months, too, and the first baby was not born.... We had all
believed that peace was in Mexico for good. Filadelfo saddled the burro,
and we rode out through the streets just as light was coming, and into
the fields where the farmers were not yet at work.  And I said: ’Why
must I come?’  And he answered: ’Shall I starve, then?  Who shall make
my _tortillas_ for me but my woman?’  It took us three months to get
north, and I was sick and the baby was born in a desert just like this
place, and died there because we could not get water.  That was when
Villa was going north after he had taken Torreon."

The old woman broke in: "Yes, and all that is true. When we go so far
and suffer so much for our men, we are cruelly treated by the stupid
animals of Generals.  I am from San Luis Potosi, and my man was in the
artillery of the Federacion when Mercado came north.  All the way to
Chihuahua we traveled, the old fool of a Mercado grumbling about
transporting the _viejas_.  And then he ordered his army to go north and
attack Villa in Juarez, and he forbade the women to go.  Is that the way
you are going to do, _desgraciado_? I said to myself.  And when he
evacuated Chihuahua and ran away with my man to Ojinaga, I just stayed
right in Chihuahua and got a man in the Maderista army when it came in.
A nice handsome young fellow, too,—much better than Juan.  I’m not a
woman to stand being put upon."

"How much are the _tortillas_ and coffee?" I asked.

They looked at each other, startled.  Evidently they had thought me one
of the penniless soldiers crowded on the train.

"What you would like," said the young woman faintly.  I gave them a
peso.

The old woman exploded in a torrent of prayer. "God, his sainted Mother,
the Blessed Niño and Our Lady of Guadelupe have sent this stranger to us
tonight!  Here we had not a centavo to buy coffee and flour with...."

I suddenly noticed that the light of our fire had paled, and looked up
in amazement to find it was dawn. Just then a man came running along the
train from up front, shouting something unintelligible, while laughter
and shouts burst out in his wake.  The sleepers raised their curious
heads and wanted to know what was the matter.  In a moment our inanimate
car was alive.  The man passed, still yelling something about "_padre_,"
his face exultant with some tremendous joke.

"What is it?" I asked.

"Oh!" cried the old woman.  "His woman on the car ahead has just had a
baby!"

Just in front of us lay Bermejillo, its pink and blue and white
plastered adobe houses as delicate and ethereal as a village of
porcelain.  To the east, across a still, dustless desert, a little file
of sharp-cut horsemen, with a red-white-and-green flag over them, were
riding into town....




                              *CHAPTER V*

                        *AT THE GATES OF GOMEZ*


We had taken Bermejillo the afternoon before,—the army breaking into a
furious gallop five kilometers north of the town and pouring through it
at top speed, driving the unprepared garrison in a rout southward,—a
running fight that lasted five miles, as far as the Hacienda of Santa
Clara,—and killing a hundred and six _colorados_.  Within a few hours
afterward Urbina came in sight above Mapimi, and the eight hundred
_colorados_ there, informed of the astonishing news that the entire
Constitutionalist army was flanking them on their right, evacuated the
place, and fled hotly to Torreon.  All over the country the astounded
Federals were falling back in a panic upon the city.

Late in the afternoon a dumpy little train came down the narrow-gauge
track from the direction of Mapimi, and from it proceeded the loud
strains of a string orchestra of ten pieces playing "_Recuerdos_ of
Durango,"—to which I had so often _baile_’d with the Tropa.  The roofs,
doors and windows were packed with Mexicans, singing and beating time
with their heels, as they fired their rifles in a sort of salute upon
entering the town.  At the station this curious equipage drew up, and
from it proceeded—who but Patricio, General Urbina’s fighting
stage-driver at whose side I had so often ridden and danced!  He threw
his arms around me, yelling: "Juanito!  Here is Juanito, _mi General_!"
In a minute we were asking and answering each other a million questions.
Did I have the photographs I took of him?  Was I going to the battle of
Torreon?  Did he know where Don Petronilo was?  And Pablo Seañes?  And
Raphaelito?  And right in the midst of it somebody shouted "Viva
Urbina!" and the old General himself stood at the top of the steps,—the
lion-hearted hero of Durango.  He was lame, and leaned upon two
soldiers.  He held a rifle in his hand,—an old, discarded Springfield,
with the sights filed down,—and wore a double cartridge-belt around his
waist.  For a moment he remained there, absolutely expressionless, his
small, hard eyes boring into me.  I thought he did not recognize me,
when all at once his harsh, sudden voice shot out: "That’s not the
camera you had!  Where’s the other one?"

I was about to reply when he interrupted: "I know. You left it behind
you in La Cadena.  Did you run very fast?"

"Yes, _mi General_."

"And you’ve come down to Torreon to run again?"

"When I began to run from La Cadena," I remarked, nettled, "Don
Petronilo and the troops were already a mile away."

He didn’t answer, but came haltingly down the steps of the car, while a
roar of laughter went up from the soldiers.  Coming up to me he put a
hand over my shoulder and gave me a little tap on the back.  "I’m glad
to see you, _compañero_," he said....

Across the desert the wounded had begun to straggle in from the battle
of Tlahualilo to the hospital train, which lay far up near the front of
the line of trains.  On the flat barren plain, as far as I could see,
there were only three living things in sight: a limping, hatless man,
with his head tied up in a bloody cloth; another staggering beside his
staggering horse; and a mule mounted by two bandaged figures far behind
them.  And in the still hot night we could hear from our car groans and
screams....


Late Sunday morning we were again on "El Niño" at the head of the repair
train, moving slowly down the track abreast of the army.  "El
Chavalito," another cannon mounted on a flat-car, was coupled behind,
then came two armored cars, and the work-cars.  This time there were no
women.  The army wore a different air, winding along in two immense
serpents each side of us—there was little laughter or shouting.  We were
close now, only eighteen miles from Gomez Palacio, and no one knew what
the Federals planned to do.  It seemed incredible that they would let us
get so close without making one stand. Immediately south of Bermejillo
we entered a new land.  To the desert succeeded fields bordered with
irrigation ditches, along which grew immense green alamos, towering
pillars of freshness after the baked desolation we had just passed
through.  Here were cotton-fields, the white tufts unpicked and rotting
on their stalks; corn-fields with sparse green blades just showing.
Along the big ditches flowed swift, deep water in the shade.  Birds
sang, and the barren western mountains marched steadily nearer as we
went south.  It was summer—hot, moist summer, such as we have at home. A
deserted cotton-gin lay on our left, hundreds of white bales tumbled in
the sun, and dazzling heaps of cotton-seed left just as the workmen had
piled it months before....

At Santa Clara the massed columns of the army halted and began to defile
to left and right, thin lines of troops jogging out under the checkered
sun and shade of the great trees, until six thousand men were spread in
one long single front, to the right over fields and through ditches,
beyond the last cultivated field, across the desert to the very base of
the mountains; to the left over the roll of the flat world.  The bugles
blared faintly and near, and the army moved forward in a mighty line
across the whole country.  Above them lifted a five-mile-wide golden
dust-glory.  Flags flapped.  In the center, level with them, came the
cannon-car, and beside that Villa rode with his staff. At the little
villages along the way the big-hatted, white-bloused _pacificos_ stood
in silent wonder, watching this strange host pass.  An old man drove his
goats homeward.  The foaming wave of troopers broke upon him, yelling
with pure mischief, and all the goats ran in different directions.  A
mile of army shouted with laughter,—the dust rolled up from their
thousand hoofs, and they passed.  At the village of Brittingham the
great line halted, while Villa and his staff galloped up to the peons
watching from their little mound.

"_Oyez!_" said Villa.  "Have any troops passed through here lately?"

"_Si_, señor!" answered several men at once.  "Some of Don Carlo
Argumedo’s _gente_ went by yesterday pretty fast."

"Hum," Villa meditated.  "Have you seen that bandit Pancho Villa around
here?"

"No, señor!" they chorused.

"Well, he’s the fellow I’m looking for.  If I catch that _diablo_ it
will go hard with him!"

"We wish you all success!" cried the _pacificos_, politely.

"You never saw him, did you?"

"No, God forbid!" they said fervently.

"Well!" grinned Villa.  "In the future when people ask if you know him
you will have to admit the shameful fact!  I am Pancho Villa!"  And with
that he spurred away, and all the army followed....




                              *CHAPTER VI*

                       *THE COMPAÑEROS REAPPEAR*


Such had been the surprise of the Federals, and they had fled in such a
hurry, that for many miles the railroad was intact.  But toward
afternoon we began to find little bridges burned and still smoking, and
telegraph poles cut down with an axe—badly and hastily done bits of
destruction that were easily repaired.  But the army had got far ahead,
and by nightfall, about eight miles from Gomez Palacio, we reached the
place where eight solid miles of torn-up track began.  There was no food
on our train. We had only a blanket apiece; and it was cold.  In the
flare of torches and fires, the repair gang fell upon their work.
Shouts and hammering steel, and the thud of falling ties....  It was a
black night, with a few dim stars.  We had settled down around one fire,
talking and drowsing, when suddenly a new sound smote the air—a sound
heavier than hammers, and deeper than the wind.  It shocked—and was
still.  Then came a steady roll, as of distant drums, and then shock!
shock! The hammers fell, voices were silent, we were frozen.  Somewhere
ahead, out of sight, in the darkness—so still it was that the air
carried every sound—Villa and the army had flung themselves upon Gomez
Palacio, and the battle had begun.  It deepened steadily and slowly,
until the booffs of cannon fell echoing upon each other, and the rifle
fire rippled like steel rain.

"_Andale!_" screamed a hoarse voice from the roof of the cannon-car.
"What are you doing?  Get at that track!  Pancho Villa is waiting for
the trains!"

And, with a yell, four hundred raging maniacs flung themselves upon the
break....

I remember how we besought the Colonel in command to let us go to the
front.  He would not. Orders were strict that no one should leave the
trains. We pled with him, offered him money, almost got on our knees to
him.  Finally he relented a little.

"At three o’clock," he said, "I’ll give you the sign and countersign and
let you go."

We curled miserably about a little fire of our own, trying to sleep,
trying at least to get warm.  Around us and ahead the flares and the men
danced along the ruined track; and every hour or so the train would
creep forward a hundred feet and stop again.  It was not hard to
repair—the rails were intact.  A wrecker had been hitched to the
right-hand rail and the ties twisted, splintered, torn from their bed.
Always the monotonous and disturbing furious sound of battle filtered
out of the blackness ahead.  It was so tiresome, so much the _same_,
that sound; and yet I could not sleep....

About midnight one of our outposts galloped from the rear of the trains
to report that a large body of horsemen had been challenged coming from
the north, who said they were Urbina’s _gente_ from Mapimi.  The Colonel
didn’t know of any body of troops that were to pass at that time of
night.  In a minute everything was a fury of preparation.  Twenty-five
armed and mounted men galloped like mad to the rear, with orders to stop
the newcomers for fifteen minutes,—if they were Constitutionalists, by
order of the Colonel; if not, by holding them off as long as possible.
The workmen were hurried back to the train and given their rifles.  The
fires were put out, the flares,—all but ten,—extinguished.  Our guard of
two hundred slipped silently into the thick brush, loading their rifles
as they went.  On either side of the track the Colonel and five of his
men took up their posts, unarmed, with torches held high over their
heads.  And then, out of the thick blackness, the head of the column
appeared. It was made up of different men from the well-clothed,
well-equipped, well-fed soldiers of Villa’s army.  These were ragged,
gaunt people, wrapped in faded, tattered serapes, without shoes on their
feet, crowned with the heavy, picturesque sombreros of the back-country.
Lasso ropes hung coiled at their saddles.  Their mounts were the lean,
hard, half-savage ponies of the Durango mountains.  They rode sullenly,
contemptuous of us.  They neither knew the countersign nor cared to know
it.  And as they rode, whole files sang the monotonous, extemporaneous
ballads that the peons compose and sing to themselves as they guard the
cattle at night on the great upland plains of the north.

And, suddenly, as I stood at the head of the line of flares, a passing
horse was jerked to his haunches, and a voice I knew cried: "Hey!
Meester!"  The enfolding serape was cast high in the air, the man fell
from his horse, and in a moment I was clasped in the arms of Isidro
Amaya.  Behind him burst forth a chorus of shouts: "_Que tal!_  Meester!
O Juanito, how glad we are to see you!  Where have you been?  They said
you were killed in La Cadena!  Did you run fast from the _colorados_?
_Mucha susto_, eh?"  They threw themselves to the ground, clustering
around, fifty men reaching at once to pat me on the back; all my dearest
friends in Mexico—the _compañeros_ of La Tropa and the Cadena!

The long file of men, blocked in the darkness, raised a chorus of
shouts: "Move on!  _Vamonos_!  What’s the matter?  Hurry up!  We can’t
stay here all night!"  And the others yelled back: "Here’s meester!
Here’s the Gringo we were telling you about who danced the _jota_ in La
Zarca!  Who was in La Cadena!"  And then the others crowded forward too.

There were twelve hundred of them.  Silently, sullenly, eagerly,
sniffing the battle ahead, they defiled between the double line of
high-held torches.  And every tenth man I had known before.  As they
passed the Colonel shouted to them: "What is the countersign? Turn your
hats up in front!  Do you know the countersign?"  Hoarsely,
exasperatedly, he bawled at them.  Serenely and insolently they rode by,
without paying the least attention to him.  "To hell with the
countersign!" they hooted, laughing at him.  "We don’t need any
countersign!  They’ll know well enough which side we’re on when we begin
to fight!"

For hours, it seemed, they jogged past, fading into the darkness, their
horses with nervous heads turned to catch the sound of the guns, the men
with glowing eyes fixed on the darkness ahead—rode into battle with
their ancient Springfield rifles that had seen service for three years,
with their meager ten rounds of ammunition.  And when they had all gone
the battle seemed to brighten and quicken with new life....




                             *CHAPTER VII*

                           *THE BLOODY DAWN*


The steady noise of battle filled all the night. Ahead torches danced,
rails clanged, sledges drummed on the spikes, the men of the repair gang
shouted in the frenzy of their toil.  It was after twelve.  Since the
trains had reached the beginning of the torn track we had made half a
mile.  Now and then a straggler from the main body came down the line of
trains, shuffled into the light with his heavy Mauser awry across his
shoulders, and faded into the darkness toward the debauch of sound in
the direction of Gomez Palacio.  The soldiers of our guard, squatting
about their little fires in the fields, relaxed their tense expectancy;
three of them were singing a little marching song, which began:

    _I don’t want to be a Porfirista,_
    _I don’t want to be an Orozquista,_
    _But I want to be a volunteer in the army Maderista!_


Curious and excited, we hurried up and down the trains, asking people
what they knew, what they thought.  I had never heard a real
killing-sound before, and it made me frantic with curiosity and
nervousness.  We were like dogs in a yard when a dog-fight is going on
outside.  Finally the spell snapped and I found myself desperately
tired.  I fell into a dead sleep on a little ledge under the lip of the
cannon, where the laborers tossed their wrenches and sledge-hammers and
crowbars when the train moved forward a hundred feet, and piled on
themselves with shouts and horseplay.

In the coldness of before dawn I woke with the Colonel’s hand on my
shoulder.

"You can go now," he said.  "The sign is ’Zaragosa’ and the countersign
’Guerrero.’  Our soldiers will be recognized by their hats pinned up in
front.  May you go well!"

It was bitter cold.  We threw our blankets around us, serape fashion,
and trudged down past the fury of the repair gang as they hammered at it
under the leaping flares—past the five armed men slouching around their
fire on the frontier of the dark.

"Are you off to the battle, _compañeros_?" cried one of the gang.  "Look
out for the bullets!"  At that they all laughed.  The sentries cried,
"_Adios_!  Don’t kill them all!  Leave a few _pelones_ for us!"

Beyond the last torch, where the torn track was wrenched and tumbled
about on the uprooted roadbed, a shadowy figure waited for us.

"_Vamonos_ together," he said, peering at us.  "In the dark three are an
army."  We stumbled along over the broken track, silently, just able to
make him out with our eyes.  He was a little dumpy soldier with a rifle
and a half-empty cartridge-belt over his breast. He said that he had
just brought a wounded man from the front to the hospital train and was
on his way back.

"Feel this," he said, holding out his arm.  It was drenched.  We could
see nothing.

"Blood," he continued unemotionally.  "His blood. He was my _compadre_
in the Brigada Gonzales-Ortega. We went in this night down there and so
many, so many——  We were cut in half."

It was the first we had heard, or thought, of wounded men.  All of a
sudden we heard the battle.  It had been going on steadily all the time,
but we had forgotten—the sound was so monstrous, so monotonous. Far
rifle fire came like the ripping of strong canvas, the cannon shocked
like pile-drivers.  We were only six miles away now.

Out of the darkness loomed a little knot of men—four of them—carrying
something heavy and inert in a blanket slung between.  Our guide threw
up his rifle and challenged, and his answer was a retching groan from
the blanket.

"_Oiga compadre_," lisped one of the bearers huskily. "Where, for the
love of the Virgin, is the hospital train?"

"About a league——"

"_Valgame Dios_! How can we...."

"Water!  Have you any water?"

They stood with the blanket taut between them, and something fell from
it, drip, drip, drip, on the ties.

That awful voice within screamed once, "To drink!" and fell away to a
shuddering moan.  We handed our canteens to the bearers—and silently,
bestially, they drained them.  The wounded man they forgot.  Then,
sullen, they pitched on....

Others appeared, singly, or in little groups.  They were simply vague
shapes staggering in the night, like drunkards, like men incredibly
tired.  One dragged between two walkers, his arms around their
shoulders.  A mere boy reeled along with the limp body of his father on
his back.  A horse passed with his nose to the ground, two bodies
flopping sideways across the saddle, and a man walking behind and
beating the horse on the rump, cursing shrilly.  He passed, and we could
hear his falsetto fading dissonantly in the distance. Some groaned, with
the ugly, deadened groan of uttermost pain; one man, slouched in the
saddle of a mule, screamed mechanically every time the mule took a step.
Under two tall cotton-wood trees beside an irrigation ditch a little
fire glowed.  Three sleepers with empty cartridge-belts sprawled snoring
on the uneven ground; beside the fire sat a man holding with both hands
his leg straight out to the warmth.  It was a perfectly good leg as far
as the ankle—there it ended in a ragged, oozing mess of trousers and
shattered flesh.  The man simply sat looking at it.  He didn’t even stir
as we came near, and yet his chest rose and fell with calm breathing,
and his mouth was slightly open as if he were day-dreaming.  By the side
of the ditch knelt another.  A soft lead bullet had entered his hand
between the two middle fingers and then spread until it hollowed out a
bloody cave inside.  He had wrapped a rag around a little piece of stick
and was unconcernedly dipping it in the water and gouging out the wound.

Soon we were near the battle.  In the east, across the vast level
country, a faint gray light appeared. The noble alamo trees, towering
thickly in massy lines along the ditches to the west, burst into showers
of bird-song.  It was getting warm, and there came the tranquil smell of
earth and grass and growing corn—a calm summer dawn.  Into this the
noise of battle broke like something insane.  The hysterical chatter of
rifle fire, that seemed to carry a continuous undertone of
screaming—although when you listened for it it was gone.  The nervous,
deadly stab—stab—stab—stab of the machine guns, like some gigantic
woodpecker.  The cannon booming like great bells, and the whistle of
their shells.  Boom—Pi-i-i-e-e-a-uuu!  And that most terrible of all the
sounds of war, shrapnel exploding. Crash—Whee-e-eaaa!!

The great hot sun swam up in the east through a faint smoke from the
fertile land, and over the eastern barrens the heat-waves began to
wiggle.  It caught the startlingly green tops of the lofty alamos
fringing the ditch that paralleled the railroad on our right.  The trees
ended there, and beyond, the whole rampart of bare mountains, piled
range on range, grew rosy.  We were now in scorched desert again,
thickly covered with dusty mesquite.  Except for another line of alamos
straggling across from east to west, close to the city, there were no
trees in all the plain but two or three scattered ones to the right.  So
close we were, barely two miles from Gomez Falacio, that we could look
down the torn track right into the town.  We could see the black round
water-tank, and back of that the roundhouse, and across the track from
them both the low adobe walls of the Brittingham Corra.  The smokestacks
and buildings and trees of La Esperanza soap factory rose clear and
still, like a little city, to the left.  Almost directly to the right of
the railroad track, it seemed, the stark, stony peak of the Cerro de la
Pila mounted steeply to the stone reservoir that crowned it, and sloped
off westward in a series of smaller peaks, a spiny ridge a mile long.
Most of Gomez lay behind the shoulder of the Cerro, and at its western
end the villas and gardens of Lerdo made a vivid patch of green in the
desert.  The great brown mountains on the west made a mighty sweep
around behind the two cities, and then fell away south again in folds on
folds of gaunt desolation.  And directly south from Gomez, stretched
along the base of this range, lay Torreon, the richest city of northern
Mexico.

The shooting never ceased, but it seemed to be subdued to a subordinate
place in a fantastic and disordered world.  Up the track in the hot
morning light straggled a river of wounded men, shattered, bleeding,
bound up in rotting and bloody bandages, inconceivably weary.  They
passed us, and one even fell and lay motionless nearby in the dust—and
we didn’t care. Soldiers with their cartridges gone wandered aimlessly
out of the chaparral, dragging their rifles, and plunged into the brush
again on the other side of the railroad, black with powder, streaked
with sweat, their eyes vacantly on the ground.  The thin, subtle dust
rose in lazy clouds at every footstep, and hung there, parching throat
and eyes.  A little company of horsemen jogged out of the thicket and
drew up on the track, looking toward town.  One man got down from his
saddle and squatted beside us.

"It was terrible," he said suddenly.  "_Carramba_! We went in there last
night on foot.  They were inside the water-tank, with holes cut in the
iron for rifles.  We had to walk up and poke our guns through the holes
and we killed them all—a death trap!  And then the Corral!  They had two
sets of loopholes, one for the men kneeling down and the other for the
men standing up.  Three thousand _rurales_ in there—and they had five
machine guns to sweep the road.  And the roundhouse, with three rows of
trenches outside and subterranean passages so they could crawl under and
shoot us in the back....  Our bombs wouldn’t work, and what could we do
with rifles?  _Madre de Dios_!  But we were so quick—we took them by
surprise.  We captured the roundhouse and the water-tank.  And then this
morning thousands came—thousands—reinforcements from Torreon—and their
artillery—and they drove us back again.  They walked up to the
water-tank and poked their rifles through the holes and killed all of
us—the sons of the devils!"

We could see the place as he spoke and hear the hellish roar and shriek,
and yet no one moved, and there wasn’t a sign of the shooting—not even
smoke, except when a shrapnel shell burst yelling down in the first row
of trees a mile ahead and vomited a puff of white.  The cracking rip of
rifle fire and the staccato machine guns and even the hammering cannon
didn’t reveal themselves at all.  The flat, dusty plain, the trees and
chimneys of Gomez, and the stony hill, lay quietly in the heat.  From
the alamos off to the right came the careless song of birds.  One had
the impression that his senses were lying.  It was an incredible dream,
through which the grotesque procession of wounded filtered like ghosts
in the dust.




                             *CHAPTER VIII*

                        *THE ARTILLERY COMES UP*


Over to the right, along the base of the line of trees, heavy dust
billowed up, men shouted, whips snapped, and there was a rumble and a
jangling of chains.  We plunged into a little path that wound among the
chaparral and emerged upon a tiny village, lost in the brush near the
ditch.  It was strikingly like a Chinese or Central American village:
five or six adobe huts thatched with mud and twigs.  It was called San
Ramon, and there a little struggling knot of men swayed about every
door, clamoring for coffee and _tortillas_, and waving fiat money.  The
_pacificos_ squatted in their tiny corrals, selling _macuche_ at
exorbitant prices; their women sweated over the fire, hammering
_tortillas_ and pouring villainous black coffee.  All around, in the
open spaces, lay sleepers like the dead, and men with bloody arms and
heads, tossing and groaning.  Presently an officer galloped up, streaked
with sweat, and screamed, "Get up, you fools! _Pendecos_!  Wake up and
get back to your companies! We’re going to attack!"  A few stirred and
stumbled, cursing, to their weary feet—the others still slept. "_Hijos
de la——_!" snapped the officer, and spurred his horse upon them,
trampling, kicking....  The ground boiled men scrambling out of the way
and yelling.  They yawned, stretched, still half asleep, and sifted off
slowly toward the front in an aimless way.... The wounded only dragged
themselves listlessly to the shade of the brush.

Along the side of the ditch went a sort of wagon track, and up this the
Constitutionalist artillery were arriving.  One could see the gray heads
of the straining mules, and the big hats of their drivers, and the
circling whips—the rest was masked in dust.  Slower than the army, they
had been marching all night.  Past us rumbled the carriages and
caissons, the long, heavy guns yellow with dust.  The drivers and
gunners were in fine good humor.  One, an American, whose features were
absolutely indistinguishable in the all-mantling mud of sweat and earth,
shouted to know if they were in time, or if the town had fallen.

I answered in Spanish that there were lots of _colorados_ yet to kill,
and a cheer ran along the line.

"Now we’ll show them something," cried a big Indian on a mule.  "If we
could get into their cursed town without guns, what can we do with
them?"

The alamos ended just beyond San Ramon, and under the last trees Villa,
General Angeles, and the staff sat on horseback at the bank of the
ditch.  Beyond that the ditch ran naked across the naked plain into the
town, where it took water from the river.  Villa was dressed in an old
brown suit, without a collar, and an ancient felt hat.  He was covered
with dirt, and had been riding up and down the lines all night; but he
bore no trace of fatigue.

When he saw us he called out, "Hello, _muchachos_! Well, how do you like
it?"

"Fine, _mi General_!"

We were worn out and very dirty.  The sight of us amused him profoundly;
he never could take the correspondents seriously, anyway, and it seemed
to him very droll that an American periodical would be willing to spend
so much money just to get the news.

"Good," he said with a grin.  "I’m glad you like it, because you’re
going to get all you want."

The first gun had now come opposite the staff and unlimbered, the
gunners ripping off the canvas covers and tilting up the heavy caisson.
The captain of the battery screwed on the telescopic sight and the crank
of the raising-lever spun.  The brass butts of heavy shells shone in
gleaming rows; two men staggered under the weight of one, and rested it
on the ground while the captain regulated the shrapnel timer.  The
breech-lock crashed shut, and we ran far back. Cra-boom-shock!  A
soaring whistling Pi-i-i-e-e-eeuu! flew high after the shell, and then a
tiny white smoke flowered at the foot of the Cerro de la Fila—and,
minutes after, a far detonation.  About a hundred yards apart, all along
in front of the gun, picturesque ragged men stared motionless through
their field-glasses.  They burst into a chorus of yells, "Too low!  Too
far to the right!  Their guns are all along the ridge!  Time it about
fifteen seconds later!"  Down front the rifle fire had frittered away to
ragged sputtering and the machine guns were silent.  Everybody was
watching the artillery duel.  It was about five-thirty in the morning,
and already very hot.  In the fields behind sounded the parched chirp of
crickets; the lofty fresh tops of the alamos rustled in a high languid
breeze; birds began to sing again.

Another gun wheeled into line, and the breech-block of the first clacked
again.  There came the snap of the trigger, but no roar.  The gunners
wrenched open the breech and hurled the smoking brass projectile on the
grass.  Bad shell.  I saw General Angeles in his faded brown sweater,
hatless, peering through the sight and cranking up the range.  Villa was
spurring his reluctant horse up to the caisson.  Cra—boom—shock!
Pi-i-i-e-e-eeuu!  The other gun this time.  We saw the shell burst
higher up the stony hill this time.  And then four booms floated to us,
and, simultaneously, the enemy’s shells, which had been exploding
desultorily over the line of trees nearest the city, marched out into
the open desert and leaped toward us in four tremendous explosions, each
nearer.  More guns had wheeled into line; others filed off to the right
along a diagonal of trees, and a long line of heavy trucks, plunging
mules, and cursing, shouting men choked up the dusty road to the rear.
The unlimbered mules jingled back and the drivers threw themselves,
exhausted, under the nearest chaparral.

The Federal shrapnel, well fired and excellently timed, was bursting now
only a few hundred yards in front of our line, and the minute boom of
their guns was almost incessant.  Crash—Wheeeeaa!  Over our heads,
snapping viciously in the leafy trees, sang the rain of lead.  Our guns
replied spasmodically.  The home-made shells, fashioned on converted
mining machinery in Chihuahua, were not reliable.  Galloped past stout
Captain Marinelli, the Italian soldier of fortune, steering as near the
newspapermen as possible, with a serious, Napoleonic look on his face.
He glanced once or twice at the camera man, smiling graciously, but the
latter coldly looked away.  With a workmanlike flourish he ordered the
wheeling of his gun into position and sighted it himself.  Just then a
shell burst deafeningly about a hundred yards in front.  The Federals
were getting the range.  Marinelli bounded away from his cannon, mounted
his horse, limbered up and came galloping dramatically back with his gun
rumbling along at a dead run behind.  None of the other guns had
retreated.  Puffing up his foaming charger in front of the camera man,
he flung himself to the ground and took a position.

"Now," he said, "you can take my picture!"

"Go to hell," said the camera man, and a great shout of laughter went up
along the line.

The high cracked note of a bugle thrilled through the racking roar.
Immediately mules dragging their jangling limbers appeared, and shouting
men.  The caissons snapped shut.

"Going down front," shouted Colonel Servin.  "Not hitting.  Too far away
here...."

And the long-halted line snapped taut and wound out into the open
desert, under the bursting shells.




                              *CHAPTER IX*

                                *BATTLE*


We returned along the winding path through the mesquite, crossed the
torn-up track, and struck out across the dusty plain southeastward.
Looking back along the railroad I could see smoke and the round front of
the first train miles away; and in front of it throngs of active little
dots swarming on the right of way, distorted like things seen in a wavy
mirror.  We strode along in a haze of thin dust.  The giant mesquite
dwindled until it scarcely reached to our knees.  To the right the tall
hill and the chimneys of the town swam tranquilly in the hot sun; rifle
fire had almost ceased for the moment, and only dazzling bursts of thick
white smoke marked our occasional shells along the ridge.  We could see
our drab guns rocking down the plain, spreading along the first line of
alamos, where the searching fingers of the enemy’s shrapnel probed
continually.  Little bodies of horsemen moved here and there over the
desert, and stragglers on foot, trailing their rifles.

An old peon, stooped with age and dressed in rags, crouched in the low
shrub gathering mesquite twigs.

"Say, friend," we asked him, "is there any way we can get in close to
see the fighting?"

He straightened up and stared at us.

"If you had been here as long as I have," said he, "you wouldn’t care
about seeing the fighting. _Carramba_!  I have seen them take Torreon
seven times in three years.  Sometimes they attack from Gomez Palacio
and sometimes from the mountains.  But it is always the same—war.  There
is something interesting in it for the young, but for us old people, we
are tired of war."  He paused and stared out over the plain. "Do you see
this dry ditch?  Well, if you will get down in it and follow along it
will lead you into the town."  And then, as an afterthought, he added
incuriously, "What party do you belong to?"

"The Constitutionalists."

"So.  First it was the Maderistas, and then the Orozquistas, and now
the—what did you call them? I am very old, and I have not long to live;
but this war—it teems to me that all it accomplishes is to let us go
hungry.  Go with God, señores."  And he bent again to his slow task,
while we descended into the arroyo.  It was a disused irrigation ditch
running a little south of west, its bottom covered with dusty weeds, and
the end of its straight length hidden from us by a sort of mirage that
looked like a glaring pool of water.  Stooped a little, so as to be
hidden from the outside, we walked along, it seemed, for hours, the
cracked bottom and dusty sides of the ditch reflecting the fierce heat
upon us until we were faint with it. Once horsemen passed quite near on
our right, their big iron spurs ringing; we crouched down until they
passed, for we didn’t want to take any chances.  Down in the ditch the
artillery fire sounded very faint and far away, but once I cautiously
lifted my head above the bank and discovered that we were very near the
first line of trees.  Shells were bursting along it, and I could even
see the belch of furious haze hurling out from the mouths of our cannon,
and feel the surf of sound-waves hit me like a blow when they fired.  We
were a good quarter of a mile in front of our artillery, and evidently
making for the water-tank on the very edge of the town.  As we stooped
again the shells passing overhead whined sharply and suddenly across the
arc of sky and were cut off abruptly until the sullen echoless booff! of
their explosion.  There ahead, where the railroad trestle of the main
line crossed the arroyo, huddled a little pile of bodies—evidently left
from the first attack.  Hardly one was bloody; their heads and hearts
were pierced with the clean, tiny holes of steel Mauser bullets.  They
lay limply, with the unearthly calm, lean faces of the dead.  Someone,
perhaps their own thrifty _compañeros_, had stripped them of arms,
shoes, hats and serviceable clothing.  One sleeping soldier, squatting
on the edge of the heap with his rifle across his knees, snored deeply.
Flies covered him—the dead hummed with them.  But the sun had not yet
affected them.  Another soldier leaned against the townward bank of the
ditch, his feet resting on a corpse, banging methodically away at
something he saw.  Under the shadow of the trestle four men sat playing
cards.  They played listlessly, without talking, their eyes red with
lack of sleep.  The heat was frightful.  Occasionally a stray bullet
came by screaming, "Where—is-s-s-z—ye!"  This strange company took our
appearance as a matter of course.  The sharpshooter doubled up out of
range and carefully put another cartridge-clip in his rifle.

"You haven’t got another drop of water in that canteen, have you?" he
asked.  "_Adio!_ we haven’t eaten or drunk since yesterday!"  He guzzled
the water, furtively watching the card players lest they, too, should be
thirsty.  "They say that we are to attack the water-tank and the Corral
again when the artillery is in position to support us.  Chi-_hua*hua
*hombre_! but it was _duro_ in the night!  They slaughtered us in the
streets there...."  He wiped his mouth on the back of his hand and began
firing again.  We lay beside him and looked over.  We were about two
hundred yards from the deadly water-tank.  Across the track and the wide
street beyond lay the brown mud-walls of the Brittingham Corral,
innocent looking enough now, with only black dots to show the double
line of loop-holes.

"There are the machine guns," said our friend.  "See them, those slim
barrels peeping over the edge?"  We couldn’t make them out.  Water-tank,
Corral and town lay sleeping in the beat.  Dust hovered still in the
air, making a thin haze.  About fifty yards in front of us was a shallow
exposed ditch, evidently once a Federal trench, for the dirt had been
piled on our side.  Two hundred drab, dusty soldiers lay in it now,
facing townward—the Constitutionalist infantry.  They were sprawled on
the ground, in all attitudes of weariness; some sleeping on their backs,
facing up to the hot sun; others wearily transferring the dirt with
their scooped hands from rear to front.  Before them they had piled up
irregular heaps of rocks.  Now infantry, in the Constitutionalist army,
is simply cavalry without horses; all Villa’s soldiers are mounted
except the artillery, and those for whom horses cannot be procured.

Of a sudden the artillery in our rear boomed all together, and over our
heads a dozen shells screamed toward the Cerro.

"That is the signal," said the man at our side.  He clambered down into
the ditch and kicked the sleeper. "Come on," he yelled.  "Wake up.
We’re going to attack the _pelones_."  The snorer groaned and opened his
eyes slowly.  He yawned and picked up his rifle without a word.  The
card players began to squabble about their winnings.  A violent dispute
broke out as to who owned the pack of cards.  Grumbling and still
arguing, they stumbled out and followed the sharpshooter up over the
edge of the ditch.

Rifle fire rang along the edge of the trench in front. The sleepers
flopped over on their stomachs behind their little shelters—their elbows
worked vigorously pumping the guns.  The hollow steel water-tank
resounded to the rain of thumping bullets; chips of adobe flew from the
wall of the Corral.  Instantly the wall bristled with shining barrels
and the two awoke crackling with hidden vicious firing.  Bullets roofed
the heavens with whistling steel—drummed the smoking dust up until a
yellow curtain of whirling cloud veiled us from the houses and the tank.
We could see our friend running low along the ground, the sleepy man
following, standing erect, still rubbing his eyes. Behind strung out the
gamblers, squabbling yet. Somewhere in the rear a bugle blew.  The
sharpshooter running in front stopped suddenly, swaying, as if he had
run against a solid wall.  His left leg doubled under him and he sank
crazily to one knee in the exposed flat, whipping up his rifle with a
yell.

"—— —— the dirty monkeys!" he screamed, firing rapidly into the dust.
"I’ll show the ———!  The cropped heads!  The jail-birds!"  He shook his
head impatiently, like a dog with a hurt ear.  Blood drops flew from it.
Bellowing with rage, he shot the rest of his clip, and then slumped to
the ground and thrashed to and fro for a minute.  The others passed him
with scarcely a look.  Now the trench was boiling with men scrambling to
their feet, like worms when you turn over a log.  The rifle fire rattled
shrilly.  From behind us came running feet, and men in sandals, with
blankets over their shoulders, came falling and slipping down the ditch,
and scrambling up the other side—hundreds of them, it seemed....

They almost hid from us the front, but through the dust and the spaces
between running logs we could see the soldiers in the trench leap their
barricade like a breaking wave.  And then the impenetrable dust shut
down and the fierce stabbing needle of the machine guns sewed the mighty
jumble of sounds together.  A glimpse through a rift in the cloud torn
by a sudden hot gust of wind—we could see the first brown line of men
reeling altogether like drunkards, and the machine guns over the wall
spitting sharp, dull red in the sunshine.  Then a man came running back
out of it, the sweat streaming down his face, without a gun.  He ran
fast, half sliding, half falling, down into our ditch and up the other
side.  Other dim forms loomed up in the dust ahead.

"What is it?  How is it going?" I cried.

He answered nothing, but ran on.  Suddenly and terribly the monstrous
crash and scream of shrapnel burst from the turmoil ahead.  The enemy’s
artillery! Mechanically I listened for our guns.  Except for an
occasional boom they were silent.  Our home-made shells were failing
again.  Two more shrapnel shells. Out of the dust-cloud men came running
back—singly, in pairs, in groups, a stampeding mob.  They fell over us,
around us—drowned us in a human flood, shouting "To the alamos!  To the
trains!  The Federation is coming!"  We struggled up among them and ran,
too, straight up the railroad track....  Behind us roared the shells
searching in the dust, and the tearing musketry.  And then we noticed
that all the wide roadway ahead was filled with galloping horsemen,
yelling shrill Indian cries and waving their rifles—the main column! We
stood to one side as they whirled past, about five hundred of
them—watched them stoop in their saddles and begin to shoot.  The
drumming of their horses’ hoofs was like thunder.

"Better not go in there!  It’s too hot!" cried one of the infantry with
a grin.

"Well, I’ll bet I’m hotter," answered a horseman, and we all laughed.
We walked tranquilly back along the railroad track, while the firing
behind wound up to a continuous roar.  A group of peons—_pacificos_—in
tall sombreros, blankets and white cotton blouses, stood along here with
folded arms, looking down the track toward town.

"Look out there, friends," joshed a soldier.  "Don’t stand there.
You’ll get hit."

The peons looked at each other and grinned feebly. "But, señor," said
one, "this is where we always stand when there is a battle."

A little farther along I came upon an officer—a German—wandering along,
leading his horse by the bridle. "I cannot ride him any more," he said
to me earnestly. "He is quite too tired.  I am afraid he will die if he
does not sleep."  The horse, a big chestnut stallion, stumbled and
swayed as he walked.  Enormous tears trickled from his half-shut eyes
and rolled down his nose....

I was dead tired, reeling from lack of sleep and food and the terrible
heat of the sun.  About half a mile out I looked back and saw the
enemy’s shrapnel poking into the line of trees more frequently than
ever.  They seemed to have thoroughly got the range.  And just then I
saw the gray line of guns, limbered to their mules, begin to crawl out
from the trees toward the rear at four or five different points.  Our
artillery had been shelled out of their positions....  I threw myself
down to rest in the shade of a big mesquite bush.

Almost immediately a change seemed to come in the sound of the rifle
fire, as if half of it had been suddenly cut off.  At the same time
twenty bugles shrilled. Rising, I noticed a line of running horsemen
fleeing up the track, shouting something.  More followed, galloping, at
the place where the railroad passed beyond the trees on its way into
town.  The cavalry had been repulsed.  All at once the whole plain
squirmed with men, mounted and on foot, all running rearward.  One man
threw away his blanket, another his rifle.  They thickened over the hot
desert, stamping up the dust, until the flat was crowded with them.
Right in front of me a horseman burst out of the brush, shouting, "The
Federals are coming!  To the trains!  They are right behind!"  The
entire Constitutionalist army was routed! I caught up my blanket and
took to my heels.  A little way farther on I came upon a cannon
abandoned in the desert, traces cut, mules gone.  Underfoot were guns,
cartridge-belts and dozens of serapes.  It was a rout.  Coming to an
open space, I saw ahead a large crowd of fleeing soldiers, without
rifles.  Suddenly three men on horseback swept across in front of them,
waving their arms and yelling.  "Go back!" they cried. "They aren’t
coming out!  Go back for the love of God!"  Two I didn’t recognize.  The
other was Villa.




                              *CHAPTER X*

                           *BETWEEN ATTACKS*


About a mile back the flight was stopped.  I met the soldiers coming
back, with the relieved expression of men who have feared an unknown
danger and been suddenly set free from it.  That was always Villa’s
power—he could explain things to the great mass of ordinary people in a
way that they immediately understood.  The Federals, as usual, had
failed to take advantage of their opportunity to inflict a lasting
defeat upon the Constitutionalists.  Perhaps they feared an ambush like
the one Villa had arranged at Mapula, when the victorious Federals
sallied out to pursue Villa’s fleeing army after the first attack on
Chihuahua, and were repulsed with heavy slaughter. Anyway, they did not
come out.  The men came straggling back, hunting in the mesquite for
their guns and blankets, and for other people’s guns and blankets. You
could hear them shouting and joking all over the plain.  "_Oija_!  Where
are you going with that rifle? That’s my water-bag!  I dropped my serape
right here by this bush, and now it’s gone!"

"O Juan," cried one man to another, "I always told you I could beat you
running!"

"But you didn’t, _compadre_.  I was a hundred meters ahead, flying
through the air like a cannon ball!..."

The truth was that after riding twelve hours the day before, fighting
all night, and all morning in the blazing sun, under the frightful
strain of charging an intrenched force in the face of artillery and
machine guns, without food, water or sleep, the army’s nerve had
suddenly given way.  But from the time that they returned after the
flight the ultimate result was never in doubt.  The psychological crisis
was past....

Now the rifle fire had altogether ceased, and even cannon shots from the
enemy were few and far between. At the ditch under the first line of
trees our men entrenched themselves; the artillery had withdrawn to the
second line of trees—a mile back; and under the grateful shade the men
threw themselves heavily down and slept.  The strain had snapped.  As
the sun rose toward noon the desert, hill and town throbbed silently in
the intense heat.  Sometimes an exchange of shots far to the right or
left told where the outposts were exchanging compliments.  But even that
soon stopped.  In the cotton and cornfields to the north, among the
sprouting green things, insects chirped.  The birds sang no more because
of the heat. It was breathless.  The leaves stirred in no wind.

Here and there little fires smoked, where the soldiers rolled
_tortillas_ from the scanty flour they had brought in their
saddle-bags—and those who didn’t have any swarmed around, begging a
crumb.  Everybody simply and generously divided the food.  I was hailed
from a dozen fires with "Hey, _compañero_, have you breakfasted? Here is
a piece of my _tortilla_.  Come and eat!"  Rows of men lay flat on their
stomachs along the irrigation ditch, scooping up the dirty water in
their palms.  Three or four miles back we could see the cannon-car and
the first two trains, opposite the big ranch of El Verjel, with the
tireless repair gang hard at it in the hot sun.  The provision train had
not come up yet....

Little Colonel Servin came by, perched on an immense bay horse, still
dapper and fresh after the terrible work of the night.

"I don’t know what we shall do yet," he said.  "Only the General knows
that, and he never tells.  But we shall not assault again until the
Brigada Zaragosa returns.  Benavides has had a hard battle over there at
Sacramento—two hundred and fifty of ours killed, they say.  And the
General has sent for General Robles and General Contreras, who have been
attacking from the south, to bring up all their men and join him
here.... They say, though, that we are going to deliver a night attack
next, so that their artillery won’t be effective...."  He galloped on.

About midday thin columns of sluggish, dirty smoke began to rise from
several points in the town, and toward afternoon a slow, hot wind
brought to us the faintly sickening smell of crude oil mingled with
scorched human flesh.  The Federals were burning piles of the dead....

We walked back to the trains and stormed General Benavides’ private car
in the Brigada Zaragosa train. The major in charge had them cook us
something to eat in the General’s kitchen.  We ate ravenously, and
afterward went over along the line of trees and slept for hours.  Late
in the afternoon we started once more for the front.  Hundreds of
soldiers and peons of the neighborhood, ravenously hungry, prowled
around the trains, hoping to pick up discarded food, or slops, or
anything at all to eat.  They were ashamed of themselves, however, and
affected a sauntering indolence when we passed.  I remember that we sat
for a while talking with some soldiers on the top of a box-car, when a
boy, criss-crossed with cartridge-belts and lugging a huge rifle, came
past beneath, his eyes searching the ground.  A stale _tortilla_, half
rotting, crunched into the dirt by many passing feet, caught his
attention.  He pounced upon it and bit a piece out.  Then he looked up
and saw us.  "As if I were dying of hunger!" he said scornfully and
tossed it away with contempt....


Down in the shade of the alamos, across the ditch from San Ramon, the
Canadian Captain Treston was bivouacked with his machine gun battery.
The guns and their heavy tripods were unloaded from the mules, and all
around lay the unlimbered field-pieces, their animals grazing in the
rich green fields, the men squatted around their fires or lying
stretched out on the bank of the ditch.  Treston waved an ashy
_tortilla_ he was munching and bawled, "Say, Reed! Please come here and
interpret for me!  I can’t find my interpreters, and if we go into
action I’ll be in a hell of a fix!  You see I don’t know the damn
language, and when I came down here Villa hired two interpreters to go
around with me all the time.  And I can’t ever find the sons-of-guns;
they always go off and leave me in a hole!"

I took part of the proffered delicacy and asked him if he thought there
was any chance of going into action.

"I think we’ll go in to-night as soon as it’s dark," he answered.  "Do
you want to go along with the machine guns and interpret?"  I said I
did.

A ragged man near the fire, whom I had never seen before, rose and came
across smiling.

"I thought when I looked at you that you seemed to be an hombre who
hadn’t tasted tobacco for a while. Will you take half my cigarette?"
Before I could protest he produced a lop-sided brown cigarette and tore
it across in two pieces....

The sun went gloriously down behind the notched purple mountains in
front of us, and for a minute a clear fan of quivering light poured up
the high arc of stainless sky.  The birds awoke in the trees; leaves
rustled.  The fertile land exhaled a pearly mist.  A dozen ragged
soldiers, lying close together, began to improvise the air and words of
a song about the battle of Torreon—a new ballad was being born....
Other singing came to us through the still, cool dusk.  I felt my whole
feeling going out to these gentle, simple people—so lovable they
were....

It was just after I had been to the ditch for a drink that Treston said
casually: "By the way, one of our men found this floating in the ditch a
little while ago. I can’t read Spanish, so I didn’t know what the word
meant.  You see the water from these ditches all comes from the river
inside the town, so I thought it might be a Federal paper."  I took it
from his hand.  It was a little folded white piece of wet paper, like
the corner and front of a package.  In large black letters was printed
on the front, "_ARSENICO_," and in smaller type, "_Cuidado_!  _Veneno_!"
"Arsenic.  Beware!  Poison!"

"Look here," I demanded, sitting up suddenly.  "Have there been any sick
people around here this evening?"

"That’s funny you’re asking," he said.  "A good many of the men have had
bad cramps in the stomach, and I don’t feel altogether well.  Just
before you came a mule suddenly keeled over and died in that next field,
and a horse across the ditch.  Fatigue or sunstroke, probably...."

Fortunately the ditch carried a large body of swiftly running water, so
the danger was not great.  I explained to him that the Federals had
poisoned the ditch.

"My God," said Treston.  "Perhaps that is what they were trying to tell
me.  About twenty people have come up to me and said something about
_envenenado_. What does that mean?"

"That’s what it means," I answered.  "Where can we get about a quart of
strong coffee?"  We found a great can of it at the nearest fire and felt
better.

"O yes, we knew," said the men.  "That is why we watered the animals at
the other ditch.  We heard long ago.  They say that ten horses are dead
down in front, and that many men are rolling very sick on the ground."

An officer on horseback rode by, shouting that we were all to go back to
El Verjel and camp there beside the trains for the night; that the
general had said that everyone but the advance guards were to get a good
night’s sleep out of the zone of fire, and that the commissary train had
come up and was just behind the hospital train.  Bugles sounded, and the
men struggled up off the ground, catching mules, fastening their harness
on amid shouting and braying and jingling, saddling horses and limbering
guns.  Treston got on his pony and I walked along beside him.  So there
was to be no night attack then.  It was now almost dark. Across the
ditch we fell in with the shadowy forms of a company of soldiers
trotting northward, all muffling blankets and big hats and ringing
spurs.  They hailed me.  "Hey, _compañero_, where’s your horse?"  I
admitted I had none.  "Jump up behind me then," chimed in five or six
altogether.  One pulled up right beside me and I mounted with him.  We
jogged on through the mesquite and across a dim, lovely field.  Someone
began to sing and two more joined in.  A round, full moon bubbled up in
the clear night.

"_Oiga_, how do you say ’_mula_’ in English?" asked my horseman.

"G—— d—— stubborn-fathead-mule," I told him. And for days after entire
strangers would stop me and ask me, with roars of laughter, how the
Americans said "_mula_."...

Around the ranch of El Verjel the army was encamped.  We rode into a
field dotted with fires, where aimless soldiers wandered around in the
dark, shouting to know where the Brigada Gonzales-Ortega was, or José
Rodriguez’s _gente_, or the _amitrailladoras_. Townward the artillery
was unlimbering in a wide, alert half-circle, guns pointing south.  To
the east, the camp of Benavides’ Brigada Zaragosa, just arrived from
Sacramento, made an immense glow in the sky.  From the direction of the
provision train a long ant-like file of men bore sacks of flour, coffee,
and packages of cigarettes....  A hundred different singing choruses
swelled up into the night....

It comes to my mind with particular vividness how I saw a poor poisoned
horse suddenly double up and fall, thrashing; how we passed a man bent
to the ground in the darkness, vomiting violently; how, after I had
rolled up on the ground in my blankets, terrible cramps suddenly
wrenched me, and I crawled out a way into the brush and didn’t have the
strength to crawl back. In fact, until gray dawn, I "rolled very sick on
the ground."




                              *CHAPTER XI*

                         *AN OUTPOST IN ACTION*


Tuesday, early in the morning, the army was in motion again toward the
front, straggling down the track and across the field.  Four hundred
raging demons sweated and hammered at the ruined track; the foremost
train had made half a mile in the night.  Horses were plenty that
morning, and I bought one, saddle and all, for seventy-five pesos—about
fifteen dollars in gold.  Trotting down by San Ramon, I fell in with two
wild-looking horsemen, in high sombreros, with little printed pictures
of Our Lady of Guadelupe sewed on the crowns.  They said they were going
out to an outpost upon the extreme right wing, near the mountains above
Lerdo, where their company was posted to hold a hill.  Why should I want
to come with them?  Who was I, anyway?  I showed them my pass, signed by
Francisco Villa.  They were still hostile.  "Francisco Villa is nothing
to us,", they said.  "And how do we know whether this is his name,
written by him?  We are of the Brigada Juarez, Calixto Contreras’
_gente_."  But after a short consultation the taller grunted, "Come."

We left the protection of the trees, striking out diagonally across the
ramparted cotton-fields, due west, straight for a steep, high hill that
already quivered in the heat.  Between us and the suburbs of Gomez
Palacio stretched a barren, flat plain, covered with low mesquite and
cut by dry irrigation ditches.  The Cerro de la Pila, with its murderous
concealed artillery, lay perfectly quiet, except that up one side of it,
so clear was the air, we could make out a little knot of figures
dragging what looked like a cannon.  Just outside of the nearest houses
some horsemen were riding around; we immediately struck north, making a
wide detour, carefully on the watch, for this intermediate ground was
overrun by pickets and scouting parties.  About a mile beyond, almost
along the foot of the hill, ran the high road from the north to Lerdo.
We reconnoitered this carefully from the brush.  A peasant passed
whistling, driving a flock of goats.  On the very edge of this road,
under a bush, was an earthen jar full of milk. Without the least
hesitation the first soldier drew his revolver and shot.  The jar split
into a hundred pieces—milk spurting everywhere.

"Poisoned," he said briefly.  "The first company stationed over here
drank some of that stuff.  Four died."  We rode on.

Up on the hill crest a few black figures squatted, their rifles tilted
against their knees.  My companions waved to them, and we turned north
along the bank of a little river that unrolled a narrow strip of green
grass in the midst of desolation.  The outpost was camped on both sides
of the water, in a sort of meadow.  I asked where the colonel was, and
finally found him stretched out in the shade of a tent that he had made
by hanging his serape over a bush.

"Get down from your horse, friend," he said.  "I am glad to welcome you
here.  My house" (pointing quizzically to the roof of his tent) "is at
your disposal. Here are cigarettes.  There is meat cooking on the fire."
Upon the meadow, fully saddled, grazed the horses of the troop, about
fifty of them.  The men sprawled on the grass in the shade of the
mesquite, chatting and playing cards.  This was a different breed of men
from the well-armed, well-mounted, comparatively disciplined troops of
Villa’s army.  They were simply peons who had risen in arms, like my
friends of La Tropa—a tough, happy race of mountaineers and cowboys,
among whom were many who had been bandits in the old days.  Unpaid,
ill-clad, undisciplined—their officers merely the bravest among
them—armed only with aged Springfields and a handful of cartridges
apiece, they had fought almost continuously for three years.  For four
months they, and the irregular troops of such guerrilla chiefs as Urbina
and Robles, had held the advance around Torreon, fighting almost daily
with Federal outposts and suffering all the hardships of the campaign,
while the main army garrisoned Chihuahua, and Juarez.  These ragged men
were the bravest soldiers in Villa’s army.

I had lain there about fifteen minutes, watching the beef sizzle in the
flames and satisfying the eager curiosity of a crowd as to my curious
profession, when there was a sound of galloping, and a voice, "They’re
coming out of Lerdo!  To horse!"

Half a hundred men reluctantly, and in a leisurely manner, made for
their horses.  The colonel rose, yawning.  He stretched.

"—— —— the animals of Federals!" he growled. "They stay on our minds all
the time.  You never have time to think of more pleasant things.  It’s a
shame they won’t let us even eat our dinner!"

We were mounted soon, trotting down the bank of the stream.  Far in
front sounded the pin-pricking rifles.  Instinctively, without order, we
broke into a gallop; through the streets of a little village, where the
_pacificos_ stood on the roofs of their houses, looking off to the
south, little bundles of their belongings beside them so they could flee
if the battle went against us, for the Federals cruelly punish villages
which have harbored the enemy.  Beyond lay the stony little hill. We got
off our horses, and throwing the reins over their heads, climbed on
foot.  About a dozen men already lay there, shooting spasmodically in
the direction of the green bank of trees behind which lay Lerdo.  Unseen
scattering shots ripped from the blank desert between. About half a mile
away small brown figures dodged around in the brush.  A thin dust-cloud
showed where another detachment was marching slowly north in their rear.

"We already got one sure, and another one in the leg," said a soldier,
spitting.

"How many do you make them out?" asked the colonel.

"About two hundred."

The Colonel stood bolt upright, carelessly looking out over the sunny
plain.  Immediately a roll of shots swept along their front.  A bullet
chirped overhead. Already the men had gone to work, unordered.  Each
soldier picked out a smooth place to lie and piled up a little heap of
stones in front to shield him.  They lay down grunting, loosening their
belts and taking off their coats to be perfectly comfortable; then they
began slowly and methodically to shoot.

"There goes another," announced the Colonel. "Yours, Pedro."

"Not Pedro’s at all," interrupted another man fretfully.  "I got him."

"O the devil you did," snapped Pedro.  They quarreled....

The firing from the desert was now pretty general, and we could see the
Federals slipping toward us under the protection of every bush and
arroyo.  Our men fired slowly and carefully, aiming a long time before
they pulled the trigger, for the months with scanty ammunition around
Torreon had made them economical. But now every hill and bush along our
line held a little knot of sharpshooters, and looking back on the wide
flats and fields between the hill and the railroad, I saw innumerable
single horsemen and squads of them spurring through the brush.  In ten
minutes we would have five hundred men with us.

The rifle fire along the line swelled and deepened until there was a
solid mile of it.  The Federals had stopped; now the dust-clouds began
slowly to move backward in the direction of Lerdo.  The fire from the
desert slackened.  And then, from nowhere, we suddenly saw the
broad-winged vultures sailing, serene and motionless, in the blue....


The Colonel, his men and I democratically ate lunch in the shade of the
village houses.  Our meat was, of course, scorched, so we had to do the
best we could with jerked beef and _piñole_, which seems to be cinnamon
and bran, ground fine.  I never enjoyed a meal so.... And when I left
the men made up a double handful of cigarettes as a present.

Said the Colonel: "_Amigo_, I am sorry that we had not time for a talk
together.  There are many things I want to ask you about your
country—whether it is true, for example, that in your cities men have
entirely lost the use of their legs and don’t ride horseback in the
streets, but are borne about in automobiles.  I had a brother once who
worked on the railroad track near Kansas City, and he told me wonderful
things. But a man called him ’greaser’ one day and shot him without that
my brother did anything to him.  Why is it your people don’t like
Mexicans?  I like many Americans.  I like you.  Here is a gift for you."
He unbuckled one of his huge iron spurs, inlaid with silver, and gave it
to me.  "But we never had any time here for talk.  These —— always annoy
us, and then we have to get up and kill a few of them before we can have
a moment’s peace...."

Under the alamo trees I found one of the photographers and a
moving-picture man.  They were lying flat on their backs near a fire,
around which squatted twenty soldiers, gorging ravenously flour
_tortillas_, meat and coffee.  One proudly displayed a silver
wrist-watch.

"That used to be my watch," explained the photographer.  "You see we
hadn’t had anything to eat for two days, and when we came past here
these boys called us and gave us the most magnificent feed I have ever
tasted.  After that I just couldn’t help giving them a present!"

The soldiers had accepted the gift communally and were agreeing that
each should wear it for two hours; from then on until the end of
life....




                             *CHAPTER XII*

                        *CONTRERAS’ MEN ASSAULT*


Wednesday my friend the photographer and I were wandering across a field
when Villa came by on his horse.  He looked tired, dirty, but happy.
Reining up in front of us, the motions of his body as easy and graceful
as a wolf’s, he grinned and said, "Well, boys, how is it going now?"

We answered that we were perfectly contented.

"I haven’t time to worry about you, so you must be careful not to go
into danger.  It is bad—the wounded. Hundreds.  They are brave, those
_muchachos_; the bravest people in the world.  But," he continued
delightedly, "you must go and see the hospital train. There is something
fine for you to write your papers about...."

And truly it was a magnificent thing to see.  The hospital train lay
right behind the work train now. Forty box-cars, enameled inside,
stenciled on the side with a big blue cross and the legend, "Servicio
Sanitario," handled the wounded as they came from the front.  They were
fitted inside with the latest surgical appliances and manned by sixty
competent American and Mexican doctors.  Every night shuttle trains
carried the seriously hurt back to the base hospitals at Chihuahua and
Parral.

We went down through San Ramon and beyond the end of the line of trees
out across the desert.  It was already stinging hot.  In front a snake
of rifle fire unfolded along the line, and then a machine gun,
"spat—spat—spat!"  As we emerged into the open a lone Mauser began
cracking down to the right somewhere. We paid no attention to it at
first, but pretty soon we noticed that there was a little plumping sound
on the ground around us—puffs of dust flew up every few minutes.

"By God," said the photographer.  "Some beggar’s sniping at us."

Instinctively we both sprinted.  The rifle shots came faster.  It was a
long distance across the plain.  After a little we reduced it to a
jog-trot.  Finally we walked along, with the dust spurting up as before,
and a feeling that, after all, it wouldn’t do any good to run. Then we
forgot it....

Half an hour later we crept through the brush a quarter of a mile from
the outskirts of Gomez and came upon a tiny ranch of six or eight adobe
huts, with a street running between.  In the lee of one of the houses
lounged and sprawled about sixty of Contreras’ ragged fighters.  They
were playing cards and talking lazily. Down the street, just around the
corner, which pointed straight as a die toward the Federal positions, a
storm of bullets swept continually, whipping up the dust. These men had
been on duty at the front all night.  The countersign had been "no
hats," and they were bare-headed in the broiling sun.  They had had no
sleep and no food, and there wasn’t any water for half a mile.

"There is a Federal cuartel up ahead there that is firing," explained a
boy about twelve years old.  "We’ve got orders to attack when the
artillery comes."

An old man squatting against the wall asked me where I came from.  I
said New York.

"Well," he said, "I don’t know anything about New York, but I’ll bet you
don’t see such fine cattle going through the streets as you see in the
streets of Jiminez."

"You don’t see any cattle in the streets of New York," I said.

He looked at me incredulously.  "What, no cattle? You mean to tell me
that they don’t drive cattle through the streets up there?  Or sheep?"

I said they didn’t.  He looked at me as if he thought I was a great
liar; then he cast his eyes on the ground and thought deeply.

"Well," he pronounced finally, "then I don’t want to go there!..."

Two skylarking boys started a game of tag; in a minute twenty full-grown
men were chasing each other around in great glee.  The card players had
one short deck of torn cards, and at least eight people were trying to
play some game and arguing about the rules at the top of their voices,
or perhaps there weren’t enough cards to go around.  Four or five had
crawled into the shade of the house, singing satirical love songs.  All
this time the steady infernal din up ahead never relented, and the
bullets spattered in the dust like rain drops.  Occasionally one of the
men would slouch over, poke his rifle around the corner and fire....

We stayed there about half an hour.  Then two gray cannons came
rocketing out of the brush behind and wheeled into position in a dry
ditch seventy-five yards away on the left.

"I guess we’re going in a minute," said the boy.

At that moment three men galloped up from the rear, evidently officers.
They were entirely exposed to rifle fire over the roofs of the huts, but
jerked up their horses with the shots yelling all around, contemptuous
of them.  The first to speak was Fierro, the superb great animal of a
man who had murdered Benton.

He sneered down at the ragged soldiers from his saddle.  "Well, this is
a fine-looking crowd to take a city with," he said.  "But we’ve got
nobody else down here.  Go in when you hear the bugle."  Pulling cruelly
on the bit, so that his big horse reared straight up and whirled on his
hind legs, Fierro galloped off rearward, saying as he went, "Useless,
those simple fools of Contreras——"

"Death to the Butcher!" said a man furiously. "That murderer killed my
_compadre_ in the streets of Durango—for no crime or insult!  My
_compadre_ was very drunk, walking in front of the theater.  He asked
Fierro what time it was, and Fierro said, You ——! How dare you speak to
me before I speak to you first——"

But the bugle was blowing, and up they got, grabbing their guns.  The
tag game tried to stop, but couldn’t.  Furious card players were
accusing each other of stealing the deck.

"_Oiga_, Fidencio!" cried one soldier.  "I’ll bet you my saddle I come
back and you don’t!  This morning I won a nice bridle from Juan——"

"All right!  _Muy bien_!  My new pinto horse...."

Laughing, joking, rollicking, they swept out of the shelter of the
houses into the rain of steel.  They scuttled awkwardly up the street,
like little brown animals unused to running.  Billowing dust veiled them
and a hell of noise....




                             *CHAPTER XIII*

                            *A NIGHT ATTACK*


Two or three of us had a sort of camp beside the ditch far up along the
alamos.  Our car, with its food supply, clothes and blankets, was still
twenty miles back.  Most of the time we went without meals.  When we
could manage to beg a few cans of sardines or some flour from the
commissary train we were lucky.  Wednesday one of the crowd had managed
to get hold of tinned salmon, coffee, crackers and a big package of
cigarettes; and as we cooked dinner Mexican after Mexican, passing on
his way to the front, dismounted and joined us.  After the most
elaborate exchange of courtesies, in which we had to persuade our guest
to eat hugely of the dinner we had painfully foraged for ourselves, and
he had to comply out of politeness, he would mount and ride away without
gratitude, though full of friendliness.

We stretched out on the bank in the golden twilight, smoking.  The first
train, headed by a flat-car upon which was mounted the cannon "El Niño,"
had now reached a point opposite the end of the second line of
trees—scarcely a mile from town.  As far as you could see ahead of her,
the repair gang toiled on the track. All at once there came a terrific
boom, and a little puff of smoke lifted from the front of the train.
Far cheering scattered among the trees and fields.  "El Niño," the
darling of the army, had got within range at last. Now the Federals
would sit up and take notice.  She was a three-inch gun—the largest we
had....  Later we found out that an exploratory engine had sallied forth
from the Gomez roundhouse, and that a shot from "El Niño" had hit her
square in the middle of the boiler and blown her up....

We were to attack that night, they said, and long after dark I got on my
horse, Bucephalus, and rode down front.  The sign was "Herrera" and the
countersign "Chihuahua number four."  So as to be sure of recognition as
one of "ours," the command was to pin your hat up behind.  Everywhere
the strictest orders had been sent out that no fires should be lit in
the "zone of fire," and that anyone striking a match until the battle
began should be shot by the sentries.

Bucephalus and I jogged slowly along in the moonless and absolutely
silent night.  Nowhere was there a light or a stir all over the vast
plain before Gomez, except the far hammering of the tireless repair gang
working on the track.  In the town itself the electric lights shone
brightly, and even a street car bound for Lerdo lost itself behind the
Cerro de la Fila.

Then I heard a tiny murmuring of human voices in the darkness near the
ditch ahead—evidently an outpost.

"_Quien vive?_" came a shout.  And before I had a chance to answer,
BANG!  He fired.  The bullet went past my head.  _Biou!_

"No, no, you fool," drawled an exasperated voice. "Don’t shoot as soon
as you challenge!  Wait until he gives the wrong answer!  Listen to me,
now."  This time the formality was satisfactory to both sides and the
officer said, "_Pase Usted!_"  But I could hear the original sentry
growling, "Well, I don’t see what difference it makes.  I never hit
anybody when I shoot...."

Feeling my way carefully through the darkness, I stumbled into the
rancho of San Ramon.  I knew that the _pacificos_ had all fled, so it
surprised me to see light shining around the chinks of a door.  I was
thirsty and didn’t care to trust the ditch.  I called.  A woman
appeared, with a little brood of four babies clinging to her skirts.
She brought water, and all of a sudden burst out with, "O señor, do you
know where the guns of the Brigada Zaragosa are?  My man is there, and I
haven’t seen him for seven days."

"Then you are not a _pacifico_?"

"Truly I am not," she returned indignantly, pointing to her children.
"We belong to the artillery."

Down front the army lay stretched along the ditch at the foot of the
first line of trees.  In absolute darkness they whispered to each other,
waiting until the word of Villa to the advance guard a quarter of a mile
ahead should precipitate the first rifle shots.

"Where are your rifles?" I asked.

"This brigade is to use no rifles to-night," answered a voice.  "Over on
the left, where they are to attack the intrenchments, there are rifles.
But we must capture the Brittingham Corral to-night, and rifles are no
good.  We are Contreras’ men, the Brigada Juarez. See, we have orders to
walk up to the walls and throw these bombs inside!"  He held out the
bomb.  It was made of a short stick of dynamite sewed in a strip of
cowhide, with a fuse stuck in one end.  He went on: "General Robles’
_gente_ are over there on the right. They, too, have _granados_, but
rifles also.  They are going to assault the Cerro de la Pila...."

And now down the warm, still night came suddenly the sound of heavy
firing from the direction of Lerdo, where Maclovio Herrera was going in
with his brigade. Almost simultaneously from dead ahead rifle fire awoke
sputtering.  A man came down the line with a lighted cigar glowing like
a firefly in the hollow of his hands.

"Light your cigarettes from this," he said, "and don’t set fire to your
fuses until you’re right up under the wall."

"Captain, _carramba_!  It’s going to be very, very _duro_!  How shall we
know the right time?"

Another voice, deep, rough, spoke up in the dark.

"I’ll tell you.  Just come along with me."

A whispered, smothered shout of "Viva Villa!" burst from them.  On foot,
holding a lighted cigar in one hand—for he never smoked—and a bomb in
the other, the General climbed the bank of the ditch and plunged into
the brush, the others pouring after him....

All along the line now the rifle fire roared, though down behind the
trees I could see nothing of the attack. The artillery was silent, the
troops being too close together in the dark to permit the use of
shrapnel by either side.  I rode back and over to the right, where I
climbed my horse up the steep ditch bank.  From there I could see the
dancing tiny fires of the guns at Lerdo, and scattered spurts like a
string of jewels all along our front.  Over to the extreme left a new
and deeper noise told where Benavides was making a demonstration against
Torreon proper with quick-firing guns.  I stood tensely awaiting the
attack.

It came with the force of an explosion.  In the direction of the
Brittingham Corral, which I could not see, the syncopated rhythm of four
machine guns and a continuous inhuman blast of volleying rifles made the
previous noise seem like the deepest silence.  A quick glare reddened
the heaven above, and then the shocking detonations of dynamite.  I
could imagine the yelling savages sweeping up the street against that
withering flame, wavering, pausing, struggling on again, with Villa just
in front, talking to them back over his shoulder, as he always did.  Now
more furious firing over to the right indicated that the attack against
the Cerro de la Pila had reached the foot of the hill.  And all at once
on the far end of the ridge toward Lerdo, there were flashes.  Maclovio
must have taken Lerdo!  Lo! All at once appeared a magical sight.  Up
the steep slope of the Cerro, around three sides of it, slowly rose a
ring of fierce light.  It was the steady flame of rifle fire from the
attackers.  The summit, too, streamed fire, which intensified as the
ring converged toward it, raggeder now.  A bright glare burst from the
top—then another.  A second later arrived the dreadful reports of
cannon.  They were opening upon the little line of climbing men with
artillery!  But still they rose upon the black hill.  The ring of flame
was broken now in many places, but it never faltered.  So until it
seemed to merge with the venomous spitting blaze at the summit.  Then
all at once it seemed to wither completely, and little single fireflies
kept dropping down the slope—all that were left.  And when I thought
that all was lost, and marveled at the useless heroism of these peons
who walked up a hill in the face of artillery, behold!  The ring of
flame was creeping slowly upward again....  That night they attacked the
Cerro seven times on foot, and at every attack seven-eighths of them
were killed....  All this time the infernal roaring and the play of red
light over the Corral did not stop.  Occasionally there seemed to come a
lull, but it recommenced only more terribly. They assaulted the Corral
eight times....  The morning that I entered Gomez, although the Federals
had been steadily burning bodies for three days, they were so thick in
the wide space before the Brittingham Corral that I could hardly ride
through on horseback, and around the Cerro were seven distinct ridges of
rebel dead....

The wounded began creeping through the plain obscurely in the dense
darkness.  Their cries and groans could be distinctly heard, though the
battle noise drowned every other sound—you could even hear the rustle of
the bushes as they crept through, and their dragging feet on the sand.
A horseman passed along the path below me, cursing furiously that he
must leave the battle because his arm was broken, and weeping between
curses.  Then came a footman, who sat at the foot of my bank and nursed
a hand, talking without cessation about all sorts of things to keep from
a nervous breakdown.

"How brave we Mexicans are," he said drolly. "Killing each other like
this!..."

I soon went back to camp, sick with boredom.  A battle is the most
boring thing in the world if it lasts any length of time.  It is all the
same....  And in the morning I went to get the news at headquarters. We
had captured Lerdo, but the Cerro, the Corral and the cuartel were still
the enemy’s.  All that slaughter for nothing!




                             *CHAPTER XIV*

                      *THE FALL OF GOMEZ PALACIO*


"El Niño" was now within half a mile of the town, and the workmen of the
repair gang labored on the last stretch of track under heavy shrapnel
fire.  The two cannon on the front of the trains bore all the brunt of
their artillery, and bravely did they return the fire—so well, in fact,
that after one Federal shell had killed ten workmen, "El Niño’s" captain
put two guns on the Cerro out of action.  So the Federals left the
trains alone and turned their attention to shelling Herrera out of
Lerdo.

The Constitutionalist army was terribly shattered.  In the four days’
fighting about a thousand men had been killed and almost two thousand
more wounded.  Even the excellent hospital train was inadequate to
handle the wounded.  Out on the wide plain where we were the faint smell
of dead bodies pervaded everything. In Gomez it must have been horrible.
Thursday the smoke from twenty funeral pyres stained the sky.  But Villa
was more determined than ever.  Gomez must be taken, and quickly.  He
didn’t have ammunition or supplies enough for a siege, and, moreover,
his name was a legend already with the enemy—wherever Pancho Villa
appeared in battle, they had begun to believe it lost. And the effect on
his own troops was most important, too.  So he scheduled another night
attack.

"The track is all repaired," reported Calzado, Superintendent of the
Railways.

"Good," said Villa.  "Bring up all the trains from the rear to-night,
because we’re going into Gomez in the morning!"

Night fell; breathless, silent night, with a sound of frogs along the
ditches.  Across the front of the town the soldiers lay waiting for the
word to attack. Wounded, worn out, nervously broken, they straggled to
the front, keyed up to the last notch of desperation. This night they
would not be repulsed.  They would take the town or die where they
stood.  And as nine o’clock approached, the hour at which the attack had
been set, the tension became dangerous.

Nine o’clock came and passed—not a sound or movement.  For some reason
the order was withheld.  Ten o’clock.  Suddenly off to the right a
volley burst from the town.  All along our line awoke the answer, but
after a few more volleys the Federal fire altogether ceased.  From the
town came other, more mysterious sounds.  The electric lights went out
and in the darkness there was a subtle stir and movement, indefinable.
At length the order was given to advance, but as our men crept forward
in the dark the front rank suddenly gave a yell, and the truth spread
through the ranks and out into the country, in one triumphant shout.
Gomez Palacio had been evacuated!  With a great babble of voices the
army poured into the town. A few scattered shots sounded where our
troops caught some of the Federals looting—for the Federal army had
gutted the whole town before it left.  And then our army began to loot.
Their shouts and drunken singing and the sounds of smashing doors
reached us out on the plain.  Little tongues of flame flickered up where
the soldiers were burning some house that had been a fort of Federals.
But the looting of the rebels was confined, as it almost always is, to
food, and drink, and clothes to cover them.  They disturbed no private
house.

The chiefs of the army winked at this.  A specific order was issued by
Villa stating that whatever any soldier picked up was his and could not
be taken from him by an officer.  Now up to this time there was not much
of stealing in the army—at least so far as we were concerned.  But the
morning of the entry into Gomez a curious change had come over the
psychology of the soldiers.  I woke at our camp beside the ditch to find
my horse gone.  Bucephalus had been stolen in the night and I never saw
him again.  During breakfast several troopers dropped in to share our
meal—when they had gone we missed a knife and a revolver. The truth was
that everybody was looting from everybody else.  So I, too, stole what I
needed.  There was a great gray mule grazing in the field near by, with
a rope around his neck.  I put my saddle on him and rode down toward the
front.  He was a noble animal—worth at least four times as much as
Bucephalus, as I soon discovered.  Everybody I met coveted that mule.
One trooper marching along with two rifles hailed me. "_Oija,
compañero_, where did you get that mule?"

"I found him in a field," said I unwisely.

"It is just as I thought," he exclaimed.  "That is my mule!  Get off and
give him to me at once!"

"And is this your saddle?" I asked.

"By the Mother of God, it is!"

"Then you lie about the mule, for the saddle is my own."  I rode on,
leaving him yelling in the road.  A short distance farther on an old
peon walking along suddenly ran up and threw his arms around the
animal’s neck.

"Ah, at last!  My beautiful mule which I lost!  My Juanito!"  I shook
him off in spite of his entreaties that at least I should pay him fifty
pesos as compensation for his mule.  In town a cavalryman rode across in
front of me, demanding his mule at once.  He was rather ugly and had a
revolver.  I got away by saying that I was a captain of artillery and
that the mule belonged to my battery.  Every few feet some owner of that
mule sprang up and asked me how dared I ride his own dear Panchito, or
Pedrito, or Tomasito!  At last one came out of a cuartel with a written
order from his Colonel, who had seen the mule from his window.  I showed
them my pass signed by Francisco Villa.  That was enough....

Across the wide desert, where the Constitutionalists had fought so long,
the army was winding in from every direction, in long snake-like
columns, dust hanging over them.  And along the track, as far as the eye
could reach, came the trains, one after another, blowing triumphant
whistles, crowded with thousands of women and soldiers cheering.  Within
the city, dawn had brought absolute quiet and order.  With the entrance
of Villa and his staff the looting had absolutely ceased and the
soldiers again respected other people’s property.  A thousand were hard
at work gathering up the bodies and carrying them to the edge of the
city, where they were set on fire.  Five hundred more policed the town.
The first order issued was that any soldier caught drinking should be
shot.


In the third train was our car—the private box-car fitted up for the
correspondents, photographers and moving-picture men.  At last we had
our bunks, our blankets, and Fong, our beloved Chinese cook.  The car
was switched up near in the railway station—in the very front rank of
trains.  And as we gathered in its grateful interior, hot, dusty and
worn out, the Federals in Torreon dropped a few shrapnel shells right
close beside us.  I was standing in the door of the car at the time and
heard the boom of cannon, but paid no particular attention to it.
Suddenly I noticed a small object in the air like an exaggerated beetle,
trailing a little spiral of black smoke behind it.  It passed the door
of the car with a zzzzzing noise and about forty feet beyond burst with
a frightful Crash—Whee-e-e-eeaa!! among the trees of a park where a
company of cavalry and their women were camping.  A hundred men leaped
for their plunging horses in a panic and galloped frantically toward the
rear, the women streaming after them.  Two women had been killed, it
seemed, and a horse.  Blankets, food, rifles—all were discarded in the
panic.  Pow!  Another burst on the other side of the car.  They were
very close.  Behind us on the track twenty long trains, laden with
shrilly screaming women, were trying to back out of the yards all at
once, with a mighty hysterical tooting of whistles.  Two or three more
shells followed, then we could hear "El Niño" replying.

But the effect on the correspondents and newspaper men was peculiar.  No
sooner had the first shell exploded than someone produced the whisky
jug, entirely of his own impulse, and we passed it around.  No one said
a word, but everybody drank a stiff swig as it came his way.  Every time
a shell would explode nearby we would all wince and jump, but after a
while we did not mind it.  Then we began to congratulate each other and
ourselves for being so brave as to stay by the car under artillery fire.
Our courage increased as the firing grew far between and finally quit
altogether, and as the whisky grew low.  Everybody forgot dinner.

I remember that in the darkness two belligerent Anglo-Saxons stood at
the door of the car, challenging the soldiers who passed and abusing
them in the most discourteous language.  We fell out among ourselves,
too, and one man almost choked a driveling old fool who was with the
moving-picture outfit.  Late that night we were still trying earnestly
to persuade two of the boys not to sally forth without the pass-word and
reconnoiter the Federal lines at Torreon.

"Aw, what’s there to be afraid of?" cried they.  "A Mexican greaser
hasn’t any guts!  One American can lick fifty Mexicans!  Why, did you
see how they ran this afternoon when the shells hit that grove?  And how
we—hic—we stayed by the car?"




                              *PART FIVE*

                        *CARRANZA—AN IMPRESSION*



                        *CARRANZA—AN IMPRESSION*


When the Treaty of Peace was signed in Juarez which ended the Revolution
of 1910, Francisco Madero proceeded south toward Mexico City.
Everywhere he spoke to enthusiastic and triumphant throngs of peons, who
acclaimed him The Liberator.

In Chihuahua he addressed the people from the balcony of the Governor’s
palace.  As he told of the hardships endured and the sacrifices made by
the little band of men who had overthrown the dictatorship of Diaz
forever, he was overcome with emotion.  Reaching inside the room he
pulled out a tall, bearded man of commanding presence, and, throwing his
arm about his shoulder, he said, in a voice choked with tears:

"This is a good man!  Love and honor him always."

It was Venustiano Carranza, a man of upright life and high ideals; an
aristocrat, descended from the dominant Spanish race; a great
land-owner, as his family had always been great land-owners; and one of
those Mexican nobles who, like a few French nobles such as Lafayette in
the French Revolution, threw themselves heart and soul into the struggle
for liberty.  When the Madero Revolution broke out Carranza took the
field in truly medieval fashion.  He armed the peons who worked upon his
great estates, and led them to war like any feudal overlord; and, when
the Revolution was done, Madero made him Governor of Coahuila.

There he was when Madero was murdered at the Capital, and Huerta,
seizing the Presidency, sent a circular letter to the Governors of the
different States, ordering them to acknowledge the new dictatorship.
Carranza refused even to answer the letter, declaring that he would have
no dealings with a murderer and a usurper.  He issued a proclamation
calling the Mexican people to arms, proclaiming himself First Chief of
the Revolution, and inviting the friends of liberty to rally around him.
Then he marched out from his capital and took the field, where he
assisted in the early fighting around Torreon.

After a short time Carranza marched his force from Coahuila, where
things were happening, straight across the Republic into the State of
Sonora, where nothing was happening.  Villa had begun heavy fighting in
Chihuahua State, Urbina and Herrera in Durango, Blanco and others in
Coahuila, and Gonzales near Tampico.  In times of upheaval like these it
is inevitable that there shall be some preliminary squabbling over the
ultimate spoils of war.  Among the military leaders, however, there was
no such dissension; Villa having just been unanimously elected General
Chief of the Constitutionalist Army by a remarkable gathering of all the
independent guerrilla leaders before Torreon,—an unheard-of event in
Mexican history.  But over in Sonora, Maytorena and Pesquiera were
already squabbling over who should be Governor of the State, and
threatening revolutions against each other. Carranza’s reported purpose
in crossing to the West with his army was to settle this dispute.  But
that doesn’t seem possible.

Other explanations are that he desired to secure a seaport for the
Constitutionalists on the West; that he wanted to settle the Yaqui land
question; and that in the quiet of a comparatively peaceful State he
could better organize the provisional government of the new Republic.
He remained there six months, apparently doing nothing whatever, keeping
a force of more than 6,000 good fighters practically inoperative,
attending banquets and bull-fights, establishing and celebrating
innumerable new national holidays, and issuing proclamations.  His army,
twice or three times as big as the disheartened garrisons of Guaymas and
Mazatlan, kept up a lazy siege of those places.  Mazatlan fell only a
short time ago, I think; as did Guaymas.  Only a few weeks ago
Provisional-Governor Maytorena was threatening counter-revolutions
against General Alvardo, Chief of Arms of Sonora, because he would not
guarantee the Governor’s safety, and evidently proposing to upset the
Revolution because Maytorena was uncomfortable in the palace at
Hermosillo. During all that time not a word was said about any aspect of
the land question, as far as I could learn.  The Yaqui Indians, the
expropriation of whose lands is the blackest spot in the whole black
history of the Diaz regime, got nothing but a vague promise.  Upon that
the whole tribe joined the Revolution.  But a few months later most of
them went back to their homes and began again their hopeless campaign
against the white man.


Carranza hibernated until early in the spring of this year, when, the
purpose of his Sonora sojourn evidently having been accomplished, he
turned his face toward the territory where the real Revolution was being
fought.

Within that six months the aspect of things had entirely changed.
Except for the northern part of Nueva Leon, and most of Coahuila,
northern Mexico was Constitutionalist territory almost from sea to sea,
and Villa, with a well-armed, well-disciplined force of 10,000 men, was
entering on the Torreon campaign. All this was accomplished almost
single-handed by Villa; Carranza seems to have contributed nothing but
congratulations.  He had, indeed, formed a provisional government.  An
immense throng of opportunist politicians surrounded the First Chief,
loud in their protestations of devotion to the Cause, liberal with
proclamations, and extremely jealous of each other and of Villa.  Little
by little Carranza’s personality seemed to be engulfed in the
personality of his Cabinet, although his name remained as prominent as
ever.

It was a curious situation.  Correspondents who were with him during
these months have told me how secluded the First Chief finally became.
They almost never saw him.  Very rarely did they speak with him. Various
secretaries, officials, Cabinet members, stood between them and
him—polite, diplomatic, devious gentlemen, who transmitted their
questions to Carranza on paper and brought them back his answers written
out; so that there would be no mistake.

But, whatever he did, Carranza left Villa strictly alone, to undergo
defeats if he must, or make mistakes; so much so that Villa himself was
forced to deal with foreign powers as if he were the head of the
government.

There is no doubt that the politicians at Hermosillo sought in every way
to make Carranza jealous of Villa’s growing power in the north.  In
February the First Chief began a leisurely journey northward,
accompanied by 3,000 troops, with the ostensible object of sending
reinforcements to Villa and of making his provisional capital in Juarez
when Villa left for Torreon.  Two correspondents, however, who had been
in Sonora, told me that the officers of this immense bodyguard believed
that they were to be sent against Villa himself.

In Hermosillo Carranza had been remote from the world’s new centers.  No
one knew but what he might be accomplishing great things.  But when the
First Chief of the Revolution began to move toward the American border,
the attention of the world was concentrated upon him; and the attention
of the world revealed so little to concentrate upon, that rumors rapidly
spread of the non-existence of Carranza; for example, one paper said
that he was insane, and another alleged that he had disappeared
altogether.

I was in Chihuahua at the time.  My paper wired me these rumors and
ordered me to go and find Carranza.  It was at the immensely exciting
time of the Benton murder.  All the protestations and half-veiled
threats of the British and American governments converged upon Villa.
But by the time I had received the message Carranza and his Cabinet had
arrived at the Border and broken the six months’ silence in a startling
way.  The First Chief’s declaration to the State Department was
practically this:

"You have made a mistake in addressing representations in the Benton
case to General Villa.  They should be addressed to me as First Chief of
the Revolution and head of the Provisional Constitutionalist Government.
Moreover, the United States has no business to address, even to me, any
representations concerning Benton, who was a British subject.  I have
received no envoy from the government of Great Britain.  Until I do I
will make no answer to the representations of any other government.
Meanwhile, a thorough investigation will be made of the circumstances of
Benton’s death, and those responsible for it will be judged strictly
according to law."

At the same time Villa received a pretty plain intimation that he was to
keep out of international affairs, and Villa gratefully shut up.


That was the situation when I went to Nogales. Nogales, Arizona, and
Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, really form one big straggling town.  The
international boundary runs along the middle of the street, and at a
small customs-house lounge a few ragged Mexican sentries, smoking
interminable cigarettes, and evidently interfering with nobody, except
to collect export taxes from everything that passes to the American
side.  The inhabitants of the American town go across the line to get
good things to eat, to gamble, to dance, and to feel free; the Mexicans
cross to the American side when somebody is after them.

I arrived at midnight and went at once to a hotel in the Mexican town
where the Cabinet and most of the political hangers-on of Carranza were
staying; sleeping four in a room, on cots in the corridors, on the
floor, and even on the stairs.  I was expected.  A temperamental
Constitutionalist consul up the line, to whom I had explained my errand,
evidently considered it of great importance; for he had telegraphed to
Nogales that the entire fate of the Mexican Revolution depended upon Mr.
Reed’s seeing the First Chief of the Revolution immediately upon his
arrival. However, everybody had gone to sleep, and the proprietor,
routed out of his back office, said that he hadn’t the slightest idea
what the names of any of the gentlemen were or where they slept.  Yes,
he said, he had heard that Carranza was in town.  We went around kicking
doors and Mexicans until we stumbled upon an unshaven but courteous
gentleman who said that he was the Collector of Customs for the whole of
Mexico under the new government.  He waked up in turn the Secretary of
the Navy, who routed out the Secretary of the Treasury; the Secretary of
the Treasury finally flushed the Secretary of Hacienda, who finally
brought us to the room of the Secretary of Foreign Relations, Señor
Isidro Fabela.  Señor Fabela said that the First Chief had retired and
couldn’t see me; but that he himself would give me immediately a
statement of just what Carranza thought about the Benton incident.

Now none of the newspapers had ever heard of Señor Fabela before.  They
were all clamoring to their correspondents, wanting to know who he was.
He seemed to be such an important member of the provisional government,
and yet his antecedents were not known at all.  At different times he
apparently filled most of the positions in the First Chief’s Cabinet.
Rather medium height and distinguished-looking, suave, courteous, and
evidently very well educated, his face was decidedly Jewish.  We talked
for a long time, sitting on the edge of his bed.  He told me what the
First Chief’s aims and ideals were; but in them I could discern nothing
of the First Chief’s personality whatever.

"Oh, yes," he said, "of course I could see the First Chief in the
morning.  Of course he would receive me."

But when we came right down to cases, Señor Fabela told me that the
First Chief would answer no questions outright.  They had all to be put
in writing, he said, and submitted to Fabela first.  He would then take
them to Carranza and bring back his answer. Accordingly, the next
morning I wrote out on paper about twenty-five questions and gave them
to Fabela. He read them carefully.

"Ah!" he said; "there are many questions here that I know the First
Chief will not answer.  I advise you to strike them out."

"Well, if he doesn’t answer them," I said, "all right. But I would like
to give him a chance to see them.  He could only refuse to answer them."

"No," said Fabela, politely.  "You had better strike them out now.  I
know exactly what he will answer and what he will not.  You see, some of
your questions might prejudice him against answering all the rest, and
you would not want that to occur, would you?"

"Señor Fabela," I said, "are you sure that you know just what Don
Venustiano won’t answer?"

"I know that he won’t answer these," he replied, indicating four or five
which dealt rather specifically with the platform of the
Constitutionalist government: such as land distribution, direct
elections, and the right of suffrage among the peons.

"I will bring back your answers in twenty-four hours," he said.  "Now I
will take you to see the Chief; but you must promise me this: that you
will not ask him any questions,—that you will simply go into the room,
shake hands with him, and say ’How do you do,’ and leave again
immediately."

I promised, and, together with another reporter, followed him across the
square to the beautiful little yellow municipal palace.  We stood a
while in the patio. The place was thronged with self-important Mexicans
button-holing other self-important Mexicans who rushed from door to door
with portfolios and bundles of papers.  Occasionally, when the door of
the Department of the Secretaryship opened, a roar of typewriters smote
our ears.  Officers in uniform stood about the portico waiting for
orders.  General Obregon, Commander of the Army of Sonora, was outlining
in a loud voice the plans for his march south upon Guadalajara.  He
started for Hermosillo three days afterward, and marched his army four
hundred miles through a friendly country in three months.  Although
Obregon had shown no startling capacity for leadership, Carranza had
made him General-in-Chief of the Army of the North-West, with a rank
equal to Villa’s. Talking to him was a stout, red-haired Mexican woman
in a black satin princess dress embroidered with jet, with a sword at
her side.  She was Colonel Ramona Flores, Chief-of-Staff to the
Constitutionalist General Carrasco, who operates in Tepic.  Her husband
had been killed while an officer in the first Revolution, leaving her a
gold-mine, with the proceeds of which she had raised a regiment and
taken the field.  Against the wall lay two sacks of gold ingots which
she had brought north to purchase arms and uniforms for her troops.
Polite American concession-seekers shifted from one foot to the other,
hat in hand.  The ever-present arms and ammunition drummers poured into
the ears of whoever would listen, praises of their guns and bullets.

Four armed sentries stood at the palace doors, and others lounged around
the patio.  There were no more in sight, except two who flanked a little
door half-way down the corridor.  These men seemed more intelligent than
the others.  Anybody who passed was scrutinized carefully, and those who
paused at the door were questioned according to some thorough formula.
Every two hours this guard was changed; the relief was in charge of a
general, and a long colloquy took place before the change was effected.

"What room is that?" I asked Señor Fabela.

"That is the office of the First Chief of the Revolution," he answered.


I waited for perhaps an hour, and during that time I noticed that nobody
entered the room except Señor Fabela and those he took with him.
Finally he came over to me and said:

"All right.  The First Chief will see you now."

We followed him.  The soldiers on guard threw up their rifles.

"Who are these señores?" asked one.

"It’s all right.  They are friends," answered Fabela, and opened the
door.

It was so dark within that at first we could see nothing.  Over the two
windows blinds were drawn. On one side was a bed, still unmade, and on
the other a small table covered with papers, upon which stood a tray
containing the remains of breakfast.  A tin bucket full of ice with two
or three bottles of wine stood in a corner.  As our eyes became
accustomed to the light, we saw the gigantic, khaki-clad figure of Don
Venustiano Carranza sitting in a big chair.  There was something strange
in the way he sat there, with his hands on the arms of the chair, as if
he had been placed in it and told not to move.  He did not seem to be
thinking, nor to have been working,—you couldn’t imagine him at that
table.  You got the impression of a vast, inert body—a statue.

He rose to meet us, a towering figure, seven feet tall it seemed.  I
noticed with a kind of shock that in that dark room he wore smoked
glasses; and, although ruddy and full-cheeked, I felt that he was not
well,—the thing you feel about tuberculous patients.  That tiny, dark
room, where the First Chief of the Revolution slept and ate and worked,
and from which he hardly ever emerged, seemed too small—like a cell.

Fabela had entered with us.  He introduced us one by one to Carranza,
who smiled a vacant, expressionless smile, bowed slightly, and shook our
hands.  We all sat down.  Indicating the other reporter, who could not
speak Spanish, Fabela said:

"These gentlemen have come to greet you on behalf of the great
newspapers which they represent.  This gentleman says that he desires to
present his respectful wishes for your success."

Carranza bowed again slightly, and rose as Fabela stood up, as if to
indicate that the interview was over.

"Allow me to assure the gentlemen," he said, "of my grateful acceptance
of their good wishes."

Again we all shook hands; but as I took his hand I said in Spanish:

"Señor Don Venustiano, my paper is your friend and the friend of the
Constitutionalists."

He stood there as before, a huge mask of a man. But as I spoke he
stopped smiling.  His expression remained as vacant as before, but
suddenly he began to speak:

"To the United States I say the Benton case is none of your business.
Benton was a British subject.  I will answer to the delegates of Great
Britain when they come to me with representations of their government.
Why should they not come to me?  England now has an Ambassador in Mexico
City, who accepts invitations to dinner from Huerta, takes off his hat
to him, and shakes hands with him!

"When Madero was murdered the foreign powers flocked to the spot like
vultures to the dead, and fawned upon the murderer because they had a
few subjects in the Republic who were petty tradesmen doing a dirty
little business."

The First Chief ended as abruptly as he had begun, with the same
immobility of expression, but he clenched and unclenched his hands and
gnawed his mustaches.  Fabela hurriedly made a move toward the door.

"The gentlemen are very grateful to you for having received them," he
said, nervously.  But Don Venustiano paid no attention to him.  Suddenly
he began again, his voice pitched a little higher and louder:

"These cowardly nations thought they could secure advantages by standing
in with the government of the usurper.  But the rapid advancement of the
Constitutionalists showed them their error, and now they find themselves
in a predicament."

Fabela was plainly nervous.

"When does the Torreon campaign begin?" he asked, attempting to change
the subject.

"The killing of Benton was due to a vicious attack on Villa by an enemy
of the Revolutionists," roared the First Chief, speaking louder and
louder and more rapidly; "and England, the bully of the world, finds
herself unable to deal with us unless she humiliates herself by sending
a representative to the Constitutionalists; so she tried to use the
United States as a cat’s paw.  More shame to the United States," he
cried, shaking his fists, "that she allowed herself to join with these
infamous Powers!"

The unhappy Fabela made another attempt to dam the dangerous torrent.
But Carranza took a step forward, and, raising his arm, shouted:

"I tell you that, if the United States intervenes in Mexico upon this
petty excuse, intervention will not accomplish what it thinks, but will
provoke a war which, besides its own consequences, will deepen a
profound hatred between the United States and the whole of Latin
America, a hatred which will endanger the entire political future of the
United States!"

He ceased talking on a rising note, as if something inside had cut off
his speech.  I tried to think that here was the voice of aroused Mexico
thundering at her enemies; but it seemed like nothing so much as a
slightly senile old man, tired and irritated.

Then we were outside in the sunlight, with Señor Fabela agitatedly
telling me not to publish what I had heard,—or, at least, to let him see
the dispatch.


I stayed at Nogales a day or two longer.  The next day after my
interview, the typewritten paper upon which my questions had been
printed was returned to me; the answers written in five different
handwritings. Newspaper men were in high favor at Nogales; they were
treated always with the utmost courtesy by the members of the
Provisional Cabinet; but they never seemed to reach the First Chief.  I
tried often to get from these Cabinet members the least expression of
what their plans were for the settlement of the troubles which caused
the Revolution; but they seemed to have none, except a Constitutional
Government.  During all the times I talked with them I never detected
one gleam of sympathy for, or understanding of, the peons. Now and again
I surprised quarrels about who was going to fill the high posts of the
new Mexican Government.  Villa’s name was hardly ever mentioned; when it
was it was in this manner:

"We have every confidence in Villa’s loyalty and obedience."

"As a fighting man Villa has done very well—very well, indeed.  But he
should not attempt to mingle in the affairs of Government; because, of
course, you know, Villa is only an ignorant peon."

"He has said many foolish things and made many mistakes which we will
have to remedy."

And scarcely a day passed but what Carranza would give out a statement
from headquarters:

"There is no misunderstanding between General Villa and myself.  He
obeys my orders without question, as any common soldier.  It is
unthinkable that he would do anything else."


I spent a good deal of time loafing around the Municipal Palace; but I
never saw Carranza again but once.  It was toward sunset, and most of
the Generals, drummers, and politicians had gone to dinner.  I lounged
on the edge of the fountain in the middle of the patio, talking with
some soldiers.  Suddenly the door of that little office opened, and
Carranza himself stood framed in it, arms hanging loosely by his sides,
his fine old head thrown back, as he stared blindly over our heads
across the wall to the flaming clouds in the west.  We stood up and
bowed, but he didn’t notice us.  Walking with slow steps, he came out
and went along the portico toward the door of the palace. The two guards
presented arms.  As he passed they shouldered their rifles and fell in
behind him.  At the doorway he stopped and stood there a long time,
looking out on the street.  The four sentries jumped to attention.  The
two men behind him grounded their arms and stopped.  The First Chief of
the Revolution clasped his hands behind his back, his fingers working
violently.  Then he turned, and pacing between the two guards, went back
to the little dark room.




                               *PART SIX*

                            *MEXICAN NIGHTS*



                              *CHAPTER I*

                            *EL COSMOPOLITA*


El Cosmopolita is Chihuahua’s fashionable gambling hell.  It used to be
owned by Jacob La Touche—"The Turk"—a fat shambling man, who came to
Chihuahua barefooted with a dancing bear twenty-five years ago, and
became many times a millionaire.  He owned an extravagant residence on
the Paseo Bolivar, which was never called anything but "The Palace of
Tears," because it was built with the proceeds of the Turk’s gambling
concessions, which ruined many families.  But the wicked old man slunk
away with Mercado’s retreating Federal army; and when Villa came to
Chihuahua he gave "The Palace of Tears" to General Ortega as a Christmas
present, and confiscated El Cosmopolita.

Having a few idle pesos from my expense account, we used to frequent El
Cosmopolita.  Johnny Roberts and I stopped on our way from the hotel to
take a few hot Tom-and-Jerries at a Chinese bar, run by a hoary
Mongolian named Chee Lee.  From there we proceeded to the gaming tables
with the leisurely air of Russian Grand Dukes at Monte Carlo.

One entered first a long, low room, lighted with three smoky lanterns,
where the roulette game was.

Above the table was a sign which read:

"_Please do not get on the roulette table with your feet._"

It was a vertical wheel, not a horizontal one, bristling with spikes
which caught a flexible steel strip and finally stopped the wheel
opposite a number.  Each way the table extended twelve feet, always
crowded with at least five rows of small boys, peons, and
soldiers—excited and gesticulating, tossing a rain of small bills on the
numbers and colors, and arguing violently over the winnings.  Those who
lost would set up terrible screams of rage as the croupier raked their
money into the drawer, and often the wheel was quiet for three-quarters
of an hour while some player, who had lost ten cents, exhausted his
vocabulary upon the treasurer, the owner of the place and his ancestors
and descendants ten generations each way, and upon God and his family,
for allowing such injustice to go unpunished.  Finally he would take
himself off, muttering ominously: "_Á ver_!  We shall see!" while the
others would sympathetically make way for him, murmuring: "_Ah!  Que
mala suerte!_"

Near where the croupier sat was a worn place in the cloth with a small
ivory button in the center.  And when anyone was winning largely at the
wheel the croupier would press this little button, which stopped the
wheel where he wished, until the winner was discouraged from playing
further.  This was looked upon as perfectly legitimate by all present,
since, _carramba!_, there is no sense in operating a gambling house at a
loss!

The most amazing diversity of money was used. Silver and copper had long
since been forced out of circulation in Chihuahua because of
revolutionary hard times.  But there were still some Mexican bank-bills;
besides those there was _fiat_ money, printed on ordinary writing-paper
by the Constitutionalist army, and worth nothing; scrip issued by the
mining companies; I.O.U.’s; notes of hand; mortgages; and a hundred
different _valés_ of various railroads, plantations, and public service
corporations.

But the roulette table did not long interest us. There was not enough
action for your money.  So we shouldered our way into a small room, blue
with smoke, where a perpetual poker game was going at a fan-shaped,
baize-covered table.  At a little recess at the straight side of the
table sat the dealer; chairs were distributed around the circumference
where the players sat.  One played against the bank, the dealer scraping
into the drawer a tenth of every pot—the house’s commission.  Whenever
anyone began to plunge, and displayed a large wad, the dealer would give
a shrill, penetrating whistle and two suave gentlemen, who were employed
by the house, would come running and take a hand.  There was no limit as
long as you had chips, or if your stack was underlaid with bank-bills.
The gentleman in possession of the "buck" had the say whether it was to
be draw poker (_cerrado_) or stud (_abierto_).  Stud was the most fun,
because a Mexican could never realize that the next card would not give
him a magnificent hand, and he bet increasing amounts on every card with
wildly growing excitement.

The strict rules of the American game, which so restrict freedom of
action, were absent here.  Johnny and I would lift a corner of our cards
as soon as they were dealt, to show each other.  And when I seemed to be
drawing ahead Johnny would impulsively push his whole stack over to me;
with the next card Johnny’s, hand would seem to have more promise than
mine, and I would push both stacks back to him.  By the time the last
card was dealt all the chips would be laying neutrally between us, and
whoever had the best hand bet our entire joint capital.

Of course nobody objected to this way of playing, but to offset it the
dealer would whistle shrilly to the two house players and slyly deal
them each a hand off the bottom of the pack.

Meanwhile a Chinaman would be dashing madly between the table and a
lunch-counter across the street, bearing sandwiches, _chile con carne_,
and cups of coffee to the players, who ate and drank loudly during the
game, and spilled coffee and food into the jack-pot.

Occasionally some player who had traveled extensively in foreign lands
got up and walked around his chair to dispel a run of bad luck; or asked
for a new deck with an off-hand, expensive air.  The dealer would bow
politely, sweep the deck into his drawer and produce another one.  He
had only two decks of cards in the house.  Both were about a year old,
and largely decorated with the meals of former players.

Of course, the American game was played.  But there would sometimes
enter a Mexican who was not intimately acquainted with the subtleties of
the American deck.  In the Mexican deck, for example, the seven, eight
and nine spots are omitted.  One such person, a pompous, pretentious
Mexican, sat in one night just as I had called for a hand of stud.
Before the dealer could whistle, the stranger had produced a great wad
of money—all sorts, sizes and denominations, and bought one hundred
pesos’ worth of chips.  The game was on.  I drew three hearts in rapid
succession, secured Roberts’ pile, and began to play for a flush. The
stranger gazed at his cards for a long time as if they were new to him.
Then he flushed the deep red of intense excitement, and pushed in
fifteen dollars. With the succeeding card he turned quite pale and
pushed in twenty-five dollars, and when he looked at his last card he
turned red again, and bet fifty dollars.

By some miracle I had filled a flush.  But the man’s wild betting scared
me.  I knew that a flush was good for almost anything in stud poker, but
I couldn’t keep up with that pace, so I passed the bet to him.  He rose
at that and protested violently.

"How do you mean ’Pass the bet?’" he cried, shaking both fists.

It was explained to him, and he subsided.

"Very well, then," he said.  "Since this fifteen dollars is all I have,
and you will not let me buy any more chips, I will bet everything," and
he pushed it into the center.

I called him.

"What have you got?" he almost screamed, leaning trembling over the
table.  I spread out my flush.  With an excited laugh he banged the
table a great blow.

"Straight!" he cried—and turned up four, five, six, ten, Jack.

He had already reached out an arm to gather in the money when the entire
table burst into a clamor.

"It is wrong!"

"It is not a straight!"

"The money belongs to the Gringo!"

He lay sprawled out on the table with both arms round the pot.

"How?" he cried sharply, looking up.  "It is not a straight?  Look
here—four, five, six, ten, knave!"

The dealer interposed:

"But it should have been four, five, six, seven, eight," he said.  "In
the American pack there are seven, eight and nine."

"How ridiculous!" sneered the man.  "I have played cards all my life,
and never, never have I seen a seven, eight or nine!"

By this time most of the roulette table throng had swarmed in at the
door.  They added their clamor to ours.

"Of course it is not a straight!"

"Of course it must be!  Is there not four, five, six, ten, knave?"

"But the American pack is different!"

"But this is not the United States.  This is Mexico!"

"Hey!  Pancho!" shouted the dealer.  "Go at once and notify the police!"

The situation remained the same.  My opponent still lay upon the table
with the jack-pot in his arms. A perfect pandemonium of argument filled
the place; in some cases it had developed a personal note, and hands
were stealing to hips.  I unobtrusively pushed my chair against the
wall.  Presently the Chief of Police arrived with four or five
gendarmes.  He was a large, unshaven man whose mustaches twisted up to
his eyes; dressed in a loose, dirty uniform with red plush epaulettes.
As he came in everybody began explaining to him at once.  The dealer
made a megaphone out of his hands and shouted through the din; the man
on the table turned up a livid face, insisting shrilly that it was an
outrage for Gringo rules to spoil a perfectly good Mexican game like
stud poker.

The chief listened, curling his mustaches, his chest swelling with the
importance of being the deciding factor in an argument involving such
large sums of money. He looked at me.  I said nothing, but bowed
politely. He returned the bow.  Then, turning to his policeman he
pointed a dramatic finger at the man at the table.

"Arrest this goat!" he said.

It was a fitting climax.  Shrieking and protesting, the unfortunate
Mexican was led into a corner, where he stood facing the table.

"The money belongs to this gentleman," continued the Chief of Police.
"As for you, you evidently do not understand the rudiments of this game.
I have a mind...."

"Perhaps," said Roberts, politely, nudging me, "the Señor Captain would
like to show the gentleman....?"

"I should be only too glad to loan him a few chips," I added, raking in
the pile.

"_Oiga!_" said the Chief.  "I will be glad to do so. Superlative thanks,
sir!"

He drew up a chair, and, out of politeness, the buck was given to him.

"_Abierto!_" he said, with the air of an old hand.

We played.  The Chief of Police won.  He rattled his chips like a
professional gambler, slapping the buck to his neighbor, and we played
again.

"You see," said the Chief of Police, "it is easy if you observe the
rules."  He twisted his mustache, ruffled the cards, and pushed in
twenty-five dollars.  He won again.

After some time one of the policemen approached him respectfully and
said:

"I beg you pardon, _mi capitan_, but what shall we do with the
prisoner?"

"Oh!" said the Chief, staring.  He waved his hand casually.  "Just
release him and return to your stations."

Long after the last wheel had been spun on the roulette table, the lamps
blown out, and the most feverish gambler ejected into the street, we sat
playing in the poker room.  Roberts and I were down to about three pesos
apiece.  We yawned and nodded with sleepiness.  But the Chief of Police
had his coat off and was crouched like a tiger over his cards.  Now he
was losing steadily....




                              *CHAPTER II*

                             *HAPPY VALLEY*


It happened to be the day of a fiesta, and, of course, nobody worked in
Valle Allegre.  The cock-fight was to take place at high noon in the
open space back of Catarino Cabrera’s drinking shop—almost directly in
front of Dionysio Aguirre’s, where the long burro pack-trains rest on
their mountain journeys, and the muleteers swap tales over their
_tequila_.  At one, the sunny side of the dry arroyo that is called a
street was lined with double rows of squatting peons—silent, dreamily
sucking their corn-husk cigarettes as they waited.  The bibulously
inclined drifted in and out of Catarino’s, whence came a cloud of
tobacco smoke and a strong reek of _aguardiente_. Small boys played
leap-frog with a large yellow sow, and on opposite sides of the arroyo
the competing roosters, tethered by the leg, crew defiantly.  One of the
owners, an ingratiating, business-like professional, wearing sandals and
one cerise sock, stalked around with a handful of dirty bank-bills,
shouting:

"_Diez pesos_, señores!  Only ten dollars!"

It was strange; nobody seemed too poor to bet ten dollars.  It came on
toward two o’clock, and still no one moved, except to follow the sun a
few feet as it swung the black edge of the shadow eastward.  The shadow
was very cold, and the sun white hot.

On the edge of the shadow lay Ignacio, the violinist, wrapped in a
tattered serape, sleeping off a drunk. He can play one tune when
intoxicated—Tosti’s "Good-Bye."  When very drunk he also remembers
fragments of Mendelssohn’s "Spring Song."  In fact, he is the only
high-brow musician in the whole State of Durango, and possesses a just
celebrity.  Ignacio used to be brilliant and industrious—his sons and
daughters are innumerable—but the artistic temperament was too much for
him.

The color of the street was red—deep, rich, red clay—and the open space
where the burros stood, olive drab; there were brown crumbling adobe
walls and squat houses, their roofs heaped high with yellow cornstalks
or hung with strings of red peppers.  A gigantic green mesquite tree,
with roots like a chicken’s foot, thatched on every branch with dried
hay and corn.  Below, the town fell steeply down the arroyo, roofs
tumbled together like blocks, with flowers and grass growing on them,
blue feathers of smoke waving from the chimneys, and occasional palms
sticking up between.  They fell away to the yellow plain where the
horse-races are run, and beyond that the barren mountains crouched,
tawny as lions, then faintly blue, then purple and wrinkled, notched and
jagged across the fierce, bright sky.  Straight down and away through
the arroyo one saw a great valley, like an elephant’s hide, where the
heat-waves buck-jumped.

A lazy smoke of human noises floated up: roosters crowing, pigs
grunting, burros giving great racking sobs, the rustling crackle of
dried corn-stalks being shaken out of the mesquite tree, a woman singing
as she mashed her corn on the stones, the wailing of a myriad of babies.

The sun fairly blistered.  My friend Atanacio sat upon the sidewalk
thinking of nothing.  His dirty feet were bare except for sandals, his
mighty sombrero was of a faded dull brick color embroidered with
tarnished gold braid, and his serape was of the pottery blue one sees in
Chinese rugs, and decorated with yellow suns. He rose when he saw me.
We removed our hats and embraced after the Mexican fashion, patting each
other on the back with one hand while we shook the other.

"_Buenos tardes, amigo,_" he murmured.  "How do you seat yourself?"

"Very well, much thanks.  And you?  How have they treated you?"

"Delicious.  Superlative thanks.  I have longed to see you again."

"And your family?  How are they?"  (It is considered more delicate in
Mexico not to ask about one’s wife, because so few people are married.)

"Their health is of the best.  Great, great thanks. And your family?"

"_Bien, bien_!  I saw your son with the army at Jimenez.  He gave me
many, many remembrances of you. Would you desire a cigarette?"

"Thanks.  Permit me, a light.  You are in Valle Allegre many days?"

"For the fiesta only, señor."

"I hope your visit is fortunate, señor.  My house is at your orders."

"Thanks.  How is it that I did not see you at the _baile_ last night,
señor?  You, who were always such a sympathetic dancer!"

"Unhappily Juanita is gone to visit her mother in El Oro, and now,
therefore, I am a _platonico_.  I grow too old for the señoritas."

"Ah, no, señor.  A _caballero_ of your age is in the prime of life.  But
tell me.  Is it true what I hear, that the Maderistas are now at
Mapimi?"

"_Si_, señor.  Soon Villa will take Torreon, they say, and then it is
only a matter of a few months before the Revolution is accomplished."

"I think that, yes.  But tell me; I have great respect for your opinion.
Which cock would you advise me to bet on?"

We approached the combatants and looked them over, while their owners
clamored in our ears.  They sat upon the curbing negligently herding
their birds apart.  It was getting toward three of the afternoon.

"But will there be a cock-fight?" I asked them.

"_Quien sabe?_" drawled one.

The other murmured that possibly it would be _mañana_.  It developed
that the steel spurs had been forgotten in El Oro, and that a small boy
had gone after them on a burro.  It was six miles over the mountains to
El Oro.

However, no one was in any hurry, so we sat down also.  Appeared then
Catarino Cabrera, the saloon keeper, and also the Constitutionalist
_jefe_ politico of Valle Allegre, very drunk, walking arm in arm with
Don Priciliano Saucedes, the former _jefe_ under the Diaz government.
Don Priciliano is a fine-looking, white-haired old Castilian who used to
lend money to the peons at twenty per cent.  Don Catarino is a former
schoolmaster, an ardent Revolutionist—he lends money at a slightly less
rate of usury to the same parties.  Don Catarino wears no collar, but he
sports a revolver and two cartridge-belts.  Don Priciliano during the
first Revolution was deprived of most of his property by the Maderistas
of the town, and then strapped naked upon his horse and beaten upon his
bare back with the flat of a sword.

"Aie!" he says to my question.  "The Revolution! I have most of the
Revolution upon my back!"

And the two pass on to Don Priciliano’s house, where Catarino is
courting a beautiful daughter.

Then, with the thunder of hoofs, dashes up the gay and gallant young
Jesus Triano, who was a Captain under Orozco.  But Valle Allegre is a
three days’ ride from the railroad, and politics are not a burning issue
there; so Jesus rides his stolen horse with impunity around the streets.
He is a large young man with shining teeth, a rifle and bandolier, and
leather trousers fastened up the side with buttons as big as dollars—his
spurs are twice as big.  They say that his dashing ways and the fact
that he shot Emetario Flores in the back have won him the hand of
Dolores, youngest daughter of Manuel Paredes, the charcoal contractor.
He plunges down the arroyo at a gallop, his horse tossing bloody froth
from the cruel curb.

Captain Adolfo Melendez, of the Constitutionalist army, slouches around
the corner in a new, bottle-green corduroy uniform.  He wears a handsome
gilded sword which once belonged to the Knights of Pythias. Adolfo came
to Valle Allegre on a two weeks’ leave, which he prolonged indefinitely
in order to take to himself a wife—the fourteen-year-old daughter of a
village aristocrat.  They say that his wedding was magnificent beyond
belief, two priests officiating and the service lasting an hour more
than necessary.  But this may have been good economy on Adolfo’s part,
since he already had one wife in Chihuahua, another in Farral, and a
third in Monterey, and, of course, had to placate the parents of the
bride.  He had now been away from his regiment three months, and told me
simply that he thought they had forgotten all about him by this time.


At half-past four a thunder of cheers announced the arrival of the small
boy with the steel spurs.  It seems that he had got into a card game at
El Oro, and had temporarily forgotten his errand.

But, of course, nothing was said about it.  He had arrived, which was
the important thing.  We formed a wide ring in the open space where the
burros stood, and the two owners began to "throw" their birds.  But at
the first onslaught the fowl upon which we had all bet our money spread
its wings, and, to the astonishment of the assembled company, soared
screaming over the mesquite tree and disappeared toward the mountains.
Ten minutes later the two owners unconcernedly divided the proceeds
before our eyes, and we strolled home well content.

Fidencio and I dined at Charlie Chee’s hotel. Throughout Mexico, in
every little town, you will find Chinamen monopolizing the hotel and
restaurant business. Charlie, and his cousin Foo, were both married to
the daughters of respectable Mexican villagers.  No one seemed to think
that strange.  Mexicans appear to have no race prejudices whatever.
Captain Adolfo, in a bright yellow khaki uniform and another sword,
brought his bride, a faintly pretty brown girl with her hair in a bang,
wearing chandelier lusters as earrings.  Charlie banged down in front of
each of us a quart bottle of _aguardiente_, and, sitting down at the
table, flirted politely with Señora Melendez, while Foo served dinner,
enlivened with gay social chatter in pidgin Mexican.

It seemed that there was to be a _baile_ at Don Priciliano’s that
evening, and Charlie politely offered to teach Adolfo’s wife a new step
which he had learned in El Paso, called the Turkey Trot.  This he did
until Adolfo began to look sullen and announced that he didn’t think he
would go to Don Priciliano’s, since he considered it a bad thing for
young wives to be seen much in public.  Charlie and Foo also tendered
their regrets, because several of their countrymen were due in the
village that evening from Parral, and said that they would, of course,
want to raise a little Chinese hell together.

So Fidencio and I finally departed, after solemnly promising that we
would return in time for the Chinese festivities after the dance.

Outside, strong moonlight flooded all the village. The jumbled roofs
were so many tipped-up silvery planes, and the tree-tops glistened.
Like a frozen cataract the arroyo fell away, and the great valley beyond
lay drowned in rich, soft mist.  The life-sounds quickened in the
dark—excited laughter of young girls, a woman catching her breath at a
window to the swift, hot torrent of a man’s speech as he leaned against
the bars, a dozen guitars syncopating each other, a young buck hurrying
to meet his _novia_, spurs ringing clear. It was cold.  As we passed
Cabrera’s door a hot, smoky, alcoholic breath smote us.  Beyond that you
crossed on stepping-stones the stream where the women wash their
clothes.  Climbing the other bank we saw the brilliant windows of Don
Priciliano’s house, and heard the far strains of Valle Allegre’s
orchestra.

Open doors and windows were choked with men—tall, dark, silent peons,
wrapped to the eyes in their blankets, staring at the dance with eager
and solemn eyes, a forest of sombreros.

Now Fidencio had just returned to Valle Allegre after a long absence,
and as we stood on the outside of the group a tall young fellow caught
sight of him, and, whirling his serape like a wing, he embraced my
friend, crying:

"Happy return, Fidencio!  We looked for you many months!"

The crowd swayed and rocked like a windy wheat field, blankets flapped
dark against the night.  They took up the cry:

"Fidencio!  Fidencio is here!  Your Carmencita is inside, Fidencio.  You
had better look out for your sweetheart!  You can’t stay away as long as
that and expect her to remain faithful to you!"

Those inside caught the cry and echoed it, and the dance, which had just
begun, stopped suddenly.  The peons formed a lane through which we
passed, patting us on the back with little words of welcome and
affection; and at the door a dozen friends crowded forward to hug us,
faces alight with pleasure.

Carmencita, a dumpy, small Indian girl, dressed in a screaming blue
ready-made dress that didn’t fit, stood over near the corner by the side
of a certain Pablito, her partner, a half-breed youth about sixteen
years old with a bad complexion.  She affected to pay no attention to
Fidencio’s arrival, but stood dumbly, with her eyes on the ground, as is
proper for unmarried Mexican women.

Fidencio swaggered among his _compadres_ in true manly fashion for a few
minutes, interspersing his conversation with loud virile oaths.  Then,
in a lordly manner, he went straight across the room to Carmencita,
placed her left hand within the hollow of his right arm, and cried:
"Well, now; let’s dance!" and the grinning, perspiring musicians nodded
and fell to.

There were five of them—two violins, a cornet, a flute and a harp.  They
swung into "Tres Piedras," and the couples fell in line, marching
solemnly round the room.  After parading round twice they fell to
dancing, hopping awkwardly over the rough, hard, packed-dirt floor with
jingling spurs; when they had danced around the room two or three times
they walked again, then danced, then walked, then danced, so that each
number took about an hour.

It was a long, low room, with whitewashed walls and a beamed ceiling
wattled with mud above, and at one end was the inevitable
sewing-machine, closed now, and converted into a sort of an altar by a
tiny embroidered cloth upon which burned a perpetual rush flame before a
tawdry color print of the Virgin which hung on the wall.  Don Priciliano
and his wife, who was nursing a baby at her breast, beamed from chairs
at the other end.  Innumerable candles had been heated on one side and
stuck against the wall all around, whence they trailed sooty snakes
above them on the white.  The men made a prodigious stamping and
clinking as they danced, shouting boisterously to one another.  The
women kept their eyes on the floor and did not speak.

I caught sight of the pimply youth glowering with folded arms upon
Fidencio from his corner; and as I stood by the door, fragments of the
peons’ conversation floated in to me:

"Fidencio should not have stayed away so long."

"_Carramba_!  See the way Pablito scowls there.  He thought surely
Fidencio was dead and that Carmencita was his own!"

And then a hopeful voice:

"Perhaps there will be trouble!"

The dance finally ended and Fidencio led his betrothed correctly back to
her seat against the wall. The music stopped.  The men poured out into
the night where, in the flare of a torch, the owner of the losing
rooster sold bottles of strong drink.  We toasted each other
boisterously in the sharp dark.  The mountains around stood dazzling in
the moon.  And then, for the intervals between dances were very short,
we heard the music erupt again, volcanically and exuberantly, into a
waltz.  The center of twenty curious and enthusiastic youths—for he had
traveled—Fidencio strutted back into the room.  He went straight to
Carmencita, but as he led her out upon the floor Pablito glided up
behind, pulling out a large obsolete revolver.  A dozen shouts rang:

"_Cuidado_, Fidencio!  Look out!"

He whirled, to see the revolver pointed at his stomach.  For a moment no
one moved.  Fidencio and his rival looked at each other with wrathful
eyes.  There was a subdued clicking of automatics everywhere as the
gentlemen drew and cocked their weapons, for some of them were friends
of Pablito’s.  I heard low voices muttering:

"Porfirio!  Go home and get my shotgun!"

"Victoriano!  My new rifle!  It lies on the bureau in mother’s room."

A shoal of small boys like flying-fish scattered through the moonlight
to get firearms.  Meanwhile, the _status quo_ was preserved.  The peons
had squatted out of the range of fire, so that just their eyes showed
above the window-sills, where they watched proceedings with joyous
interest.  Most of the musicians were edging toward the nearest window;
the harpist, however, had dropped down behind his instrument. Don
Priciliano and his wife, still nursing the infant, rose and majestically
made their way to some interior part of the house.  It was none of their
business; besides, they did not wish to interfere with the young folks’
pleasure.

With one arm Fidencio carefully pushed Carmencita away, holding his
other hand poised like a claw.  In the dead silence he said:

"You little goat!  Don’t stand there pointing that thing at me if you’re
afraid to shoot it!  Pull the trigger while I am unarmed!  I am not
afraid to die, even at the hand of a weak little fool who doesn’t know
when to use a gun!"

The boy’s face twisted hatefully, and I thought he was going to shoot.

"Ah!" murmured the peons.  "Now!  Now is the time!"

But he didn’t.  After a few minutes his hand wavered, and with a curse
he jammed the pistol back into his pocket.  The peons straightened up
again and crowded disappointedly around the doors and windows. The
harpist got up and began to tune his harp. There was much thrusting back
of revolvers into holsters, and the sprightly social conversation grew
up again.  By the time the small boys arrived with a perfect arsenal of
rifles and shotguns, the dance had been resumed.  So the guns were
stacked in a corner.


As long as Carmencita claimed his amorous attention and there was a
prospect of friction, Fidencio stayed.  He swaggered among the men and
basked in the admiration of the ladies, outdancing them all in speed,
abandon and noise.

But he soon tired of that, and the excitement of meeting Carmencita
palled upon him.  So he went out into the moonlight again and up the
arroyo, to take part in Charlie Chee’s celebration.

As we approached the hotel we were conscious of a curious low moaning
sound which seemed akin to music.  The dinner-table had been removed
from the dining-room into the street, and around the room turkey-trotted
Foo and another Celestial.  A barrel of _aguardiente_ had been set up on
a trestle in one corner, and beneath it sprawled Charlie himself, in his
mouth a glass tube which syphoned up into the barrel. A tremendous
wooden box of Mexican cigarettes had been smashed open on one side, the
packages tumbling out upon the floor.  In other parts of the room two
more Chinamen slept the profound sleep of the very drunk, wrapped in
blankets.  The two who danced sang meanwhile their own version of a once
popular ragtime song called "Dreamy Eyes."  Against this marched
magnificently "The Pilgrim’s Chorus" from Tannhäuser, rendered by a
phonograph set up in the kitchen.  Charlie removed the glass tube from
his mouth, put a thumb over it, and welcomed us with a hymn which he
sang as follows:

    _"Pooll for the shore, sailor,_
    _Pooll for the shore!_
    _Heed not the lowling lave_
    _But pooll for the shore!"_


He surveyed us with a bleary eye, and remarked: "Bledlau!  Je’ Calist is
wid us here toni’!"

After which he returned the syphon to his mouth.

We blended into these festivities.  Fidencio offered to exhibit the
steps of a new Spanish _fandango_, the way it was danced by the damned
"grasshoppers" (as Mexicans call the Spaniards).  He stamped bellowing
around the room, colliding with the Chinamen, and roaring "La Paloma."
Finally, out of breath, he collapsed upon a nearby chair, and began to
descant upon the many charms of Adolfo’s bride, whom he had seen for the
first time that day.  He declared that it was a shame for so young and
blithe a spirit to be tied to a middle-aged man; he said that he himself
represented youth, strength and gallantry, and was a much more fitting
mate for her.  He added that as the evening advanced he found that he
desired her more and more.  Charlie Chee, with the glass tube in his
mouth, nodded intelligently at each of these statements.  I had a happy
thought.  Why not send for Adolfo and his wife and invite them to join
our festivities?  The Chinamen asleep on the floor were kicked awake and
their opinion asked.  Since they could understand neither Spanish nor
English, they answered fluently in Chinese.  Fidencio translated.

"They say," he said, "that Charlie ought to be sent with the
invitation."

We agreed to that.  Charlie rose, while Foo took his place at the glass
tube.  He declared that he would invite them in the most irresistible
terms, and, strapping on his revolver, disappeared.

Ten minutes later we heard five shots.  We discussed the matter at
length, not understanding why there should be any artillery at that time
of night, except that probably two guests returning from the _baile_
were murdering each other before going to bed.  Charlie took a long
time, in the meanwhile, and we were just considering the advisability of
sending out an expedition to find him when he returned.

"Well, how about it, Charlie?" I asked.  "Will they come?"

"I don’t think so," he replied doubtfully, swaying in the doorway.

"Did you hear the shooting?" asked Fidencio.

"Yes, very close," said Charlie.  "Foo, if you will kindly get out from
under that tube...."

"What was it?" we asked.

"Well," said Charlie, "I knocked at Adolfo’s door and said we were
having a party down here and wanted him to come.  He shot at me three
times and I shot at him twice."

So saying, Charlie seized Foo by the leg and composedly lay down under
the glass tube again.


We must have stayed there some hours after that. I remember that toward
morning Ignacio came in and played us Tosti’s "Good-bye," to which all
the Chinamen danced solemnly around.

At about four o’clock Atanacio appeared.  He burst open the door and
stood there very white, with a gun in one hand.

"Friends," he said, "a most disagreeable thing has happened.  My wife,
Juanita, returned from her mother’s about midnight on an ass.  She was
stopped on the road by a man muffled up in a _poncho_, who gave her an
anonymous letter in which were detailed all my little amusements when I
last went for recreation to Juarez.  I have seen the letter.  It is
astonishingly accurate!  It tells how I went to supper with Maria and
then home with her.  It tells how I took Ana to the bull-fight.  It
describes the hair, complexion and disposition of all those other ladies
and how much money I spent upon them.  _Carramba_!  It is exact to a
cent!

"When she got home I happened to be down at Catarino’s taking a cup with
an old friend.  This mysterious stranger appeared at the kitchen door
with another letter in which he said I had three more wives in
Chihuahua, which, God knows, is not true, since I only have one!

"It is not that I care, amigos, but these things have upset Juanita
horribly.  Of course, I denied these charges, but, _valgame Dios_! women
are so unreasonable!

"I hired Dionysio to watch my house, but he has gone to the _baile_, and
so, arousing and dressing my small son, that he may carry me word of any
further outrages, I have come down to seek your help in preserving my
home from this disgrace."

We declared ourselves willing to do anything for Atanacio—anything, that
is, that promised excitement. We said that it was horrible, that the
evil stranger ought to be exterminated.

"Who could it be?"

Atanacio replied that it was probably Flores, who had had a baby by his
wife before he married her, but who had never succeeded in quite
capturing her affections.  We forced _aguardiente_ upon him and he drank
moodily.  Charlie Chee was pried loose from the glass tube, where Foo
took his place, and sent for weapons. And in ten minutes he returned
with seven loaded revolvers of different makes.

Almost immediately came a furious pounding on the door, and Atanacio’s
young son flung himself in.

"Papa!" he cried, holding out a paper.  "Here is another one!  The man
knocked at the back door, and when Mamma went to find out who it was she
could only see a big red blanket covering him entirely up to the hair.
He gave her a note and ran away, taking a loaf of bread off the window."

With trembling hands Atanacio unfolded the paper and read aloud:


Your husband is the father of forty-five small children in the State of
Coahuila.

(Signed) Some One Who Knows Him.


"Mother of God!" cried Atanacio, springing to his feet, in a transport
of grief and rage.  "It is a lie! I have always discriminated!  Forward,
my friends! Let us protect our homes!"

Seizing our revolvers we rushed out into the night. We staggered panting
up the steep hill to Atanacio’s house—sticking close together so no one
would be mistaken by the others for the Mysterious Stranger. Atanacio’s
wife was lying on the bed weeping hysterically. We scattered into the
brush and poked into the alleys around the house, but nothing stirred.
In a corner of the corral lay Dionysio, the watchman, fast asleep, his
rifle by his side.  We passed on up the hill until we came to the edge
of the town.  Already dawn was coming.  A never-ending chorus of
roosters made the only sound, except the incredibly soft music from the
_baile_ at Don Priciliano’s, which would probably last all that day and
the next night.  Afar, the big valley was like a great map, quiet,
distinct, immense.  Every wall corner, tree branch and grass-blade on
the roofs of the houses were pricked out in the wonderful clear light of
before-dawn.

In the distance, over the shoulder of the red mountain, went a man
covered up in a red serape.

"Aha!" cried Atanacio.  "There he goes!"

And with one accord we opened up on the red blanket.  There were five of
us, and we had six shots apiece.  They echoed fearfully among the houses
and clapped from mountain to mountain, reproduced each one a hundred
times.  Of a sudden the village belched half-dressed men and women and
children.  They evidently thought that a new revolution was beginning. A
very ancient crone came out of a small brown house on the edge of the
village rubbing her eyes.

"_Oiga!_" she shouted.  "What are you shooting at?"

"We are trying to kill that accursed man in the red blanket, who is
poisoning our homes and making Valle Allegre a place unfit for a decent
woman to live in!" shouted Atanacio, taking another shot.

The old woman bent her bleary eyes upon our target.

"But," she said gently, "that is not a bad man. That’s only my son going
after the goats."

Meanwhile, the red-blanketed figure, never even looking back, continued
his placid way over the top of the mountain and disappeared.




                             *CHAPTER III*

                             *LOS PASTORES*


The romance of gold hangs over the mountains of Northern Durango like an
old perfume. There, it is rumored, was that mythical Ophir whence the
Aztecs and their mysterious predecessors drew the red gold that Cortez
found in the treasury of Moctezuma.  Before the dawn of Mexican history
the Indians scratched these barren hillsides with dull copper knives.
You can still see the traces of their workings.  And after them the
Spaniards, with flashing, bright helmets and steel breast-plates, filled
from these mountains the lofty treasure-ships of the Indies.  Almost a
thousand miles from the Capital, over trackless deserts and fierce stony
mountains, a tiny colorful fringe of the most brilliant civilization in
Europe flung itself among the canyons and high peaks of this desolate
land; and so far was it from the seat of change that long after Spanish
rule had disappeared from Mexico forever, it persisted here.  The
Spaniards enslaved the Indians of the region, of course, and the
torrent-worn, narrow valleys are still sinister with legend.  Almost
anybody around Santa Maria del Oro can tell you stories of the old days
when men were flogged to death in the mines, and the Spanish overseers
lived like princes.

But they were a hardy race, these mountaineers. They were always
rebelling.  There is a legend of how the Spaniards, finally discovering
themselves alone, two hundred leagues from the seacoast, in the midst of
an overwhelmingly hostile native race, attempted one night to leave the
mountains.  Fires sprang up on the high peaks, and the mountain villages
throbbed to the sound of drums.  Somewhere in the narrow defiles the
Spaniards disappeared forever.  And from that time, until certain
foreigners secured mining concessions there, the place had an evil name.
The authority of the Mexican government barely reached it.

There are two villages which were the capitals of the gold-seeking
Spaniards in this region, and where the Spanish tradition is still
strong: Inde, and Santa Maria del Oro,—usually called El Oro.  Inde, the
Spaniards romantically named from their persistent dream that this new
world was India; Santa Maria del Oro was called so on the same principle
that one sung a _Te Deum_ in honor of bloody victory—a gratefulness to
heaven for the finding of red gold, Our Lady of the Gold.

In El Oro one can still see the ruins of a monastery—they call it now,
vaguely, the Collegio—the pathetic little arched roofs of a row of
monkish cells built of adobe, and now fast crumbling under hot suns and
torrential rains.  It partly surrounds what was once the patio of the
cloister, and a great mesquite tree towers there over the forgotten
headstone of an ancient grave, inscribed with the lordly name of Doña
Isabella Guzman.  Of course, everybody has entirely forgotten who Doña
Isabella was, or when she died.  There still stands in the public square
a fine old Spanish church with a beamed ceiling.  And over the door of
the tiny Palacio Municipal is the almost erased carving of the arms of
some ancient Spanish house.

Here is romance for you.  But the inhabitants have no respect for
tradition, and hardly any memory of the ancients who left these
monuments.  The exuberant Indian civilization has entirely obliterated
all traces of the _conquistadores_.

El Oro is noted as the gayest town of all the mountain region.  There
are _bailes_ almost every night, and far and near it is a matter of
common knowledge that El Oro is the home of the prettiest girls in
Durango. In El Oro, too, they celebrate feast days with more ebullience
than in other localities.  All the charcoal-burners and goat-herds and
pack-train drivers and ranchers for miles around come there on
holidays,—so that one feast-day generally means two or three without
work, since there must be one day for celebrating, and at least another
for coming and returning home.

And what _Pastorellas_ they have in El Oro!  Once a year, on the Feast
of the Santos Reyes, they perform Los Pastores all over this part of the
country. It is an ancient miracle play of the kind that used to take
place all over Europe in the Renaissance,—the kind that gave birth to
Elizabethan drama, and is now extinct everywhere in the world.  It is
handed down by word of mouth from mother to daughter, from the remotest
antiquity.  It is called "Luzbel," the Spanish for _Lucifer_, and
depicts Perverse Man in the Midst of His Deadly Sin, _Lucifer_, the
Great Antagonist of Souls, and the Everlasting Mercy of God Made Flesh
in the Child Jesus.

In most places there is only one performance of Los Pastores.  But in El
Oro there are three or four on the night of the Santos Reyes, and others
at different times of the year, as the spirit moves.  The _cura_, or
village priest, still trains the actors.  The play takes place no longer
in the church, however.  It is added to from generation to generation,
sometimes being twisted to satirize persons in the village.  It has
become too profane, too realistic, for the Church; but still it points
the great moral of medieval religion.


Fidencio and I dined early on the night of the Santos Reyes.  Afterward,
he took me along the street to a narrow alley-way between adobe walls,
which led through a broken place into a tiny corral behind a house hung
with red peppers.  Under the legs of two meditative burros scurried dogs
and chickens, a pig or so, and a swarm of little naked brown children.
A wrinkled old Indian hag, smoking a cigarette made of an entire
corn-husk, squatted upon a wooden box. Upon our appearance she arose,
muttering toothless words of greeting, lifted the lid of the box, and
produced an _olla_ full of new-made _aguardiente_.  The distillery was
in the kitchen.  We paid her a silver peso, and circulated the jug among
the three of us, with many polite wishes for health and prosperity.
Over our heads the sunset sky yellowed and turned green, and a few large
mountain stars blazed out.  We heard laughter and guitars from the lower
end of the town, and the uproarious shouts of the charcoal-burners
finishing their holiday strong.  The old lady consumed much more than
her share....

"Oh, mother!" said Fidencio.  "Where are they going to give the Pastores
to-night?"

"There are many Pastores," she answered with a leer.  "_Carramba!_ what
a year it is for Pastores! There is one in the schoolhouse, and another
back of Don Pedro’s, and another in the _casa_ of Don Mario, and still
another in the house of Perdita, who was married to Thomas Redondo, who
was killed last year in the mines; may God have mercy on his soul!"

"Which will be the best?" demanded Fidencio, kicking a goat which was
trying to enter the kitchen.

"_Quien sabe?_" she shrugged vaguely.  "Were my old bones not so twisted
I would go to Don Pedro’s.  But I would be disappointed.  There are no
Pastores nowadays such as the ones we used to give when I was a girl."

We went, then, to Don Pedro’s, down a steep, uneven street, stopped
every few feet by boisterous bankrupts who wanted to know where a man
could establish credit for liquor.  Don Pedro’s was a considerable
house, for he was the village rich man.  The open square which his
buildings enclosed would have been a corral ordinarily; but Don Pedro
could afford a patio, and it was full of fragrant shrubs and barrel
cacti,—a rude fountain pouring from an old iron pipe in the center.  The
entrance to this was a narrow, black archway, in which sat the town
orchestra playing.  A pine torch was stuck by its pitch against the
outside wall, and under this a man took up fifty-cent pieces for the
entrance fee.  We watched for some time, but nobody seemed to be paying
anything.  A clamorous mob stood around him, pleading special
privilege—that they ought to get in free.  One was Don Pedro’s cousin;
another his gardener; a third had married the daughter of his
mother-in-law by his first marriage; one woman insisted that she was the
mother of a performer.  There were other entrances at which no guardian
stood; and through these, when they found themselves unable to cajole
the gentleman at the main door, the crowd placidly sifted.  We paid our
money amid an awed silence and entered.

White, burning moonlight flooded the place.  The patio sloped upward
along the side of the mountain, where there was no wall to stop the view
of great planes of shining upland, tilted to meet the shallow jade sky.
To the low roof of the house a canopy of canvas drooped out over a flat
place, supported by slanting poles, like the pavilion of a Bedouin king.
Its shadow cut the moonlight blacker than night.  Six torches stuck in
the ground around the outside of the place sent up thin lines of pitchy
smoke.  There was no other light under the canopy, except the restless
gleams of innumerable cigarettes.  Along the wall of the house stood
black-robed women with black mantillas over their heads, the men-folks
squatting at their feet.  Wherever there was space between their knees
were children.  Men and women alike smoked their cigarros, handing them
placidly down so that the little ones might take a puff.  It was a quiet
audience, speaking little and softly, perfectly content to wait,
watching the moonlight in the patio, and listening to the music, which
sounded far away in the arch.  A nightingale burst into song somewhere
among the shrubs, and all of us fell ecstatically silent, listening to
it. Small boys were dispatched to tell the band to stop while the song
went on.  That was very exciting.

During all this time there was no sign whatever of the performers.  I
don’t know how long we sat there, but nobody made any comment on the
fact.  The audience was not there primarily to see the Pastores; it was
there to see and hear whatever took place, and everything interested it.
But being a restless, practical Westerner, alas! I broke the charmed
silence to ask a woman next to me when the play would begin.

"Who knows?" she answered tranquilly.

A newcomer, after turning my question and the answer over in his mind,
leaned across.

"Perhaps to-morrow," he said.  I noticed that the band was playing no
longer.  "It appears," he continued, "that there are other Pastores at
Doña Perdita’s house.  They tell me that those who were to have
performed here have gone up there to see them.  And the musicians have
also gone up there.  For the past half-hour I have been considering
seriously going up there myself."

We left him, still considering seriously; the rest of the audience had
settled down for an evening of pleasant gossip, having apparently
forgotten the Pastores altogether.  Outside, the ticket-taker with our
peso had long since gathered his companions to him and sought the
pleasing hilarity of a cantina.

And so we strolled slowly up the street toward the edge of town where
the whitewashed plaster walls of rich men’s houses give way to the
undecorated adobes of the poor.  There all pretense of streets ended,
and we went along burro paths between huts scattered according to their
owners’ whims, through dilapidated corrals to the house of the widow of
Don Tomas.  It was built of sun-dried mud bricks, jutting part way into
the mountain itself, and looked as the stable of Bethlehem must have
looked.  As if to carry out the analogy, a great cow lay in the
moonlight just beneath the window, breathing and chewing her cud.
Through the window and the door, over a throng of heads, we could see
candle light playing on the ceiling and hear a whining chant sung by
girlish voices, and the beat of crooks keeping time on the floor with
jingling bells.

It was a low, dirt-floored, whitewashed room, raftered and wattled with
mud above, like any peasant dwelling in Italy or Palestine.  At the end
farthest from the door was a little table heaped with paper flowers
where two tall church candles burned.  Above it, on the wall, hung a
chromo of the Virgin and Child. And in the middle of the flowers was set
a tiny wooden model of a cradle in which lay a leaden doll to represent
the Infant Jesus.  All the rest of the room, except for a small space in
the middle of the floor, was packed with humanity: a fringe of children
sitting cross-legged around the stage, half-grown-ups and girls
kneeling, and behind them, until they choked the doorway, blanketed
peons with their hats off, eager and curious.  By some exquisite chance,
a woman sat next to the altar, her breast exposed as she nursed her
baby.  Other women with their babies stood along the wall on both sides
of her, except for a narrow, curtained entrance into another room where
we could hear the giggling of the performers.

"Has it begun?" I asked a boy next to me.

"No," he answered; "they just came out to sing a song to see if the
stage was big enough."

It was a merry, noisy crowd, bandying jokes and gossip across each
others’ heads.  Many of the men were exhilarated with _aguardiente_,
singing snatches of ribald songs with their arms around each other’s
shoulders, and breaking out every now and then into fierce little
quarrels that might have led to anything—for they were all armed.  And
right in the middle of everything a voice said:

"S-s-sh!  They are going to begin now!"

The curtain was lifted, and _Lucifer_, hurled from Heaven because of his
invincible pride, stood before us.  It was a young girl—all the
performers are girls, in distinction to the pre-Elizabethan miracle
plays, where the actors were boys.  She wore a costume whose every part
had been handed down from immeasurable antiquity.  It was red, of
course—red leather—the conventional medieval color for devils.  But the
exciting thing about it was that it was evidently the traditional
rendering of the uniform of a Roman legionary (and the Roman soldiers
who crucified Christ were considered a little less than devils in the
Middle Ages).  She wore a wide, skirted doublet of red leather, under
which were scalloped trousers, falling almost to the shoe tops.  There
doesn’t seem to be much connection here until you remember that the
Roman legionaries in Britain and in Spain wore leather trousers.  Her
helmet was greatly distorted, because feathers and flowers had been
fastened to it; but underneath you could trace the resemblance to the
Roman helmet.  A cuirass covered her breast and back; instead of steel
it was made of small mirrors.  And a sword hung at her side.  Drawing
the sword, she strutted about, pitching her voice to imitate a man’s:

    _"Yo soy luz; ay en mi nombre se vet_
    _Pues con la luz_
    _Que baje_
    _Todo el abismo encendi——"_


A splendid soliloquy of _Lucifer_ hurled from heaven:


"Light am I, as my name proclaims—and the light of my fall kindled all
the great abyss.  Because I would not humble myself, I, who was the
Captain General, be it known to all men, am to-day the accursed of
God....  To thee, O mountains, and to thee, O sea, I will make my
complaint, and thus—alas!—relieve my overburdened breast....  Cruel
fortune, why art thou so inflexibly severe? ... I who yesterday dwelt
serene in yonder starry vault am to-day disinherited, abandoned.
Because of my mad envy and ambition, because of my rash presumption,
gone is my palace of yesterday, and to-day finds me sad among these
mountains, mute witnesses of my grievous and pitiful state....  O
mountains! happy art thou!—happy art thou in all, whether bleak and
bare, or gay with leafy verdure!  O ye swift brooks flowing free, behold
me! ..."


"Good! good!" said the audience.

"That’s the way Huerta is going to feel when the Maderistas enter Mexico
City!" shouted one irrepressible revolutionist, amid laughter.

"Behold me in my affliction and guilt——" continued Luzbel.

Just then a large dog came through the curtain, cheerfully wagging his
tail.  Immensely pleased with himself, he nosed among the children,
licking a face here and there.  One baby slapped him violently, and the
dog, hurt and astonished, made a rush between _Lucifer’s_ legs in the
midst of that sublime peroration. A second time _Lucifer_ fell, and,
rising amid the wild hilarity of the house, laid about her with her
sword. At least fifty of the audience descended upon the dog and ejected
him howling, and the play went on.

_Laura_, married to _Arcadio_, a shepherd, appeared singing at the door
of her cottage—that is to say, through the curtain....

"How peacefully falls the light of the moon and the stars this supremely
beautiful night!  Nature appears to be on the point of revealing some
wonderful secret. The whole world is at peace, and all hearts, methinks,
are overflowing with joy and contentment.... But—who is this—of such
pleasing presence and fascinating figure?"

_Lucifer_ prinked and strutted, avowing with Latin boldness his love for
her.  She replied that her heart was _Arcadio’s_; but the Arch-devil
dwelt upon her husband’s poverty, and himself promised her riches,
towering palaces, jewels and slaves.

"I feel that I am beginning to love thee," said _Laura_.  "Against my
will—I cannot deceive myself——"

At this point there was smothered laughter in the audience: "Antonia!
Antonia!" said everybody, grinning and nudging.  "That’s just the way
Antonia left Enrique!  I always thought the Devil was in it!" remarked
one of the women.


But _Laura_ had pangs of conscience about poor _Arcadio_.  _Lucifer_
insinuated that _Arcadio_ was secretly in love with another, and that
settled it.

"So that thou mayst not be troubled," _Laura_ said calmly, "and, so that
I may be free from him, I shall even watch for an opportunity to kill
him."

This was a shock, even to _Lucifer_.  He suggested that it would be
better to make _Arcadio_ feel the pangs of jealousy, and in an exultant
aside remarked with satisfaction that "her feet are already in the
direct pathway to Hell."

The women, apparently, felt a good deal of satisfaction at this.  They
nodded virtuously to one another.  But one young girl leaned over to
another, and, sighing, said:

"Ah!  But it must be wonderful to love like that!"

_Arcadio_ returned, to be reproached by _Laura_ with his poverty.  He
was accompanied by _Bato_, a combination of _Iago_ and _Autolycus_, who
attended the dialogue between the shepherd and his wife with ironical
asides.  By means of the jeweled ring that _Lucifer_ had given _Laura_,
_Arcadio’s_ suspicions were aroused, and, when _Laura_ had left him in
haughty insolence, he gave vent to his feelings:

"Just when I was happy in her fidelity, she with cruel reproaches
embitters my heart!  What shall I do with myself?"

"Look for a new mate," said _Bato_.

That being rejected, _Bato_ gave the following modest prescription for
settling the difficulty:

"Kill her without delay.  This done, take her skin and carefully fold it
away.  Shouldst thou marry again, let the bride’s sheet be that skin,
and thus prevent another jilting.  To still further strengthen her
virtue, tell her gently but firmly: ’Sweetheart, this thy sheet was once
my wife; see that thou dost carry thyself circumspectly lest thou, too,
come to the same end.  Remember that I am a hard and peevish man who
does not stick at trifles.’"

At the beginning of this speech the men began to snicker, and when it
ended they were guffawing loudly. An old peon, however, turned furiously
on them:

"There is a proper prescription!" he said.  "If that were done more
often there would not be so many domestic troubles."

But _Arcadio_ didn’t seem to see it, and _Bato_ recommended the
philosophic attitude.

"Stop thy complaining and leave _Laura_ to her lover. Free thus from
obligations, thou wilt become rich, and be able to eat well, dress well,
and truly enjoy life. The rest matters but little....  Seize, therefore,
this opportunity toward thine own good fortune.  And do not forget, I
beg thee, once thy fortune is made, to regale this meager paunch of mine
with good cheer."

"Shame!" cried the women, clucking.  "How false!"  "The _desgraciado_!"
A man’s voice piped up: "There is some truth in that, señoras!  If it
weren’t for the women and children we all might be able to dress in fine
clothes and ride upon a horse."

A fierce argument grew up around this point.

_Arcadio_ lost patience with _Bato_, and the latter plaintively said:

"If thou hast any regard for poor _Bato_, let us go to supper."

_Arcadio_ answered firmly, not until he had unburdened his heart.

"Unburden and welcome," said _Bato_, "until thou art tired.  As for me,
I shall put such a knot in my tongue that even shouldst thou chatter
like a parrot I shall be mute."  He seated himself on a large rock and
pretended to sleep; and then for fifteen minutes _Arcadio_ unburdened
himself to the mountains and the stars.

"Oh, _Laura_, inconstant, ungrateful and inhuman, why hast thou caused
me such woe?  Thou hast wounded my faith and my honor and hast put my
soul in torment.  Why dost thou mock my ardent love?  Oh, thou steep
stills and towering mountains, help me to express my woe!  And thou,
stern, immovable cliffs, and thou, silent woods, help me to ease my
heart of its pain...."

Amid heartfelt and sympathetic silence the audience mourned with
_Arcadio_.  A few women sobbed openly.

Finally _Bato_ could stand it no longer.

"Let us go to supper," he said.  "Better it is to suffer a little at a
time!"

A perfect gale of laughter cut off the end of the sentence.

_Arcadio_: "To thee only, _Bato_, have I confided my secret."

_Bato_ (aside): "I do not believe I can keep it! Already my mouth itches
to tell it.  This fool will learn that ’a secret and a pledge to none
should be entrusted.’"

Enter a group of shepherds with their shepherdesses, singing.  They were
dressed in their feminine Sunday best with flowery summer hats, and
carried enormous wooden apostolic crooks, hung with paper flowers and
strings of bells.

    _"Beautiful is this night beyond compare,—_
    _Beautiful and peaceful as never before,_
    _And happy the mortal who beholds it._
    _Everything proclaims that the Son of God,_
    _The Word Divine made human flesh,_
    _Will soon be born in Bethlehem_
    _And mankind’s ransom be complete."_


Then followed a dialogue between ninety-year-old, miserly _Fabio_ and
his sprightly young wife, to which all present contributed, upon the
subject of the great virtues of women and the great failings of men.

The audience joined violently in the discussion, hurling the words of
the play back and forward—men and women drawing together in two solid
hostile bodies.  The women were supported by the words of the play, but
the men had the conspicuous example of _Laura_ to draw from.  It passed
soon into an argument about the virtues and failings of certain married
couples in El Oro.  The play suspended for some time.

—— _Bras_, one of the shepherds, stole _Fabio’s_ wallet from between his
knees as he slept.  Then came gossip and backbiting.  _Bato_ forced
_Bras_ to share with him the contents of the stolen wallet, which they
opened, to find none of the food they expected.  In their
disappointment, both declared their willingness to sell their souls to
the Devil for a good meal.  _Lucifer_ overheard the declaration and
attempted to bind them to it.  But after a battle of wits between the
rustics and the Devil—the audience solid to a man against the
underhanded tactics of _Lucifer_—it was decided by a throw of the dice,
at which the Devil lost.  But he had told them where food could be
obtained, and they went for it.  _Lucifer_ cursed God for interfering in
behalf of two worthless shepherds.  He marveled that "a hand mightier
than _Lucifer’s_ has been stretched out to save."  He wondered at the
Everlasting Mercy toward worthless Man, who has been a persistent sinner
down the ages, while he, _Lucifer_, had felt God’s wrath so heavily.
Sweet music was suddenly heard—the shepherds singing behind the
curtain—and _Lucifer_ mused upon Daniel’s prophecy that "the Divine Word
shall be made Flesh."  The music continued, announcing the birth of
Christ among the shepherds.  _Lucifer_, enraged, swore that he would use
all his power to the end that all mortals shall at some time "taste
Hell," and commanded Hell to open and receive him "in its center."

At the birth of Christ the spectators crossed themselves, the women
muttering prayers.  _Lucifer’s_ impotent raging against God was greeted
with shouts of "Blasphemy!  Sacrilege!  Death to the Devil for insulting
God!"

_Bras_ and _Bato_ returned, ill from overeating, and, believing they
were about to die, called wildly for help. Then the shepherds and
shepherdesses came in, singing and pounding the floor with their crooks,
as they promised they would cure them.


At the beginning of Act II, _Bato_ and _Bras_, fully restored to health,
were discovered again plotting to steal and eat the provisions laid by
for a village festival, and as they went out to do so _Laura_ appeared,
singing of her love for _Lucifer_.  Heavenly music was heard, rebuking
her for her "adulterous thoughts," whereupon she renounced all desire
for guilty love and declared that she would be content with _Arcadio_.

The women of the audience rustled and nodded and smiled at these
exemplary sentiments.  Sighs of relief were heard all over the house
that the play was coming out right.

But just afterward the sound of a falling roof was heard, and Comic
Relief, in the persons of _Bras_ and _Bato_, entered, carrying a basket
of food and a bottle of wine.  Everybody brightened up at the appearance
of these beloved crooks; anticipatory mirth went around the room.
_Bato_ suggested that he eat his half while _Bras_ stood guard,
whereupon _Bato_ ate _Bras’s_ share, too.  In the midst of the quarrel
that followed, before they could hide the traces of their guilt, the
shepherds and shepherdesses came back in search of the thief.  Many and
absurd were the reasons invented by _Bato_ and _Bras_ to explain the
presence of the food and drink, which they finally managed to convince
the company was of diabolical origin.  In order to further cover their
traces they invited the others to eat what is left.

This scene, the most comic of the whole play, could hardly be heard for
the roars of laughter that interrupted every speech.  A young fellow
reached over and punched a _compadre_.

"Do you remember how we got out of it when they caught us milking Don
Pedro’s cows?"

_Lucifer_ returned, and was invited to join the feast. He incited them
maliciously to continue discussion of the robbery, and little by little
to place the blame upon a stranger whom they all agreed having seen.  Of
course they meant _Lucifer_, but, upon being invited to describe him,
they depicted a monster a thousand times more repulsive than the
reality.  None suspected that the apparently amiable stranger seated in
their midst was _Lucifer_.


How _Bato_ and _Bras_ were at last discovered and punished, how _Laura_
and _Arcadio_ were reconciled, how _Fabio_ was rebuked for his
avariciousness and saw the error of his ways, how the Infant Jesus was
shown lying in his manger, with the three strongly individualized Kings
out of the East, how _Lucifer_ was finally discovered and cast back into
hell—I have not space here to describe.

The play lasted for three hours, absorbing all the attention of the
audience.  _Bato_ and _Bras_—especially _Bato_—received their
enthusiastic approbation.  They sympathized with _Laura_, suffered with
_Arcadio_, and hated _Lucifer_ with the hatred of gallery gods for the
villain in the melodrama.  Only once was the play interrupted, when a
hatless youth rushed in and shouted:

"A man has come from the army, who says that Urbina has taken Mapimi!"

Even the performers stopped singing—they were pounding the floor with
jingling crooks at the time—and a whirlwind of questions beat upon the
newcomer. But in a minute the interest passed, and the shepherds took up
their song where they had dropped it.

When we left Doña Perdita’s house, about midnight, the moon had already
gone behind the western mountains, and a barking dog was all the noise
in the dark sharp night.  It flashed upon me, as Fidencio and I went
home with our arms about each others’ shoulders, that this was the kind
of thing which had preceded the Golden Age of the Theater in Europe—the
flowering of the Renaissance.  It was amusing to speculate what the
Mexican Renaissance would have been if it had not come so late.

But already around the narrow shores of the Mexican Middle Ages beat the
great seas of modern life—machinery, scientific thought, and political
theory. Mexico will have to skip for a time her Golden Age of Drama.

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 48108 ***